JP2019205745A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To make an adjustment to a projector in a state that the projector is attached to the inside.SOLUTION: A game machine includes a projector, an adjusting part for adjusting a travelling direction of a light projected by the projector, an accommodation part for accommodating the projector, and a connection member attached to the accommodation part. The projector and the accommodation part are connected to each other through the connection member. The accommodation part is provided with an opening at a position where the adjusting part can be operated from outside, and a closing member that can close the opening is attached to the accommodation part. The closing member is provided with an opening, and a protrusion part that protrudes toward the inside of the accommodation part. The protrusion part is formed with an engagement part that engages with the accommodation part. The connection member is formed with an accommodation recess for accommodating the protrusion part, and the protrusion part is arranged so as to be surrounded by the connection member.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 105

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

  2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines that can produce effects by using a projector are known (see Patent Documents 1 and 2). According to such a gaming machine, a video for a game is projected from a projector onto a projection surface such as a screen, so that the video is displayed on a screen or the like instead of the liquid crystal display device.

Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-035066 JP 2009-240459 A

  However, conventionally, in a gaming machine equipped with such a projector, once the projector is fixed inside the gaming machine, it has been difficult to finely adjust the projector thereafter.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of adjusting the projector with the projector mounted inside.

  In order to achieve the above object, the present invention provides the following gaming machines.

(1) a projector (for example, projector device B2);
Adjustment parts for adjusting the traveling direction of the light projected by the projector (for example, connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, an attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, A mounting portion of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding portion B11), and the like.
A housing (for example, cabinet G) for housing the projector;
A connecting member (for example, projector cover plate B1000) attached to the housing portion,
The projector and the accommodating portion are connected via the connecting member,
The accommodating portion is provided with an opening (for example, an opening G10a of the operation window G10) at a position where the adjusting portion can be operated from the outside, and a closing member (for example, a closing lid G100) that can close the opening. Is attached,
The closing member is provided with openings (for example, a first opening G102 and a second opening G112), and protrusions (for example, a first engagement protrusion G101 and a second engagement protrusion) that protrude toward the inside of the housing portion. An engagement protrusion G111) is provided, and the protrusion includes an engagement portion (for example, an upper locking piece G108a and a lower locking piece G108b, and an upper locking piece G118a engaged with the storage portion. And a lower locking piece G118b) are formed,
The connecting member is formed with a storage recess (for example, a first cavity B1050 and a second cavity B1060) for storing the protruding portion, and the protruding portion is disposed so as to be surrounded by the connecting member. ing,
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the invention of (1), the accommodating portion for accommodating the projector is provided with the opening at a position where the adjusting portion for adjusting the traveling direction of the light projected by the projector can be operated from the outside. A closing member capable of closing is attached. Therefore, by removing the closing member from the accommodating portion, it is possible to make the opening blocked by the closing member appear, and the adjusting portion can be operated from the outside of the accommodating portion via the opening. It becomes like this. Accordingly, even after the projector is fixed inside the housing unit, the light projected by the projector can be operated by operating the adjusting unit from the outside of the housing unit while the projector is attached to the inside of the housing unit. The direction of travel can be adjusted. Further, the closing member is provided with a protruding portion that protrudes toward the inside of the accommodating portion, and an engaging portion that is engaged with the accommodating portion is formed on the protruding portion. Therefore, the closure member can be attached to the accommodation portion by engaging the closure member with the accommodation portion. Here, the opening is provided in the closing member, and the various devices existing inside the gaming machine are illegally accessed through the opening (the game medium is illegally acquired by a so-called got action). There is concern about the possibility. However, according to the invention of (1), the connection member for connecting the projector and the storage portion is formed with the storage recess for storing the protrusion, and the protrusion is surrounded by the connection member. Are arranged as follows. As a result, even if a wire-shaped instrument is to be entered from the opening toward the inside of the gaming machine, the entry can be prevented by the connecting member surrounding the protruding portion. Can prevent unauthorized access to the inside.

  ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, it can adjust with respect to a projector in the state which attached the projector inside.

It is a front perspective view of a gaming machine. It is a back surface perspective view of a gaming machine. It is a front view of a gaming machine. It is a front view of a gaming machine when the upper door mechanism and the lower door mechanism are opened. It is a disassembled perspective view of a gaming machine. It is a disassembled perspective view of a gaming machine. It is a disassembled perspective view of a mirror mechanism. It is explanatory drawing which shows the positional relationship of a projector apparatus and a mirror mechanism. It is explanatory drawing which shows the attachment state of a mirror mechanism. It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of a display unit. It is a block diagram which shows the circuit structure of a projector apparatus. It is a disassembled perspective view of a projector apparatus. It is a top view which shows the upper base and lower base for fixing a projector apparatus. It is sectional drawing of the upper base and lower base along the XXVI-XXVI line of FIG. It is a disassembled perspective view of an upper base and a lower base. It is a figure for demonstrating the positioning method of an upper base. It is a figure for demonstrating the attitude | position adjustment method of a lower side base. It is a disassembled perspective view of an upper base and a lower base. It is a top view which shows the state which assembled | attached the upper base and the lower base. It is the figure which looked at the upper base and lower base shown in FIG. 19 from diagonally forward. It is the figure which looked at the upper side base and lower side base shown in FIG. 19 from diagonally back. It is a perspective view of the case which accommodates the internal component of a projector mechanism. It is a perspective view which shows the state which attached the case to the lower side base. It is a perspective view which shows the state which removed the upper wall part of the projector cover. It is a top view of the projector cover of a state which removed the upper wall part. It is a figure which decomposes | disassembles and shows the sectional view in alignment with arrow LL of the projector cover shown in FIG. 25, and the perspective view of the relay plate attached to a projector cover. It is the figure which looked at the projector cover of the state which removed the upper wall part from diagonally upward. FIG. 6 is a front view of the projector cover with an upper wall portion removed. It is sectional drawing which follows the arrow MM of the projector cover shown in FIG. It is a perspective view of a blind. It is a top view of the irradiation unit of the state which removed the upper wall part of the projector cover. It is a figure which shows the state which removed the fan for opening vicinity, and the duct cover in the cross section in alignment with the arrow NN of the irradiation unit shown in FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the state which has arrange | positioned the fan and duct cover for opening vicinity to the blind shown in FIG. 30, and has arrange | positioned the case. It is a perspective view which shows the state which removed the right punching from the irradiation unit shown in FIG. It is sectional drawing which shows the state which attached the fan for opening vicinity, and the duct cover to the irradiation unit shown in FIG. It is a right view which shows the state which removed the fan for opening vicinity in the cross section of the irradiation unit shown in FIG. It is a disassembled perspective view of the duct cover and the opening vicinity fan. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the projector cover and the fan for opening vicinity from back and the downward direction. It is the elements on larger scale which looked at the projector cover and the fan for opening vicinity from the front and the downward direction. It is the perspective view which looked at the state which attached the blind and the duct cover from the left. It is the perspective view which looked at the projector cover, the blind, and the duct cover from back. It is a disassembled perspective view of the projector cover shown in FIG. 41, a blind, and a duct cover. It is a disassembled perspective view of a blind and a duct cover. It is a figure for demonstrating the method of attaching an upper door mechanism to a cabinet. It is a figure for demonstrating the arrangement position of the fan for intake, and the fan for exhaust. It is a figure which shows the air flow path which may be formed in the inside of a projector cover. It is a perspective view which shows the external appearance of a pachinko gaming machine. It is a disassembled perspective view of a pachinko gaming machine. It is a disassembled perspective view which shows the decoration unit and frame member of a pachinko game machine from the front. It is a perspective view which shows the external appearance of a pachinko gaming machine. It is a disassembled perspective view of a pachinko gaming machine. It is a perspective view which shows the external appearance of a display unit. It is a perspective view which shows the internal structure of a display unit. It is a perspective view which shows the state which decomposed | disassembled the projector and the mirror from the display unit shown in FIG. FIG. 53 is a perspective view showing a state in which light is projected from the projector in a state where the projector and the mirror are disassembled from the display unit shown in FIG. 52. It is a figure which shows the relationship between the irradiation range of the light projected from the projector, and a cabinet side screen. It is the perspective view which looked at the upper door mechanism from back. It is a disassembled perspective view of an upper door mechanism. It is the perspective view which looked at the upper door mechanism from the front. It is a front view of a gaming machine. (A) is a figure which shows the relationship between the irradiation range of the light projected from the projector, and a cabinet side screen. (B) is a figure which shows a mode that the light which did not inject into a cabinet side screen injects into a door side right screen. (C) is a figure which shows a mode that the light which did not inject into a cabinet side screen injects into a door side left screen. It is a figure for demonstrating the image displayed on a cabinet side screen, a door side right screen, and a door side left screen. It is a figure for demonstrating the image displayed on a cabinet side screen, a door side right screen, and a door side left screen. It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of an upper door mechanism and a cabinet. It is the perspective view which looked at the upper door mechanism from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the upper door mechanism from back. It is a disassembled perspective view of an upper door mechanism. It is a disassembled perspective view of an upper door mechanism. It is the perspective view which looked at the translucent board, the screen sheet, the lower pressing member, the upper pressing member, and the lower frame from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the translucent board and the screen sheet from back, and looked at the lower pressing member and the upper pressing member from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the upper pressing member and the upper frame from the lower part. It is the perspective view which looked at the translucent board, the screen sheet | seat, and the lower frame from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the upper frame, the 1st structure, the 2nd structure, the 3rd structure, the 4th structure, and the screen sheet from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the translucent board, the screen sheet | seat, the lower frame, the LED board, and the light guide member from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the translucent board, the screen sheet, the lower frame, and the light guide member from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the section of a translucent board, a screen sheet, a lower frame, an LED board, and a light guide member from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the upper door mechanism, the hook part, and the front side protrusion member from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the upper door mechanism, the hook part, and the front side protrusion member from the side. It is the perspective view which looked at the cabinet, the hook part, and the front side protrusion member from the side. It is a right view of the cross section of an upper door mechanism, a cabinet, a hook part, and a front side protrusion member. It is the perspective view which looked at the upper door mechanism from the lower part. It is the perspective view which looked at the upper door mechanism and the lower door mechanism from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the upper door mechanism and the lower door mechanism from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the gaming machine of the state which removed the upper door mechanism and the lower door mechanism from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at a mode that light is projected from a projector device from the side. It is the perspective view which looked at the irradiation unit from the side. It is the perspective view which looked at the irradiation unit from back. It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of a cabinet. It is a disassembled perspective view of an irradiation unit, the lid | cover for obstruction | occlusion, and the back wall of a cabinet. It is a rear view of the gaming machine in a state in which the closing lid is removed from the back wall. FIG. 91 is a partially enlarged view around an operation window in the gaming machine shown in FIG. 90. It is a disassembled perspective view of the back wall of the lid | cover for closure and a cabinet. It is a disassembled perspective view of the back wall of the lid | cover for closure and a cabinet. It is the elements on larger scale around the operation window in the gaming machine with the closing lid attached to the back wall. It is a front view for demonstrating schematic structure inside a cabinet. FIG. 96 is an exploded perspective view showing a state where the reel unit is removed from the inside of the cabinet shown in FIG. 95. It is a perspective view which shows the state by which the irradiation unit was attached to the back wall of a cabinet. It is the perspective view which looked at the irradiation unit from the side. It is the perspective view which looked at the irradiation unit from back. It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of a cabinet. It is a disassembled perspective view of an irradiation unit, the lid | cover for obstruction | occlusion, and the back wall of a cabinet. It is a rear view of the gaming machine in a state in which the closing lid is removed from the back wall. It is the elements on larger scale around the operation window in the gaming machine shown in FIG. It is a disassembled perspective view of the back wall of the lid | cover for closure and a cabinet. It is a disassembled perspective view of the back wall of the lid | cover for closure and a cabinet. It is the perspective view which looked at the closure lid from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the closure lid from the front. It is the partial expansion perspective view which looked at the back wall from the front. It is the elements on larger scale which show the state where the closure lid was attached to the back wall. FIG. 110 is a cross-sectional view showing the closing lid and the back wall in the state shown in FIG. 109. It is a perspective view of the irradiation unit hook screw. It is a partial expansion perspective view which shows the state by which the irradiation unit hooking screw was temporarily fixed to the back wall. It is a front view of a projector cover plate. It is the partial expansion perspective view which looked at the projector cover plate from the slightly upper direction. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the projector cover and the projector cover plate from back. It is a partial expansion perspective view around the 1st cavity. It is a partial expansion perspective view of the protrusion part for 1st engagement. It is sectional drawing which shows the state in which the protrusion part for 1st engagement was accommodated in the 1st cavity. It is sectional drawing which shows the state in which the protrusion part for 1st engagement was accommodated in the 1st cavity. FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of the periphery of the irradiation unit hooking screw and the lid mounting screw in a state where the closing lid and the irradiation unit are attached to the back wall. It is sectional drawing which shows the lid | cover for closure, a back wall, and a projector cover plate. It is a front view which decomposes | disassembles and shows the opening periphery of a back wall, and a projector cover plate. FIG. 98 is a partially enlarged front view of the inside of the cabinet in the state shown in FIG. 97. It is a perspective view of a cover part. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the projector cover and the duct cover from the left side. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the projector cover and the duct cover from the right side. It is sectional drawing in the state which looked at the duct cover from back. It is sectional drawing of a cover part. It is sectional drawing of a cover part. It is the perspective view which looked at the cover part from the right side. It is a perspective view which shows the state in which the cover part and the case are connected via the duct adapter. It is the perspective view which looked at the duct adapter from the left front. It is the perspective view which looked at the duct adapter from the right rear. It is a left view of the cross section in the left side part of a duct adapter. It is a right view of the cross section in the right side part of a duct adapter. It is a front view of a duct adapter. It is a left view of the state which cut | disconnected the duct adapter near the center of a connection part. It is a perspective view of a case. It is a partial expansion perspective view of the right side part periphery in a duct adapter. It is a partial expansion perspective view of the 1st right side protrusion part and 2nd right side protrusion part periphery in a duct adapter. FIG. 141 is a partially enlarged front view of the right protrusion portion shown in FIG. 140. It is the perspective view which looked at the duct cover from back. It is the elements on larger scale which looked at the state where the duct adapter was connected with the duct cover from the direction perpendicular to the front lower side wall surface of the duct cover. It is sectional drawing of the duct cover and duct adapter of the state shown in FIG. FIG. 5 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the vicinity of an adapter engaging groove in the projector cover. It is a partial expansion perspective view of the 1st protrusion periphery in a projector cover. It is a partial expansion perspective view of the 2nd-5th projection periphery in a projector cover. It is a partial expansion perspective view which shows the state with which the duct adapter was connected with the projector cover. FIG. 149 is a cross-sectional view of the projector cover and the duct adapter in the state shown in FIG. 148. It is sectional drawing in the state where punching was attached to the duct cover. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the duct cover and punching from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the duct cover and punching from back. It is the exploded perspective view which looked at the duct cover and punching from the lower part. It is a front view for demonstrating schematic structure inside a cabinet. FIG. 157 is an exploded perspective view showing a state in which the reel unit and the reel adapter are removed from the cabinet shown in FIG. 154; (A) is the schematic diagram which looked at the state by which the front door was closed in the gaming machine concerning a 6th embodiment from the front. (B) is the schematic diagram which looked at the state where the front door was closed in the gaming machine concerning a 7th embodiment from the front. (C) is the schematic diagram which looked at the inside of the cabinet of the gaming machine concerning a 6th embodiment from the front. (D) is the schematic diagram which looked at the inside of the cabinet of the gaming machine concerning a 7th embodiment from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the reel adapter from the right front. It is the perspective view which looked at the reel adapter from the right rear. It is a partial expansion perspective view of the right rear part of a reel adapter. It is a rear view of the right rear part shown in FIG. It is sectional drawing in the lower side protrusion part of the right rear part shown in FIG. It is the perspective view which looked at the reel adapter from the downward direction. It is the elements on larger scale which looked at the reel adapter from the lower part. It is a front view of the state which cut | disconnected the reel adapter in the vertical surface of the left-right direction. It is the perspective view which looked at the reel adapter from upper direction. FIG. 4 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the periphery of a step recess in a state where the reel adapter is cut along a vertical plane in the front-rear direction. It is a perspective view of a reel unit. FIG. 167 is a perspective view showing a state where the right unit is removed from the reel unit shown in FIG. 167; It is the perspective view which looked at the reel frame from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the reel frame from the lower part. It is the perspective view which looked at the reel frame from back. It is a perspective view of a motor frame. It is a perspective view of a middle board. It is a perspective view which shows the state in which the reel adapter is mounted in the middle board. 175 is a perspective view showing a state in which the reel adapter is slightly shifted from the state shown in FIG. 174 with respect to the middle board. FIG. 174 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the periphery of a step recess when the reel adapter and the middle board shown in FIG. 174 are cut along a vertical plane in the front-rear direction. FIG. FIG. 175 is a perspective view of the reel adapter and the middle board shown in FIG. 174 as viewed from the side. 179 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the reel adapter and the middle board shown in FIG. 177 cut along a vertical plane in the front-rear direction. FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the state in which the reel unit is mounted in the reel adapter. 179 is a perspective view showing a state in which the reel adapter is shifted downward with respect to the reel unit from the state shown in FIG. 179. FIG. 179 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the reel adapter and the reel frame in the state shown in FIG. 179 cut along a vertical plane in the left-right direction. It is sectional drawing in the state in which the reel unit is fastened by the reel adapter. 179 is a perspective view of the reel adapter and the reel frame in the state shown in FIG. 179 when viewed from the rear. FIG. 187 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the reel adapter and the reel frame shown in FIG. 183 cut along a vertical plane in the front-rear direction. It is a perspective view which shows the state in which the reel unit is mounted in the middle board. FIG. 185 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the reel unit and the middle board shown in FIG. 185 cut along a vertical plane in the front-rear direction. It is a front view of a waist panel. It is the perspective view which looked at the waist panel from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the waist panel from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the waist panel from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the waist panel from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the lower panel film from the slightly upper direction. It is sectional drawing of a lower panel film. It is a schematic diagram of the cut surface of the lower panel film shown in FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the state which has arrange | positioned the lower panel frame to the front side of the lower panel film shown in FIG. It is the perspective view which looked at the lower panel base from the front and a little above. It is the perspective view which looked at the lower panel base from diagonally downward. It is the perspective view which looked at the lower panel base from back and a little above. It is the partial expansion perspective view which looked at the lower panel base from back and a little lower part. It is the perspective view which looked at the back of the lower panel from the upper part. It is the perspective view which looked at the lower panel film from back. It is the partial expansion perspective view which looked at the lower panel back from back and a little lower part. It is the perspective view which looked at the lower panel frame from the front. It is a rear view of a lower panel frame. It is the perspective view which looked at the lower panel bottom from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the lower panel bottom from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the lower panel right and the lower panel left from the left side rear. It is the perspective view which looked at the lower panel right and the lower panel left from the right side rear. It is the perspective view which looked at the state where the lower panel frame was attached to the lower panel base from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the state where the lower panel frame was attached to the lower panel base from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the state by which the lower panel back was latched by the lower panel base and lower panel frame which were shown in FIG. 210 from back. FIG. 222 is a cross-sectional view of the lower panel base and the lower panel back in the state shown in FIG. FIG. 22 is a rear perspective view of the lower panel base, the lower panel frame, and the lower panel bottom attached to the back of the lower panel in the state shown in FIG. 211. FIG. 213 is a cross-sectional view of the lower panel base, the lower panel back, and the lower panel under the state shown in FIG. 213.

[First Embodiment]
Hereinafter, a first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
As shown in FIGS. 1 to 5, the gaming machine 1 is a so-called pachislot machine. The gaming machine 1 can be played using coins, medals, game balls, tokens, and the like, and a game medium such as a card that stores or is assigned to a player and stores game value information. In the following description, it is assumed that medals are used.

  In the following description, the side (direction) from the gaming machine 1 toward the player is referred to as the front side (front direction) of the gaming machine 1, and the opposite side to the front side is referred to as the rear side (rear direction, depth direction). The right side and the left side as viewed from the player are referred to as the right side (right direction) and the left side (left direction) of the gaming machine 1, respectively. The direction including the front side and the rear side is referred to as the front-rear direction or the thickness direction, and the direction including the right side and the left side is referred to as the left-right direction or the width direction. The direction orthogonal to the front-rear direction (thickness direction) and the left-right direction (width direction) is referred to as the up-down direction or the height direction.

  As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the appearance of the gaming machine 1 is constituted by a rectangular box-shaped housing 2. The housing 2 includes a metal cabinet G having a rectangular opening on the front side as a gaming machine main body, an upper door mechanism UD disposed at the upper front of the cabinet G, and a lower disposed at the lower front of the cabinet G. And a door mechanism DD.

  In addition, two openings G41 penetrating in the vertical direction are formed in the upper surface wall G4 of the cabinet G at a predetermined interval in the horizontal direction. A wooden plate member G42 is attached to the upper surface wall G4 so as to close each of the two openings G41.

  As shown in FIG. 3, the upper door mechanism UD and the lower door mechanism DD are formed so as to correspond to the shape and size of the opening of the cabinet G. The upper door mechanism UD and the lower door mechanism DD are provided so that the upper part and the lower part of the opening in the cabinet G can be closed. The upper door mechanism UD has an upper display window UD1 at the center. The upper display window UD1 is provided with a transparent panel UD11 that transmits light.

  The lower door mechanism DD is provided with a main display window DD4 formed as a rectangular opening at a substantially upper central portion. A reel unit RU attached from the inside of the cabinet G is mounted on the back side of the main display window DD4. Further, a main control board MS is attached to the back surface of the reel unit RU.

  The reel unit RU is mainly composed of three reels RL (left reel), RC (middle reel), and RR (right reel) each having a plurality of types of symbols drawn on the outer peripheral surface thereof. These reels RL, RC, RR are arranged in parallel (one horizontal row) so that each of them can rotate in the vertical direction at a constant speed. The reels RL, RC, RR can visually recognize the operations of the reels RL, RC, RR and the symbols drawn on the reels RL, RC, RR through the main display window DD4.

  A transparent panel DD41 made of a rectangular acrylic plate or the like is attached and fixed to the surface of the main display window DD4 so that a player or the like cannot touch the reel unit RU. Below the main display window DD4, first, second and third pedestal portions DD2a, DD2b and DD2c having substantially horizontal surfaces are formed. The first pedestal portion DD2a located on the right side of the main display window DD4 is provided with a medal insertion slot DD5 for inserting medals. The medal insertion port DD5 is an opening through which a medal is inserted by the player. The medal inserted from the medal slot DD5 is credited or bet on the game.

  The second pedestal portion DD2b located on the left side of the main display window DD4 is provided with a maximum BET button DD8 (also referred to as a MAXBET button) as an effective line setting means for betting a credited medal. When the maximum BET button DD8 is pressed, “3” is selected as the number of inserted medals.

  A liquid crystal display device DD20 is provided on the third pedestal portion DD2c located on the front surface side of the main display window DD4. The liquid crystal display device DD20 is a so-called touch panel in which a touch sensor panel as a touch-type position input device is arranged on a panel surface of a liquid crystal display panel (liquid crystal panel). The touch sensor panel may be, for example, a capacitive type that detects contact with a part of a human body (such as a fingertip) or an electrostatic pen and outputs a detection signal thereof, or It may be of a type that detects the contact of a hard substance such as a pen tip and outputs a detection signal thereof, or may be of any other type or structure (such as an in-cell structure).

  The liquid crystal display device DD20 functions as a SUI (smart user interface). On the display screen, for example, game information such as the number of games is displayed as the game progresses, and the player selects Alternatively, a message for requesting input, an input key, and the like are displayed.

  In the liquid crystal display device DD20, for example, as the game progresses, it is possible to display the content (effect information) according to the game-related effects on the display screen. Further, as the liquid crystal display device DD20, for example, a jog dial or a push button or the like may be attached as an attachment having a function as a director or a dedicated attachment. Further, the function of the liquid crystal display device DD20 can be omitted by distributing the function to the display unit A and the like which will be described later.

  On the front side of the maximum BET button DD8, there is provided a start lever DD6 for driving the reels RL, RC, RR to rotate by the player's operation and starting the display of the symbols in the main display window DD4. The start lever DD6 is attached to be tiltable within a predetermined angle range.

  On the right side of the start lever DD6, on the front side of the liquid crystal display device DD20, three stop buttons DD7L for respectively stopping the rotation of the three reels RL, RC, RR by the player's pressing operation (stop operation). , DD7C, DD7R are provided.

  A C / P button DD13 is provided on the left side of the maximum BET button DD8. The C / P button DD13 is used to switch the credit / payout of medals acquired by the player in the game by a push button operation. When the payout is selected by switching the C / P button DD13 (non-credit state), a medal is received from the medal payout opening DD14 (cancellation chute) provided in the coin guard plate portion on the lower side of the lower door mechanism DD. The medals that are paid out and paid out are stored in the medal receiving part DD15.

  A waist panel DD18 (waist light guide plate) is disposed on the lower side of the start lever DD6 and stop buttons DD7L, DD7C, DD7R. The waist panel DD18 is configured as a makeup panel using an acrylic plate or the like. On the waist panel DD18, a name representing the model of the gaming machine 1 and various patterns are drawn by printing.

  In addition, a speaker DD25L is provided on the left side of the medal payout opening DD14, and a speaker DD25R is provided on the right side. The speakers DD25L and DD25R notify the player of various information related to the game using sounds such as voice and music. A first sub display device DD19L and a second sub display device DD19R are arranged on the left and right sides of the main display window DD4, respectively. The sub display devices DD19L and DD19R display, for example, the number of medals paid out when the winning is established and the remaining number of medals that have been credited. Normally, since the maximum number of medals credited to the gaming machine 1 is 50, a credit number of 50 or less is displayed. In the state where the maximum number of 50 medals is credited, the inserted medals are paid out as they are from the medal payout exit DD14. The sub display devices DD19L and DD19R may include a touch panel on the front surface.

  As shown in FIG. 4, the inside of the cabinet G is partitioned into an upper space and a lower space by an intermediate support plate G1. That is, the intermediate support plate G1 functions as a partition plate that partitions the cabinet G into an upper space and a lower space. The upper space is a space on the rear side of the upper door mechanism UD in the cabinet G and accommodates the display unit A and the like. Further, the lower space is a space on the rear side of the lower door mechanism DD in the cabinet G, and the main control board MS that controls the operation of the reel unit RU and the gaming machine 1 as a whole, and the sub control device SS (see FIG. 11). Etc. are accommodated. The main control board MS constitutes a circuit (main control circuit) that controls the main flow of the game in the gaming machine 1 such as determination of the internal winning combination, rotation and stop of the reels RL, RC, RR, and determination of the presence or absence of winning. To do. The sub-control device SS constitutes a circuit (sub-control circuit) that controls execution of effects by displaying images and the like.

(Display unit A)
As shown in FIG. 5, the display unit A is placed on the intermediate support plate G <b> 1 in the cabinet G so as to be replaceable. The display unit A is a so-called projection mapping apparatus including an irradiation unit B that emits irradiation light for image display, and a screen device C that causes an image to appear when the irradiation light from the irradiation unit B is irradiated.

  Here, the projection mapping device is for projecting an image on the surface of a three-dimensional object such as a structure or a natural object. Etc.) and an image corresponding to the production information generated based on the shape is projected, thereby enabling an advanced and powerful production.

  The display unit A has a housing A1 with an opening formed in the front. The housing A1 includes a projector cover B1 that forms the upper part of the irradiation unit B, and a screen housing C10 of the screen device C. The screen casing C10 has a box shape having a bottom plate C1, a right side plate C2, a left side plate C3, and a back plate C4. The projector cover B1 is replaceably attached to the upper surface of the screen casing C10.

(Display unit A: Irradiation unit B)
As shown in FIG. 6, the irradiation unit B includes a projector device B2 that emits irradiation light forward, and a screen device that is disposed in front of the projector device B2 and that emits irradiation light from the projector device B2 obliquely downward and rearward. It has a mirror mechanism B3 that reflects in the direction C, and a projector cover B1 that houses the projector device B2 and the mirror mechanism B3.

(Display unit A: Irradiation unit B: Projector device B2)
The projector device B2 is attached to the projector cover B1 while being packaged by a case B22, and is arranged at the rear part in the cabinet G. The projector device B2 is attached to the projector cover B1 via a flat plate-like upper pedestal B220 and lower pedestal B221 arranged horizontally. The entire upper surface of the case B22 is opened. Accordingly, the lens unit B21 and the optical mechanism B24 (see FIG. 12) housed in the case B22 are positioned on the lower surface of the lower pedestal B221. The lens unit B21 is arranged so as to emit the irradiation light emitted from the plurality of LED light sources of the optical mechanism B24 and reflected by the DMD (Digital Micromirror Device) toward the front mirror mechanism B3 via a lens or the like. Yes. Details of the projector apparatus B2 will be described later with reference to FIGS.

(Display unit A: Irradiation unit B: Mirror mechanism B3)
As shown in FIG. 6, a mirror mechanism B3 is disposed in front of the projector device B2 (in the emission direction of the irradiation light). As shown in FIG. 7, the mirror mechanism B3 has a mirror holder B31, an optical mirror B32 accommodated in the mirror holder B31, and mirror stoppers B33 and B34 for fixing both ends of the optical mirror B32 to the mirror holder B31. doing. As shown in FIG. 8, the mirror holder B31 is formed in a plate shape having a rectangular front surface. In each corner portion of the mirror holder B31, an angle adjustment hole B311 is formed, and a recess B312 is formed on the front surface with the angle adjustment hole B311 as a center. Further, mounting holes B314 and B314 are formed vertically symmetrically between the angle adjustment holes B311 and B311 in the vertical direction.

  On the other hand, a mirror holding part B313 is formed on the rear surface of the mirror holder B31. The mirror holding part B313 is formed in the center part, and is formed in a size that does not overlap with the angle adjustment hole B311 and the attachment hole B314. Mirror stoppers B33 and B34 are respectively provided on the left and right sides of the mirror holding part B313. The mirror stoppers B33 and B34 have angle adjustment holes B331 and B341 and attachment holes B334 and B344, respectively. The angle adjustment holes B331 and B341 and the attachment holes B334 and B344 in the mirror stoppers B33 and B34 are arranged so as to correspond to the angle adjustment holes B311 and B311 and the attachment holes B314 and B314 in the mirror holder B31.

  The mirror stoppers B33 and B34 are formed so as to partially overlap the mirror holding part B313. As a result, the mirror stoppers B33 and B34 come into contact with both sides of the optical mirror B32 fitted in the mirror holding part B313 and are screwed to the mirror holder B31 through the mounting holes B314, B334, and B344. The optical mirror B32 is held by the mirror holder B31.

  As shown in FIG. 9, the mirror mechanism B3 configured as described above is provided on the inner side surface of the reflector holding portion B11 in the projector cover B1. The reflector holding portion B11 is formed at the center of the front surface of the projector cover B1, and is disposed so as to be exposed to the front side when the upper door mechanism UD is opened. The reflector holding part B11 has an angle adjustment hole B111. The angle adjustment hole B111 is formed at a position corresponding to the angle adjustment hole B311 of the mirror mechanism B3.

  A screw (not shown) is inserted from the front side into the angle adjustment hole B111 of the reflector holding part B11, and this screw passes through the angle adjustment hole B311 of the mirror holder B31. The angle adjustment holes B331 and B341 of the mirror stoppers B33 and B34 are formed as screw holes into which screws can be screwed, and the screws that pass through the angle adjustment holes B311 of the mirror holder B31 Screwed into the angle adjustment holes B331 and B341.

  When the screw is rotated in the direction in which the screwing with the angle adjustment holes B331 and B341 is loosened, the distance between the reflector holding portion B11 and the mirror stoppers B33 and B34 is increased. On the other hand, when the screw is rotated in a direction in which the screw engagement with the angle adjustment holes B331 and B341 is tightened, the distance between the reflector holding portion B11 and the mirror stoppers B33 and B34 is reduced.

  As described above, the mirror holder B31 and the mirror stoppers B33 and B34 are screwed through the mounting holes B314, B334, and B344, so that the optical mirror is interposed between the mirror holder B31 and the mirror stoppers B33 and B34. B32 is sandwiched. As described above, the mirror holder B31, the optical mirror B32, and the mirror stoppers B33 and B34 are integrated as a mirror mechanism B3, and the distance between the reflector holding portion B11 and the mirror stoppers B33 and B34 is changed by rotating the screw. Thus, the distance between the reflector holding part B11 and the mirror mechanism B3 can be increased or decreased. Since the angle adjustment holes B311, 331, and B341 are arranged in four directions corresponding to the corner portions of the mirror mechanism B3, the reflector holding portion B11 and the mirror mechanism at the arrangement positions of the angle adjustment holes B311, 331, and B341 are arranged. By increasing or decreasing the distance to B3, the reflection angle of the optical mirror B32 with respect to the traveling direction of the irradiation light emitted from the projector device B2 can be finely adjusted.

  Further, a spring (not shown) is provided between the reflector holding part B11 and the mirror holder B31. The rear end surface of the spring is in contact with the recess B312 of the mirror holder B31, and the front end surface is in contact with the inner wall surface (rear wall surface) of the reflector holding unit B11, so that the reflector holding unit B11 and the mirror holder B31 Is sandwiched between. And the screw penetrated from angle adjustment hole B111 of reflector holding part B11 has penetrated the spring concerned. Thereby, even if the distance between the reflector holding part B11 and the mirror mechanism B3 increases with the rotation of the screw, the screw head comes into contact with the angle adjustment hole B111 of the reflector holding part B11 by the biasing force of the spring. It can be prevented that the screw head protrudes from the angle adjustment hole B111 and the positional relationship between the reflector holding portion B11 and the screw is destroyed.

(Display unit A: Irradiation unit B: Projector cover B1)
As shown in FIG. 10, the projector device B2 and the mirror mechanism B3 are accommodated in the projector cover B1. Note that the lower surface B2a of the projector device B2 has an inclined surface B2a1 that is inclined upward from the rear to the front at the front thereof. As shown in FIG. 8, the projector cover B1 is arranged symmetrically in the left-right direction of the upper wall part B12 arranged horizontally, the reflector holding part B11 arranged on the front side of the upper wall part B12, and the upper wall part B12. Side wall portions B13 and B13. As for upper wall part B12, the front part protrudes ahead rather than cabinet G (refer to Drawing 5). At the center of the front part of the upper wall part B12, a reflector holding part B11 is formed so as to protrude forward, and the mirror mechanism B3 described above is held in the space formed by the protrusion so that the angle can be adjusted. Yes.

(Display unit A: Screen device C)
The irradiation unit B configured as described above is connected to the upper surface of the screen device C by screw fastening. For example, screws are screwed into the upper surfaces of the right side plate C2 and the left side plate C3 of the screen device C through screw holes formed in the projector cover B1 (see FIG. 5). Thereby, the display unit A can unitarily handle the irradiation unit B and the screen device C as a unit.

  Inside the screen casing C10, a plurality of screen mechanisms for causing an image to appear by irradiation of irradiation light from the irradiation unit B are provided so that the irradiation target can be switched. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10, a fixed screen mechanism D, a front screen mechanism E1, and a reel screen mechanism F1 are provided as a plurality of screen mechanisms. The fixed screen mechanism D, the front screen mechanism E1, and the reel screen mechanism F1 are each configured by applying a screen paint to a base material, and have a projection surface on which an image can appear.

  The projection planes of the fixed screen mechanism D, the front screen mechanism E1, and the reel screen mechanism F1 have different shapes from each other in order to diversify the image expression. Specifically, the projection surfaces of the fixed screen mechanism D and the front screen mechanism E1 are flat, whereas the projection surface of the reel screen mechanism F1 has an arc shape in a side view. The front screen mechanism E1 and the reel screen mechanism F1 are movable screens whose positions are displaced relative to the projector device B2 and the mirror mechanism B3, and the front screen drive mechanism E2 and the reel screen drive mechanism F2 respectively. (Not shown).

(Display Unit A: Irradiation Unit B: Electrical and Optical Configuration of Projector Device B2)
As shown in FIG. 11, the projector apparatus B2 includes a projector control board B23, an optical mechanism B24, and a relay board CK as electrical components. The sub-control device SS described above is connected to the projector device B2 via the relay substrate CK. The sub-control device SS controls the projector control board B23 according to the effect operation of the screen or the accessory, and projects the irradiation light onto the screen or the accessory via the optical mechanism B24, thereby providing a visual effect. Display video. Further, in the assembly process of the display unit A and the like, an adjustment PC (personal computer) 1000 is connected to the relay board CK of the projector device B2. This adjustment PC (personal computer) 1000 is used for adjusting the position of the irradiation light projected by the projector apparatus B2 and performing initial focus setting. In this embodiment, the adjustment PC 1000 is used as the adjustment device of the projector device B2. However, as the adjustment device of the projector device B2, a tablet PC or a so-called smartphone installed with an adjustment program (application software) is used. Alternatively, a dedicated terminal device may be used.

  The projector control board B 23 includes a control LSI 230, an EEPROM (registered trademark) 231, a DLP (registered trademark) control circuit 232, and an LED driver 233. The optical mechanism B24 includes, as components disposed around the lens unit B21, LED light sources that emit light of R (red), G (green), and B (blue), DMD, and the projection lens 210 of the lens unit B21. A focus mechanism or the like for adjusting the focus is provided (not shown).

  The control LSI 230 controls the DLP control circuit 232 to project the irradiation light based on a command from the sub-control device SS. The control LSI 230 performs focus adjustment when projecting the irradiation light by controlling the focus mechanism and moving the projection lens 210 in the optical axis direction based on a command from the sub-control device SS. The EEPROM 231 stores a control program by the control LSI 230 and data related to setting / adjustment of the projector apparatus B2.

  The DLP system of the projector apparatus B2 is mainly configured by a DLP control circuit 232, an LED driver 233, and an LED light source and DMD of the optical mechanism B24.

  Under the control of the DLP control circuit 232, the light reflected in the predetermined direction by the DMD proceeds to the lens unit B21, passes through the projection lens 210, enters the mirror mechanism B3, and finally reflects by the mirror mechanism B3. Is guided to the projection target. Thereby, irradiation light is projected with respect to the screen used as a projection target, and an accessory, and the image | video according to production is formed.

  In the present embodiment, the projector device B2 is configured as a so-called DLP projector. Further, the projector device B2 increases the projection distance to the projection target by turning back the irradiation light by the mirror mechanism B3, and makes the projection distance of the irradiation light as short as possible by setting the contrast ratio to 1000: 1, for example. ing. Thereby, the display unit A including the projector device B2 is configured to be cheaper and smaller, and is easily mounted in a limited space in the cabinet G of the gaming machine 1.

(Display unit A: Irradiation unit B: Mechanical configuration of projector device B2)
As shown in FIG. 12, the projector apparatus B2 includes a case B22, a lens unit cover B222, an under cover B223, an upper pedestal B220, and a lower pedestal B221 as constituent elements serving as exteriors. A lens unit cover B222 is attached to the front opening B22k of the case B22. The under cover B223 is disposed on the lower surface of the case B22 so as to cover it. The under cover B223 is supported by the lower pedestal B221 via the stay B223a and is also fixed to an appropriate lower surface of the case B22. The projector device B2 is attached to the lower surface of the upper wall portion B12 (see FIG. 8) of the projector cover B1 via the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221. In the present embodiment, the upper pedestal B220 is fixed to the lower surface of the upper wall portion B12, and the lower pedestal B221 is attached to the upper end of the case B22 so as to cover the upper surface opening of the case B22. The lower pedestal B221 is connected. The procedure for adjusting the attachment of the projector apparatus B2 will be described later.

  The projector device B2 includes, as internal components, a lens unit B21, an LED substrate (not shown) on which an LED light source is mounted, a DMD substrate (not shown) on which a DMD is mounted, and a plurality of heat sinks 243R, 243G, 243B. , 243D, intake fans 244A and 244B, exhaust fans 245, and projector control board B23. The case B22 accommodates the lens unit B21 while the lens unit cover B222 covers the projection lens 210 of the lens unit B21, and also includes an LED substrate, a DMD substrate, a plurality of heat sinks 243R, 243G, 243B, 243D, and an intake fan. 244A and 244B and an exhaust fan 245 are accommodated. The projector control board B23 is fixed to the lower surface of the case B22.

  Such a projector device B2 is controlled by the sub-control device SS so that video data related to a video such as an effect is transmitted from the sub-control device SS, and the image is projected onto a screen or an accessory. On the other hand, the sub-control device SS controls the screen drive mechanisms E2 and F2 to move the screen mechanisms E1 and F1 according to the contents of the effect.

  Here, the sub-control device SS controls the projector device B2 according to the movement of the screen mechanisms E1 and F1 due to the effect, and an image is displayed on the projection surface of the moved screen mechanisms E1 and F1 and the projection surface of the fixed screen mechanism D. Adjust the focus so that it is projected clearly.

  The heat sinks 243R, 243G, and 243B are in partial contact with the back surface of the LED substrate. The heat sink 243D is in partial contact with the back surface of the DMD substrate. In this embodiment, the heat sinks 243R, 243G, 243B, and 243D have outer fin sizes that are relatively large for the heat sink 243R and the heat sink 243G, but relatively small for the heat sink 243B and the heat sink 243D. These heat sinks 243R, 243G, 243B, and 243D are efficient so as not to raise the temperature of the optical element and the substrate until the optical characteristics are largely changed by dissipating heat generated in the LED substrate and DMD substrate into the air. Dissipate heat well. The heat sinks 243R, 243G, 243B, and 243D, which are heat radiating members, are made of an aluminum material having high heat conductivity in order to enhance the heat radiating effect, and have a plurality of heat radiating fins to increase the contact area with air.

  The intake fan 244A is disposed so as to be close to the back surface of the right front portion of the case B22, and is close to the heat sink 243R. The intake fan 244B is disposed so as to be close to the back surface of the left side portion of the case B22, and is close to the heat sink 243D. The exhaust fan 245 is disposed so as to be close to the back surface of the rear portion of the case B22, and is close to the heat sink 243G.

  An intake port B22A is provided at the right front portion of the case B22 close to the intake fan 244A, and an exhaust port B22E is provided at the right rear portion of the case B22 close to the heat sink 243R facing the intake port B22A. It has been. An intake port B22B is provided in a part of the left side of the case B22 close to the intake fan 244B, and the other part of the left side of the case B22 is arranged in the case B22 so as to be aligned with the intake port B22B. The air inlet B22C is provided so that the air reaches the three heat sinks 243G, 243B, and 243D through the empty space. An exhaust port B22D is provided at the rear of the case B22 where the exhaust fan 245 is close.

  That is, in the case B22 of the projector apparatus B2, a flow of air that is exhausted from the exhaust port B22E while being forcibly taken in by the intake fan 244A from the intake port B22A and taking heat away from the heat sink 243R is formed. . Further, in the case B22, after the air is forcibly sucked from the air inlet B22B by the air intake fan 244B, the heat is exhausted from the air outlet B22D by the air exhaust fan 245 while taking heat from the heat sink 243D, the heat sink 243B, and the heat sink 243G. A flow of air exhausted is formed. Further, in the case B22, a flow of air that is forcibly exhausted by the exhaust fan 245 from the exhaust port B22D is formed while taking heat from the heat sink 243G or the heat sink 243B after being sucked from the intake port B22C. .

  The projector control board B23 is attached to the lower surface of the case B22 while being covered with the under cover B223. A control LSI 230, an EEPROM 231, a DLP control circuit 232, an LED driver 233, and the like are mounted on the projector control board B23. The projector control board B23 is electrically connected to the LED board and DMD board arranged in the case B22, and to the focus mechanism.

(Display unit A: Irradiation unit B: Position / attitude adjustment of projector device B2)
As shown in FIGS. 13 to 15, the upper pedestal B <b> 220 is a sheet metal member fixed to the upper wall B <b> 12 (see FIG. 8) of the projector cover B <b> 1, and has a rectangular main body 2200 and both left and right sides of the main body 2200. Left and right ends 2201a and 2201b extending stepwise from the main body 2200 and partially extending backward from the rear side of the main body 2200. A rear end 2202 is provided. The main body 2200 and the rear end 2202 are provided with three connection holes 2200A for connecting the lower pedestal B221. These three connecting holes 2200 </ b> A are arranged so as not to be positioned on the same straight line in a plane (horizontal plane) along the main body 2200. Each of the left end portion 2201a and the right end portion 2201b is provided with a plurality of square holes 2201c for fixing to the lower surface of the upper wall portion B12 by screw fastening. In the present embodiment, three square holes 2201c are arranged at each of the left end portion 2201a and the right end portion 2201b, and are provided at equal intervals in the front-rear direction. The vertical and horizontal inner diameter dimensions of the square hole 2201c are larger than the screw shaft diameter of the mounting screw T (see FIG. 16) that is inserted and fastened therein.

  The lower pedestal B221 is a sheet metal member that substantially corresponds to the main body 2200 and the rear end 2202 of the upper pedestal B220. Three connecting screw portions 2210 are integrally formed on the lower base B221 so as to protrude upward corresponding to the three connecting holes 2200A. These three connecting screw portions 2210 are also arranged so as not to be located on the same straight line in a plane (horizontal plane) along the lower pedestal B221. The lower pedestal B 221 inserts the tip of the connecting screw portion 2210 into the connecting hole 2200A while externally fitting the coil spring 2211 to each of the connecting screw portions 2210, and sandwiches the coil spring 2211 between the main body portion 2200 and the rear end portion 2202. The nut 2213 is fastened from the upper surface side of the upper pedestal B220 to the tip of the connection screw portion 2210 via a washer 2212 while being in a state of being in a state of being connected to be suspended from the lower surface of the upper pedestal B220. As shown in FIG. 12, the lower base B221 is provided with a plurality of screw holes 2214 for screwing the case B22 and a plurality of screw holes 2215 for screwing the stay B 223a. The lower pedestal B221 is connected to the lower surface of the upper pedestal B220 while supporting the under cover B223 via the case B22 and the stay B223a.

  That is, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 15, the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 are connected to each other at three connecting portions R1, R2, and R3 so that the distance between them can be adjusted. Each of the connecting portions R1, R2, and R3 includes a connecting hole 2200A of the upper base B220, a connecting screw portion 2210 of the lower base B221, a coil spring 2211, a washer 2212, and a nut 2213.

  By using the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the projector device B2 is attached to the upper wall portion B12 of the projector cover B1 so that the positioning and the optical axis can be adjusted.

  FIG. 16 shows how the upper base B220 is attached to the upper wall B12 of the projector cover B1. The lower diagram of FIG. 16A is a diagram showing a state in which the mounting screw T is inserted and fastened to the square hole 2201c of the upper base B220, and the upper diagram of FIG. 16A is the diagram of FIG. It is sectional drawing which follows the BB 'line shown to the following figure. FIG. 16 shows the periphery of the square hole 2201c formed in the left end portion 2201a of the upper pedestal B220, but the same applies to the periphery of the remaining square hole 2201c in the left end portion 2201a and the right end portion 2201b.

  As shown in FIG. 16A, the mounting screw T is inserted into the square hole 2201c from below, and the mounting screw T is disposed at substantially the center of the square hole 2201c. The attachment screw T is screwed to a nut N located on the upper surface side of the upper wall portion B12 via a washer W disposed so as to follow the upper surface of the upper wall portion B12 and the lower surface of the left end portion 2201a. As a result, the left end 2201a of the upper base B220 is attached to the upper wall B12 of the projector cover B1 by screws. The right end 2201b of the upper base B220 is also attached to the upper wall B12 of the projector cover B1 by the same screwing.

  Here, the hatched portion indicated by the symbol A in FIG. 16A is a gap formed between the screw shaft of the mounting screw T and the square hole 2201c. In FIG. 16A, the screw shaft of the mounting screw T is disposed and fixed substantially at the center of the square hole 2201c. At this time, the screw shaft of the mounting screw T can be moved within the range (adjustment range) of the hatched portion indicated by the symbol A. That is, by finely adjusting the relative position of the mounting screw T to the square hole 2201c within the opening range of the square hole 2201c, the left end portion 2201a of the upper base B220 is positioned and adjusted with respect to the upper wall portion B12 of the projector cover B1. be able to. Similarly, the right end portion 2201b of the upper base B220 can be positioned and adjusted with respect to the upper wall portion B12 of the projector cover B1.

  FIG. 16B shows a state in which the left end 2201a of the upper pedestal B220 is shifted in the direction of arrow E with respect to FIG. The upper part of FIG. 16B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line D-D ′ shown in the lower part of FIG. In the state shown in FIG. 16B, the screw shaft of the mounting screw T is displaced relatively to the left in the opening range of the square hole 2201c, and is within the shaded area (adjustment range) indicated by the symbol C. It is possible to move with.

  Thus, the upper base B220 is attached to the upper wall portion B12 of the projector cover B1 while being positioned and adjusted within a predetermined adjustment range that is the opening range of the square hole 2201c. That is, in the projector device B2, the mounting position with respect to the upper wall portion B12 is adjusted in the left-right direction and the front-back direction by the plurality of square holes 2201c provided in the left end portion 2201a and the right end portion 2201b of the upper base B220. As a result, the direction of light emitted from projector device B2 is easily adjusted as the reference direction so as to be perpendicular to the left-right direction and coincide with the front-rear direction.

  FIG. 17 shows a connection structure of the lower pedestal B221 to the upper pedestal B220. FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the lower pedestal B221 is connected to the upper pedestal B220 by the connection hole 2200A, the connection screw part 2210, the coil spring 2211, the washer 2212, and the nut 2213 in the connection part R2. In addition, although FIG. 17 shows one connection part R2, the other connection parts R1 and R3 are the same.

  The connection screw portion 2210 of the lower pedestal B221 is inserted into the connection hole 2200A from the lower surface side of the main body portion 2200 of the upper pedestal B220, and is screwed to the nut 2213 via a washer 2212 disposed on the upper surface side of the main body portion 2200. The A coil spring 2211 is externally fitted to the connecting screw portion 2210, and this coil spring 2211 is sandwiched between the lower surface of the main body 2200 and the upper surface of the lower pedestal B221 at the peripheral edge of the connecting hole 2200A. By such a coil spring 2211, the portion in the vicinity of the connecting portion R2 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 is urged in the direction away from each other (vertical direction), so that the screwing between the connecting screw portion 2210 and the nut 2213 is performed. It is possible to prevent loosening at the joint.

  In such a connecting portion R2, the distance between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 is changed while being biased by the coil spring 2211 by appropriately turning the nut 2213 in the tightening direction or the loosening direction. Specifically, when the nut 2213 is turned in the tightening direction, the interval between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 at the connecting portion R2 is reduced. At this time, the upper pedestal B220 is fixed to an upper wall B12 (not shown in FIG. 17). Therefore, the portion near the connecting portion R2 of the lower pedestal B221 is displaced in a direction approaching the upper pedestal B220 by appropriately tightening the nut 2213, and the height position is adjusted to a higher position. On the other hand, when the nut 2213 is turned in the loosening direction, the distance between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 at the connecting portion R2 is increased. That is, the portion near the connecting portion R2 of the lower pedestal B221 is displaced in a direction away from the upper pedestal B220 by appropriately loosening the nut 2213, and the height position is adjusted to a lower level.

  Also in the other connecting portions R1, R3, the height position of the lower pedestal B221 near the connecting portions R1, R3 can be easily adjusted by appropriately adjusting the tightening amount of the nut 2213 in the same manner as described above. Specifically, such connecting portions R1, R2, and R3 are not connected to the same straight line in the plane (horizontal plane) along the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221. Specifically, the lines connected to each other form a triangle. Are arranged as follows. That is, since the lower pedestal B221 can finely adjust the height position by the tightening amount of the nut 2213 in each of the three connecting portions R1, R2, and R3, the posture of the lower pedestal B221 is changed in the front-rear direction, The degree of inclination in the three-dimensional space can be adjusted with respect to any of the horizontal direction and the vertical direction.

  Such posture adjustment of the lower pedestal B221 is performed while irradiating light to the screen or the like from the projector device B2 supported by the lower pedestal B221. At that time, an image is projected onto the screen or the like by the irradiation light, and the posture of the lower pedestal B221 is adjusted while confirming the image. Thereby, the optical axis direction of the light irradiated from projector apparatus B2 is adjusted so that an image is projected in an appropriate display mode on the surface of a screen or the like. That is, the optical axis direction can be adjusted in advance so that a so-called trapezoidal distortion or the like does not occur as an image display mode by adjusting the posture of the lower pedestal B221.

  Adjustment in the optical axis direction and the like are performed using an adjustment PC 1000 (see FIG. 11) connected to the projector apparatus B2. The projector device B2 attached to the upper wall portion B12 via the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 is not only adjusted in the optical axis direction but also displayed on the screen and the like during inspection at the factory. Various adjustments necessary for projecting and displaying the video are performed. The adjustment PC 1000 is temporarily connected to the relay board CK of the projector device B2 during the adjustment work (see FIG. 11). When the adjustment PC 1000 is operated, optical parameters relating to the projection position of the irradiation light, the focus adjustment, and the like in the projector apparatus B2 are changed by a predetermined command transmitted from the adjustment PC 1000. The projection position and the optical parameter appropriately adjusted in this way are stored in the EEPROM 231 of the projector apparatus B2 as adjustment value data in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction (see FIG. 11). The adjustment value data in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction stored in the EEPROM 231 remains as they are even when the power is not supplied to the projector device B2 for transportation after factory shipment, and the gaming machine 1 is installed in the game hall. Can be used.

  As is apparent from the above, the projector device B2 is positioned in the left-right direction and the front-rear direction mainly according to the mounting position of the upper base B220 with respect to the upper wall portion B12, and in the three-dimensional space of the lower base B221. The optical axis direction is adjusted according to the posture at.

  In the present embodiment, the connecting portions for connecting the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 to each other are provided at three locations. However, if the condition that at least three locations are not on the same straight line is satisfied, four locations are provided. You may make it provide a connection part above. Further, in this embodiment, the connection hole 2200A is provided in the upper pedestal B220 and the connection screw part 2210 is provided in the lower pedestal B221. However, these connection holes and connection screw parts may be provided upside down. The connecting screw portion is not limited to the one integrally formed with the pedestal as in the present embodiment, but may be any one that can be fixed to one pedestal. For example, the connecting screw portion may be a bolt that penetrates and is fixed through the lower pedestal.

  The gaming machine 1 according to the first embodiment has been described above as an embodiment of the present invention. The gaming machine 1 according to the first embodiment has the following features.

(1-1) a display unit (display unit A) for displaying video;
A main body (cabinet G) that houses the display unit (display unit A) and has an opening on the front surface;
An open / close door (upper door mechanism UD) attached to the main body (cabinet G) so as to be openable and closable,
The display unit (display unit A)
A projector capable of projecting video (projector apparatus B2);
A reflection mirror (mirror mechanism B3) for reflecting light emitted from the projector (projector apparatus B2);
A screen (fixed screen mechanism D, front screen mechanism E1, reel screen mechanism F1) capable of displaying an image projected by the projector (projector apparatus B2) based on the light reflected by the reflecting mirror (mirror mechanism B3) And comprising
The projector (projector device B2), the reflection mirror (mirror mechanism B3), and the screen (fixed screen mechanism D, front screen mechanism E1, reel screen mechanism F1) are configured as a unit,
The position of the reflection mirror (mirror mechanism B3) can be adjusted from the outside of the display unit (display unit A) with the open / close door (upper door mechanism UD) opened.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the first embodiment, the display unit A includes the projector device B2, the mirror mechanism B3, the fixed screen mechanism D, the front screen mechanism E1, and the reel screen mechanism F1 as a unit. The mirror mechanism B3 can be adjusted in position from the outside of the display unit A with the upper door mechanism UD opened. Therefore, even after the display unit A is installed in the cabinet G of the gaming machine 1, the position of the mirror mechanism B3 can be adjusted, so the position of the image projected by the projector device B2 is not appropriate. Even in this case, the projection position can be adjusted.

(1-2) The gaming machine according to (1-1),
The projector (projector device B2) and the screen (fixed screen mechanism D, front screen mechanism E1, reel screen mechanism F1) are fixed at predetermined positions in the display unit (display unit A),
The projector (projector device B2) is arranged above the screen (fixed screen mechanism D, front screen mechanism E1, reel screen mechanism F1), and can irradiate light forward.
The reflection mirror (mirror mechanism B3) is disposed in front of the projector (projector apparatus B2) so that the light emitted from the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be reflected obliquely downward and rearward, and the main body It is possible to adjust the reflection direction of the light by changing the degree of screwing in the screw exposed toward the opening side of the section (cabinet G).

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the first embodiment, the projector device B2, the fixed screen mechanism D, the front screen mechanism E1, and the reel screen mechanism F1 are fixed at predetermined positions in the display unit A. On the other hand, the mirror mechanism B3 is provided with a screw for adjusting the light reflection direction, and the screw is exposed toward the opening side of the cabinet G. Therefore, even after the display unit A is installed in the cabinet G of the gaming machine 1, the light reflection direction (angle) can be changed by loosening or tightening the screw with the upper door mechanism UD opened. Can be adjusted. Thereby, even when the position of the image projected by the projector device B2 is not appropriate, the projection position can be adjusted.

(2-1) a projection device (projector device B2) that projects an image by irradiation light;
A plurality of projection planes capable of displaying an image projected by the projection device;
A drive mechanism (front screen drive mechanism E2, reel screen drive mechanism F2) that displaces at least one of the plurality of projection surfaces as a movable projection surface;
An upper wall (upper wall portion B12) located above the projection device,
The plurality of projection surfaces are subjected to surface processing,
The drive mechanism is configured to displace the movable projection surface relative to the projection device;
An upper pedestal (upper pedestal B220) and a lower pedestal (lower pedestal B221) are provided between the projection device and the upper wall,
The upper pedestal is attached so that the in-plane position can be adjusted with respect to the upper wall, and the lower pedestal supports the projection device and can adjust the interval at three or more positions with respect to the upper pedestal. A gaming machine characterized by being attached to a machine.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the first embodiment, the projector device B2 appropriately adjusts the in-plane position of the upper pedestal B220 with respect to the upper wall B12, thereby appropriately adjusting the upper wall B12 via the upper pedestal B220. By adjusting the vertical distance of the lower pedestal B221 with respect to the upper pedestal B220 positioned on the upper wall part B12 at three or more connecting parts R1, R2, R3, It is attached so that the posture supported via the lower pedestal B221 is appropriate. Therefore, the in-plane arrangement position and the in-space orientation of the projector device B2 can be easily adjusted using the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, and as a result, a high-definition image with a high visual effect on a plurality of projection surfaces. Can be projected.

(2-2) The gaming machine of (2-1),
The upper pedestal and the lower pedestal are connected to each other by a plurality of connecting portions (connecting portions R1, R2, R3) at three or more locations that are not on the same straight line,
In each of the plurality of connecting portions,
A connecting screw portion (connecting screw portion 2210) that protrudes from one of the upper pedestal and the lower pedestal and is screwed through the other;
A coil spring (coil spring 2211) that is externally fitted to the connecting screw portion and disposed between the upper pedestal and the lower pedestal is provided.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the first embodiment, the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 are spaced apart from each other by three or more connecting portions R1, R2, and R3 that are not on the same straight line. It can be adjusted individually by adjusting the screw fastening amount, and the adjusted spacing is kept constant by the elastic biasing force of the coil spring 2211. Therefore, the front-rear direction, the left-right direction, the up-down direction perpendicular to each other in the space Each orientation of the projector device B2 can be finely adjusted with respect to the three axis directions. For example, the projector device B2 can be held in an appropriate posture in any of the vertical direction, the horizontal direction, and the front-back direction.

[Second Embodiment]
The first embodiment has been described above. Hereinafter, a second embodiment will be described. The basic configuration of the gaming machine 1 according to the second embodiment is the same as the gaming machine 1 according to the first embodiment. In the following, the same components as those of the gaming machine 1 according to the first embodiment will be described with the same reference numerals. In addition, the description of the portions where the description in the first embodiment applies also in the second embodiment will be omitted.

<Upper pedestal B220 and lower pedestal B221>
The upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 according to the present embodiment have different configurations from the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 according to the first embodiment.

  FIG. 18 is an exploded perspective view of the upper pedestal and the lower pedestal. FIG. 19 is a plan view showing a state in which the upper pedestal and the lower pedestal are assembled. 20 is a view of the upper pedestal and the lower pedestal shown in FIG. 19 as viewed obliquely from the front. FIG. 21 is a view of the upper pedestal and the lower pedestal shown in FIG. 19 as viewed obliquely from the rear. FIG. 22 is a perspective view of a case that houses the internal components of the projector mechanism. FIG. 23 is a perspective view showing a state in which a case is attached to the lower pedestal.

  As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the upper pedestal B <b> 220 has a shape in which a rectangular opening is provided in a sheet metal member having a rectangular shape in plan view. As shown in FIG. 19, the opening is formed in a substantially rectangular shape surrounded by side A, side B, side C, and side D.

  Square holes 2201c are provided in the right side portion and the left side portion of the upper base B220, respectively. The square hole 2201c is a hole for fixing the upper base B220 to the relay plate B300 (see FIG. 26) by screw fastening.

  In the first embodiment, when the projector device B2 is attached to the projector cover B1, the projector device B2 is directly fixed to the projector cover B1 by screwing the upper base B220 to the upper wall portion B12 of the projector cover B1. explained. On the other hand, in this embodiment, the relay plate B300 is interposed between the upper pedestal B220 and the projector cover B1.

  The vertical and horizontal inner diameter dimensions of the square hole 2201c are larger than the screw shaft diameter of the mounting screw T to be inserted and fastened. FIG. 19 also shows a fixing plate B321 used when the upper base B220 is fixed to the relay plate B300. In the present embodiment, the relay plate B300 and the upper pedestal B220 are fastened using a fixing plate B321 and a cap bolt. In the first embodiment, the fixing plate B321 is not shown. However, when fastening the relay plate B300 and the upper pedestal B220, conventionally known members can be appropriately selected and used.

  The upper pedestal B220 is provided with three connecting holes 2200A for connecting the lower pedestal B221. The three connection holes 2200A are arranged so as not to be located on the same straight line in a plane (horizontal plane) along the upper pedestal B220.

  The lower pedestal B221 includes a rectangular main body B221a having a rectangular opening at the center, a right side B221b and a left side B221c extending forward with a step from the main body B221a, and a main body B221a. And a rear end portion B221d extending rearward with a step.

  As shown in FIG. 20, the right side B221b is formed by bending the right side of the front end of the main body B221a downward and outward. The left side B221c is formed by bending the left side of the front end of the main body B221a downward and outward. As shown in FIG. 21, the rear end B221d is formed by bending the rear end of the main body B221a downward and bending a part of the portion bent downward outward. The right part B221b, the left part B221c, and the rear end part B221d are formed so as to be positioned on the same plane.

  A connecting screw portion 2210 is integrally formed on the right side B221b, the left side B221c, and the rear end B221d so as to protrude upward corresponding to the three connecting holes 2200A of the upper base B220. The three connecting screw portions 2210 are arranged so as not to be located on the same straight line in a plane (horizontal plane) along the right side B221b, the left side B221c, and the rear end B221d.

  Similar to the first embodiment, the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 are connected to each other at three connecting portions corresponding to the three connecting holes 2200A and the three connecting screw portions 2210 so that the distance between them can be adjusted. Is done. The three connecting portions are each configured by a connecting hole 2200A, a connecting screw portion 2210, a coil spring 2211, a washer 2212, and a nut 2213 (see FIG. 12).

  As shown in FIG. 18, the lower pedestal B221 is provided with a plurality of screw holes 2214 for screwing the case B22. As the case B22, it is possible to adopt the same configuration as that of the first embodiment, but in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 22, a case B22 having a rectangular parallelepiped box shape is adopted. Yes.

  Similarly to the first embodiment, the case B22 accommodates a lens unit B21 (see FIG. 12), an LED substrate, a DMD substrate, a heat sink, an intake fan, and the like, which are internal components of the projector device B2. A projector control board B23 (see FIG. 12) is fixed to the lower surface of the case B22.

  A lens unit cover B222 (see FIG. 12) is attached to the front opening B22k provided on the front surface of the case B22. The lens unit B21 is accommodated in the case B22 in a state where the projection lens 210 (see FIG. 12) is covered with the lens unit cover B222.

  Although not shown in the figure, the case B22 includes two intake fans 244A at a position more to the left than the center in the left-right direction (near the right end of the left side B221c when attached to the lower pedestal B221 (see FIG. 23)). -244B is arrange | positioned so that it may rank with front and back. A heat sink is provided on the left side of the two intake fans 244A and 244B.

  An intake port B22A is provided on the right side surface of the case B22 (see FIG. 22), and an exhaust port B22E is provided on the left side surface of the case B22 (see FIG. 23). As a result, in the case B22, a flow of air exhausted from the exhaust port B22E while forcibly taking in air from the intake port B22A by the intake fans 244A and 244B and taking heat away from the heat sink is formed.

  As shown in FIG. 23, the case B22 is attached to the lower pedestal B221 by screw fastening, and the upper end surface (upper wall portion B22F shown in FIG. 22) is the inner surface of the main body B221a of the lower pedestal B221. Abut. Further, in a state where the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 are connected, the main body B221a of the lower pedestal B221 is located above the upper pedestal B220. Accordingly, the upper wall portion B22F of the case B22 is also positioned above the upper pedestal B220.

  In this regard, in the first embodiment, the upper end of the case B22 is attached to the lower pedestal B221, and the upper pedestal B220 is disposed higher than that. For this reason, the case B22 cannot be disposed in the space formed between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, an opening is formed in the upper base B220, and the upper end of the case B22 is arranged by arranging the case B22 so that the upper end (upper wall portion B22F) of the case B22 passes through the opening. The (upper wall portion B22F) can be positioned above the upper base B220. Thereby, it is possible to effectively use the space for arranging the case B22.

  As described above, as compared with the first embodiment, the relative position of the case B22 (projector device B2) with respect to the upper pedestal B220 is moved upward, so that the front portion provided on the front surface of the case B22 is provided. A part of the upper base B220 is disposed in front of the opening B22k (see FIG. 22) (see FIG. 23). That is, a part of the upper base B220 is placed in front of the projection lens 210 (see FIG. 12) installed so as to correspond to the front opening B22k. Thereby, it seems that the light emitted from the projection lens 210 is blocked by the upper pedestal B220.

  However, the irradiation light is not blocked in this way. That is, in the present embodiment, the irradiation light is emitted from a portion below the optical axis of the projection lens 210. In other words, when the irradiation light is emitted, only the lower half of the projection lens 210 (the portion below the horizontal plane passing through the central portion in the vertical direction of the projection lens 210) is used. The light emission position of the projection lens 210 is different from that of a conventionally known projector (for example, see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-058875).

  As described above, in this embodiment, when the irradiation light is emitted, the upper half of the projection lens 210 is not used, and the irradiation light is emitted from a portion below the optical axis of the projection lens 210. Thus, the upper pedestal B <b> 220 disposed in front of the projection lens 210 exists above the optical axis of the projection lens 210. Therefore, the path of the light emitted from the projection lens 210 is lower than the upper pedestal B220, and the irradiation light is not blocked by the upper pedestal B220.

  Further, the lower pedestal B221 is bent downward to form the right side B221b, the left side B221c, and the rear end B221d, so that the right side B221b, the left side B221c, and the rear end B221d are respectively above. The upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 can be connected so that the upper pedestal B220 is arranged. Thereby, the structure similar to 1st Embodiment is employable about the structure of three connection parts, changing the structure of upper side base B220 and lower side base B221 from 1st Embodiment.

  Therefore, the adjustment of the optical axis direction and the like of the light emitted from the projector device B2 can be performed by the same method as in the first embodiment. For such adjustment of the optical axis direction and the like, an advanced computer program is required, and the development of the program requires a large amount of cost. In the present embodiment, the optical axis direction and the like can be adjusted using the same program as in the first embodiment, so that it is possible to suppress the generation of new costs.

  In the present embodiment, the case B22 is described as having the upper wall portion B22F. However, as in the first embodiment, the case B22 (see FIG. 12) with the upper side opened may be used. Good. The method of attaching the case B22 to the lower pedestal B221 is not particularly limited, and the case B22 is attached to the lower pedestal B221 by using the stay B223a (see FIG. 12) as in the first embodiment. It is good as well.

  As described above, in this embodiment, by disposing a part of the case B22 above the upper pedestal B220, it is possible to move the case B22 upward compared to the first embodiment. A new space can be created in the lower region of the case B22. Such an effect is obtained by changing the configuration of the upper pedestal B220 from the first embodiment, and the projector cover B1 can adopt the same configuration as that of the first embodiment.

  However, in the present embodiment, the projector cover B1 having a configuration different from that of the first embodiment is adopted in consideration of other effects. Hereinafter, the projector cover B1 according to the present embodiment will be described.

<Projector cover B1>
FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing a state in which the upper wall portion of the projector cover is removed. FIG. 25 is a plan view of the projector cover with the upper wall portion removed. FIG. 26 is an exploded view showing a cross-sectional view taken along line LL of the projector cover shown in FIG. 25 and a perspective view of a relay plate attached to the projector cover. FIG. 27 is a view of the projector cover with the upper wall portion removed as viewed obliquely from above. FIG. 28 is a front view of the projector cover with the upper wall portion removed. FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view taken along arrow MM of the projector cover shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 24, the projector cover B1 has a substantially symmetrical structure, and has a relay plate mounting portion B301 therein. The relay plate mounting portion B301 is formed so as to protrude inward from the inner side surfaces of the left and right side wall portions B13 and B13. The relay plate mounting portion B301 is formed to have a step, the relay plate mounting surface B301a formed at the front and rear, the position adjustment surface B301d formed above the relay plate mounting surface B301a, and the front And a connecting portion B301e for connecting the relay plate mounting surface B301a and the position adjusting surface B301d on the rear side.

  A mounting hole B301b is formed in the relay plate mounting surface B301a. Further, a position adjusting hole B301c is formed in the position adjusting surface B301d. The mounting hole B301b is a screw hole for mounting the relay plate B300 to the relay plate mounting portion B301 by screw fastening. The position adjustment hole B301c is formed at a position facing the square hole 2201c (see FIG. 18) of the upper base B220 when the relay plate B300 is attached to the relay plate attachment portion B301.

  As shown in FIG. 26, the relay plate B300 has a main body portion B300A, a front side portion B300B extending stepwise with the main body portion B300A, and a rear portion extending stepwise with the main body portion B300A. A rear side B300C is provided. The front side portion B300B is formed by bending the front end of the main body portion B300A downward and forward. The rear side portion B300C is formed by bending the rear end of the main body portion B300A downward and rearward. Thus, the shape of the relay plate B300 is a shape corresponding to the step provided on the relay plate mounting portion B301 of the projector cover B1.

  A first through hole B300a is formed in the main body B300A. A second through hole B300b is formed in each of the front side part B300B and the rear side part B300C. The first through hole B300a is a hole through which a cap bolt is inserted when the relay plate B300 is attached to the upper base B220. On the other hand, the second through hole B300b is a hole through which a screw is inserted when the relay plate B300 is attached to the relay plate attachment portion B301 by screw fastening.

  As shown in FIG. 24, openings B400 (a right opening B400a and a left opening B400b) that are open on the upper side are provided on the left and right sides in front of the projector cover B1. The right opening B400a has a shape that approximates a hexagonal shape formed by sides E to J (see FIG. 25) in a top view.

  As shown in FIG. 27, wall surfaces (wall surface B401e, wall surface B401f, wall surface B401g, wall surface B401h, wall surface B401i, and wall surface B401j) are formed continuously from each side downward with sides E to J as upper ends. ing. A wall surface B401j (see FIG. 24) formed continuously from the side J is shorter in the vertical direction than the other wall surfaces B401e to B401i. The wall surface B401e formed continuously from the side E continues to the rear inside the projector cover B1, and is a part of the inner side surface 403 (see FIG. 29) of the projector cover B1.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 26, a cavity B402 is formed below the position adjustment surface B301d of the relay plate mounting portion B301.

  FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view taken along a horizontal plane that passes through the connecting portion B301e (a plane that is above the relay plate mounting surface B301a and below the position adjustment surface B301d).

  As shown in FIG. 29, an opening B400 (right opening B400a and left opening B400b) opened toward the upper side of the projector cover B1 and a cavity 402 formed below the position adjustment surface B301d of the relay plate mounting portion B301. The communication is made inside the projector cover B1.

<Formation of space by projector cover B1 and blind B500>
In the present embodiment, a blind B500 is employed as a member provided on the lower side of the projector cover B1 in place of the perforated plate B15 (see FIG. 10) in the first embodiment.

  FIG. 30 is a perspective view of the blind. FIG. 31 is a plan view of the irradiation unit with the upper wall portion of the projector cover removed. FIG. 32 is a diagram showing a state in which the opening vicinity fan and the duct cover are removed from the cross section along the arrow NN of the irradiation unit shown in FIG. 31.

  As shown in FIG. 30, the blind B500 has a substantially symmetrical structure, and is formed to have a first horizontal portion B501 formed substantially horizontally and an inclination continuously with the first horizontal portion B501. The first inclined part B502a formed, the second horizontal part B502b formed substantially horizontally following the first inclined part B502a, and the second formed so as to have an inclination continuously with the second horizontal part B502b. The inclined portion B502c, the third horizontal portion B502d formed substantially horizontally continuously with the second inclined portion B502c, and the rear of the third horizontal portion B502d so that the horizontal width of the third horizontal portion B502d is the same. It has a rear wall portion B503 erected upward from the end, an outer wall portion B504 constituting an outer wall of the blind B500, and an inner wall portion B505 facing the outer wall portion B504.

  The outer wall portion B504 is continuous with the first inclined portion B502a, the second horizontal portion B502b, the second inclined portion B502c, the third horizontal portion B502d, and the rear wall portion B503. The inner wall portion B505 is continuous with the first inclined portion B502a and the second horizontal portion B502b. The first inclined portion B502a, the second horizontal portion B502b, the second inclined portion B502c, and the third horizontal portion B502d are raised in a certain range near the outer wall portion B504, and are higher than the inner portion of the range. It has such a structure.

  The blind B500 has a small room B507 having a rectangular shape in plan view. The small room B507 is a space surrounded by a front side wall B507a, an outer side wall B507b, a rear side wall B507d, and an inner wall B505 formed in the vertical direction. The front side wall portion B507a is erected from the second horizontal portion B502b and extends in the left-right direction. The outer side wall portion B507b is erected from the second horizontal portion B502b, the second inclined portion B502c, and the third horizontal portion B502d, extends in the front-rear direction, and is continuous with the rear wall portion B503. The rear side wall part B507d is erected so as to form substantially the same plane as the rear wall part B503.

  As described above, the small room B507 is formed so as to straddle the second horizontal portion B502b, the second inclined portion B502c, and the third horizontal portion B502d, and thus in the second inclined portion B502c and the third horizontal portion B502d. The width in the left-right direction is narrower by the length of the width in the left-right direction at the front side wall portion B507a than the width in the left-right direction at the first inclined portion B502a. The outer wall portion B507b is formed with a U-shaped notch 507c that is open upward. Further, the upper ends of the front side wall B507a, the outer side wall B507b, and the rear side wall B507d are lower than the upper end edge B505a of the inner wall B505.

  The first horizontal part B501 has a first wall part B501a that stands slightly upward at the front end thereof, a second wall part B501b that continues from the inner part of the first wall part B501a toward the rear, A third wall portion B501c that continues diagonally rearward from the second wall portion B501b, a fourth wall portion B501d that continues rearward from the third wall portion B501c, and a continuous inner surface from the fourth wall portion B501d. And a fifth wall portion B501e to be formed. The fifth wall portion B501e is continuous with the inner wall portion B505.

  A screw hole B506 for attaching the blind B500 to the projector cover B1 by screw fastening is formed in an area surrounded by the third wall portion B501c, the fourth wall portion B501d, and the fifth wall portion B501e.

  As shown in FIG. 32, in a state where the blind B500 is attached to the lower side of the projector cover B1, the surface of the first wall B501a of the blind B500 is continuous with the wall surface B401f of the projector cover B1, and the second of the blind B500 The surface of the wall portion B501b is continuous with the wall surface B401g of the projector cover B1, the surface of the third wall portion B501c of the blind B500 is continuous with the wall surface B401h of the projector cover B1, and the surface of the fourth wall portion B501d of the blind B500 is The projector cover B1 is continuous with the wall surface B401i.

  Although not shown in FIG. 32, the surface of the fifth wall portion B501e of the blind B500 is substantially flush with the surface B402a (see FIG. 29) existing in front of the cavity B402 (see FIG. 26) of the projector cover B1. Is placed on top. There is a certain gap between the upper end of the fifth wall portion B501e and the lower end of the surface B402a. As will be described later, the gap is filled with a duct cover B600 (duct cover B650) (see FIG. 36). Further, the inner side surface of the outer wall portion B504 of the blind B500 is continuous with the inner side surface 403 (see FIG. 29) of the projector cover B1.

  As described above, the space P (see FIG. 32) is formed by the projector cover B1 and the blind B500. The space P is covered with the projector cover B1 at the top and the blind B500 at the bottom. In addition, the side of the space P includes the first wall portion B501a to the fifth wall portion B501e, the inner wall portion B505, the rear wall portion B503, and the outer wall portion B504 of the blind B500, and the wall surfaces B401f to B401i of the projector cover B1. It is surrounded by the surfaces B402a and B402b existing in front and rear of the cavity B402, the inner side surface 403, and the like.

  A part of the space P is connected to the external space of the projector cover B1 through the opening B400 (see FIG. 24), and the internal space Q (see FIG. 29) of the projector cover B1 through the cavity B402. See). In a state where the projector cover B1 and the blind B500 are assembled, the cavity B402 is a part of the space P.

  As shown in FIGS. 31 and 32, the opening B400 (right opening B400a and left opening B400b) is provided with punching B450 (right punching B450a and left punching B450b) having a mesh structure. Thereby, it can prevent to a certain extent that a foreign material penetrate | invades into space P via opening B400.

<Formation of air flow path and liquid storage space>
FIG. 33 is a perspective view showing a state in which the fan near the opening and the duct cover are attached to the blind shown in FIG. 30 and the case is arranged. 34 is a perspective view showing a state in which the right punching is removed from the irradiation unit shown in FIG. FIG. 35 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a state in which the opening vicinity fan and the duct cover are attached to the irradiation unit illustrated in FIG. 32. FIG. 36 is a right side view showing a state in which the opening vicinity fan is removed in the cross section of the irradiation unit shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 33, a duct cover B600 is disposed substantially horizontally on the upper right side of the blind B500. The duct cover B600 is a plate-like member, and has an outer shape in a top view in which the rear wall portion B503, the outer wall portion B504, the inner wall portion B505 of the blind B500, and the front wall portion B507a and the outer wall portion B507b of the small room B507. (Refer to FIG. 30) It has a shape that approximates a figure that includes each upper edge. Thereby, the duct cover B600 covers the blind B500 from above.

  A duct cover B650 is disposed substantially horizontally on the upper left side of the blind B500. The duct cover B650 is a flat plate member, and the outer shape in a top view is different from that of the duct cover B600 (see FIG. 40), but covers the blind B500 from above similarly to the duct cover B600.

  As shown in FIG. 35, the space P (see FIG. 32) formed by the projector cover B1 and the blind B500 is a space P1 above the duct cover B600 (duct cover B650) and a space below the duct cover B600. It is divided into P2. For ease of understanding, in FIG. 35, the duct cover B600 is indicated by hatching.

  As shown in FIG. 33, an opening vicinity fan B700 is placed in front of the duct cover B600 on the upper side. The near-opening fan B700 is an intake fan, so that air existing in front of the near-opening fan B700 can be moved rearward through the air passage B710 (see FIG. 37). It has become.

  As shown in FIGS. 34 and 35, in the state where the projector cover B1 is attached to the blind B500, the opening vicinity fan B700 is positioned in the vicinity of the right opening B400a of the projector cover B1. For easy understanding, in FIG. 34 and FIG. 35, the opening vicinity fan B700 is shown by hatching.

  Here, although not illustrated, in the present embodiment, when the display unit A is mounted on the cabinet G, the front portion of the irradiation unit B protrudes to the front of the cabinet G, and the portion of the irradiation unit B that protrudes from the cabinet G is The upper door mechanism UD (see FIG. 1) is accommodated. Then, two openings (not shown) formed in the upper surface wall of the upper door mechanism UD are positioned directly above the two openings B400 (the right opening B400a and the left opening B400b) of the projector cover B1.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 35, the air inlet B22A (see FIG. 22) of the case B22 is disposed so as to be close to the cavity B402 (the right side cavity B402 of the two cavities B402). Although not shown, the exhaust port B22E (see FIG. 23) of the case B22 is also disposed so as to be close to the cavity B402 (the left cavity B402 of the two cavities B402).

  Accordingly, in the present embodiment, air is passed from the outside of the gaming machine 1 to the inside of the upper door mechanism UD through an opening formed on the upper surface wall of the upper door mechanism UD (the right opening of the two openings). Is adopted. The air moves downward in the upper door mechanism UD and is taken into the projector cover B1 through the opening B400 (right opening B400a) of the projector cover B1.

  The air that enters the projector cover B1 is above the duct cover B600 in the space P (the right space P of the two spaces P, see FIG. 32) formed by the projector cover B1 and the blind B500. After moving backward in the space P1 (see FIG. 35), the direction is changed to the inside of the projector cover B1, passing through the cavity B402 (the right-side cavity B402 of the two cavities B402), and the intake port B22A Enters the inside of the case B22.

  The air that has entered the inside of the case B22 proceeds to the left while taking heat generated in the case B22, and exits the case B22 through the exhaust port B22E.

  The air that has left the case B22 passes through the cavity B402 (the left cavity B402 of the two cavities B402), and then changes its path forward to the space P (the left space of the two spaces P). P) moves forward in the space P1 above the duct cover B650. Then, the air comes out of the projector cover B1 through the opening B400 (left opening B400b) of the projector cover B1.

  The air that has flowed out of the projector cover B1 moves upward inside the upper door mechanism UD, and then passes through an opening formed on the upper surface wall of the upper door mechanism UD (the left opening of the two openings). And released to the outside of the gaming machine 1.

  Of the air flow described above, the air flow path inside the projector cover B1 is indicated by a thick arrow in FIG. In addition, the air flow in the space P1 is indicated by an arrow A in FIG. In the present embodiment, by forming such an air flow path, the heat generated in the projector device B2 can be discharged to the outside of the gaming machine 1.

  Here, as described above, the opening formed in the upper surface wall of the upper door mechanism UD exists immediately above the opening B400 (the right opening B400a and the left opening B400b) of the projector cover B1. That is, when the opening of the upper door mechanism UD and the opening B400 of the projector cover B1 are viewed from above, at least a part of them overlaps.

  Therefore, when foreign matter such as liquid enters the gaming machine 1 from the opening of the upper door mechanism UD, the foreign matter enters the projector cover B1. However, according to the present embodiment, even in such a case, it is possible to prevent the foreign matter from entering the case B22. Hereinafter, a case where the liquid L is introduced from the opening of the upper door mechanism UD will be described as an example.

  The liquid L introduced from the opening of the upper door mechanism UD passes through the opening B400 (right opening B400a) of the projector cover B1, and falls to the first horizontal portion B501 (see FIG. 30) of the blind B500.

  Here, as described with reference to FIG. 32, the upper end of the fifth wall portion B501e of the blind B500 and the lower end of the surface B402a (see FIG. 29) existing in front of the cavity B402 (see FIG. 26) of the projector cover B1. There is a certain gap between them, and the thickness of the duct cover B600 substantially matches the length of the gap. The duct cover B600 is disposed so as to contact both the upper end of the fifth wall portion B501e and the lower end of the surface B402a so as to fill the gap. Thereby, a gap corresponding to the height of the fifth wall portion B501e of the blind B500 is formed between the first horizontal portion B501 of the blind B500 and the duct cover B600. The liquid L passes through the gap and flows from the first horizontal part B501 toward the first inclined part B502a.

  Since the first inclined part B502a and the second inclined part B502c of the blind B500 have an inclination that descends toward the rear, the liquid L has the first inclined part B502a, the second horizontal part B502b, the second It flows backward through the inclined portion B502c and the third horizontal portion B502d. Thus, the liquid L flows on the surfaces of the first horizontal part B501, the first inclined part B502a, the second horizontal part B502b, the second inclined part B502c, and the third horizontal part B502d. Such a flow of the liquid L is indicated by an arrow L in FIG.

  The liquid L that has flown rearward collides with the rear wall portion B503 and is stored in a region surrounded by the rear wall portion B503, the outer wall portion B504, and the outer wall portion B507b (and the inner wall portion B505) (FIG. 36). reference). The region is included in a space P2 (see FIG. 35) below the duct cover B600 in the space P (see FIG. 32) formed by the projector cover B1 and the blind B500. For easy understanding, in FIG. 36, the stored liquid L is shaded.

  Here, the space P1 shown in FIG. 35 and the internal space Q (see FIG. 29) of the projector cover B1 are connected via an opening B510 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 36, the opening B510 has a shape in which the shape in a side view approximates a rectangle formed by the sides K to N.

  A side K constituting the lower end of the opening B510 corresponds to the upper end edge B505a (see FIG. 30) of the inner wall B505 of the blind B500. As shown in FIG. 30, the upper edge B505a of the inner wall portion B505 (the lower end of the opening 510) includes a first horizontal portion B501, a first inclined portion B502a, a second horizontal portion B502b, a second inclined portion B502c, and It is located above the third horizontal portion B502d (the path of the liquid L).

  Although not clearly shown in the drawing, the right end of the duct cover B600 is placed on the upper end edge of the outer wall portion B504 of the blind B500, and the left end of the duct cover B600 contacts the outer surface of the inner wall portion B505 of the blind B500. Accordingly, the main surface B610 (see FIG. 37) forms substantially the same plane as the upper end edge B505a of the inner wall portion B505 of the blind B500 (see FIG. 33). As a result, the internal space Q of the projector cover B1 and the storage space (space P2) of the liquid L are separated by the duct cover B600, and the liquid L passes through the opening B510 and the internal space Q (inside the case B22) of the projector cover B1. ) Is less likely to occur.

<Mounting structure and mounting position of fan near opening>
FIG. 37 is an exploded perspective view of the duct cover and the opening vicinity fan. FIG. 38 is an exploded perspective view of the projector cover and the fan near the opening as viewed from the rear and from below. FIG. 39 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the projector cover and the near-opening fan as viewed from the front and below.

  As shown in FIG. 37, the duct cover B600 includes a main surface B610, a fan installation structure B620, a rear side portion B630, wiring openings B640 (B640a and B640b), screw holes B650 (B650a and B650b), It has.

  Main surface B610 has a shape in which a left rear corner portion in a rectangular shape in a top view is cut out. The fan installation structure B620 is a structure for installing the opening vicinity fan B700, and is formed on the front right side of the main surface B610. Rear side portion B630 is formed to extend rearward from the right rear portion of main surface B610. The wiring opening B640 is a hole through which wiring for connecting various functional components (sub-control device SS or the like) arranged outside the projector cover B1 and the projector device B2 or the like is inserted. Screw hole B650 is a hole for attaching duct cover B600 to projector cover B1 by screw fastening.

  The fan installation structure B620 includes a front engagement portion B621 that is erected at the front end of the main surface B610, a left rear engagement portion B622 that is erected from the main surface B610 behind the front engagement portion B621, and the right rear. A side engagement portion B623, and a lower engagement portion B624 that is slightly raised from the main surface B610 and extends in the front-rear direction (lower left engagement portion B624a, lower middle engagement portion B624b, and lower side Right engaging portion B624c).

  The lower left engagement portion B624a and the lower middle engagement portion B624b connect the back surface of the front engagement portion B621 and the front surface of the left rear engagement portion B622. The lower right engagement portion B624c connects the back surface of the front engagement portion B621 and the front surface of the right rear engagement portion B623.

  The upper end edge B621a of the front engagement portion B621, the upper end edge B622a of the left rear engagement portion B622, and the upper end edge B623a of the right rear engagement portion B623 are each formed in a curved shape. The opening vicinity fan B700 has a circular air passage B710. Upper end edge B621a, upper end edge B622a, and upper end edge B623a are formed in the shape (arc shape) corresponding to the shape of air passage part B710. In addition, in order to make it easy to understand, in FIG. 37, the upper end edge B621a and the upper end edge B622a are indicated by hatching, and the air passage portion B710 is indicated by shading.

  As shown in FIG. 38, a structure (fan installation structure) for installing the opening vicinity fan B700 is formed so as to protrude downward from the ceiling portion inside the projector cover B1. Specifically, the projector cover B1 includes a front engagement portion B421 formed along the rear end of the opening B400, a rear engagement portion B422 formed rearward of the front engagement portion B421, and a front-rear direction. And an upper engaging portion B423 (upper left engaging portion B423a, upper middle engaging portion B423b, and upper right engaging portion B423c) that extend.

  The upper engaging portion B423 connects the back surface of the front engaging portion B421 and the front surface of the rear engaging portion B422. The length of the downward protrusion from the ceiling portion inside the projector cover B1 is longer at the front engagement portion B421 and the rear engagement portion B422 than at the upper engagement portion B423.

  A lower end edge B421a of the front side engaging portion B421 and a lower end edge B422a of the rear side engaging portion B422 are each formed in a curved shape. The lower end edge B421a and the lower end edge B422a are formed in a shape (arc shape) corresponding to the shape of the air passage portion B710 of the opening vicinity fan B700. In FIG. 38, the lower end edge B421a and the lower end edge B422a are indicated by diagonal lines for easy understanding.

  The opening vicinity fan B700 is sandwiched between the fan installation structure B620 of the duct cover B600 and the fan installation structure of the projector cover B1 described above.

  Specifically, the interval between the front engagement portion B621 and the left rear engagement portion B622 of the duct cover B600, the interval between the front engagement portion B621 and the right rear engagement portion B623, and the front engagement of the projector cover B1. The distance between the joint B421 and the rear engagement portion B422 is substantially equal to the length in the front-rear direction of the opening vicinity fan B700.

  Accordingly, the left front surface of the opening vicinity fan B700 is in contact with the back surface of the front side engaging portion B621 of the duct cover B600, and the left back surface of the opening vicinity fan B700 is connected to the left rear side engaging portion B622 of the duct cover B600. The opening vicinity fan B700 is in contact with the front surface, and is sandwiched between the front engaging portion B621 and the left rear engaging portion B622 of the duct cover B600. Further, the right front surface of the opening vicinity fan B700 is in contact with the back surface of the front engagement portion B621 of the duct cover B600, and the right rear surface of the opening vicinity fan B700 is the front surface of the right rear engagement portion B623 of the duct cover B600. The opening vicinity fan B700 is sandwiched between the front engagement portion B621 and the right rear engagement portion B623 of the duct cover B600.

  The front surface of the near-opening fan B700 is in contact with the back surface of the front engaging portion B421 of the projector cover B1, and the back surface of the near-opening fan B700 is in contact with the front surface of the rear engaging portion B422 of the projector cover B1. The opening vicinity fan B700 is sandwiched between the front engagement portion B421 and the rear engagement portion B422 of the projector cover B1.

  Further, the three lower engaging portions B624 (the lower left engaging portion B624a, the lower middle engaging portion B624b, and the lower right engaging portion B624c) of the duct cover B600 are directed upward from the main surface B610. The protruding lengths of the two are substantially equal to each other. Further, the three upper engagement portions B423 (upper left engagement portion B423a, upper middle engagement portion B423b, and upper right engagement portion B423c) of the projector cover B1 are downward from the ceiling portion inside the projector cover B1. The protruding lengths of the two are substantially equal to each other. The distance between the lower engaging portion B624 of the duct cover B600 and the upper engaging portion B423 of the projector cover B1 is substantially equal to the vertical length of the opening vicinity fan B700.

  Accordingly, the lower surface of the opening vicinity fan B700 is connected to the three lower engaging portions B624 (the lower left engaging portion B624a, the lower middle engaging portion B624b, and the lower right engaging portion B624c) of the duct cover B600. ) And the upper surface of the opening vicinity fan B700 has three upper engaging portions B423 (upper left engaging portion B423a, upper middle engaging portion B423b, and upper right engaging portion B423c) of the projector cover B1. ) And the opening vicinity fan B700 is sandwiched between the lower engagement portion B624 of the duct cover B600 and the upper engagement portion B423 of the projector cover B1.

  As described above, the opening vicinity fan B700 is fixed by being sandwiched between the duct cover B600 and the projector cover B1 from the front-rear direction and the vertical direction.

  In a state where the opening vicinity fan B700 is fixed, the front side peripheral edge of the air passage portion B710 is on the upper end edge B621a of the front engagement portion B621 in the duct cover B600 and the lower end edge B421a of the front engagement portion B421 in the projector cover B1. (See FIGS. 34 and 39). Further, although not shown, the rear side outer edge of the air passage portion B710 is in the upper end edge B622a of the left rear side engaging portion B622 in the duct cover B600, the upper end edge B623a of the right rear side engaging portion B623, and in the projector cover B1. It is positioned along the lower end edge B422a of the rear engagement portion B422.

  That is, the air passage portion B710 includes the front engagement portion B621, the left rear engagement portion B622, the right rear engagement portion B623 of the duct cover B600, and the front engagement portion of the projector cover B1 when viewed from the front. It does not overlap with B421 and the rear engagement portion B422. In other words, the air passage B710 includes the front engagement part B621, the left rear engagement part B622, the right rear engagement part B623 of the duct cover B600, and the front engagement part B421 of the projector cover B1. It is not covered with the rear engagement portion B422. Thereby, the area of the passage part of air can be ensured to the maximum extent.

  On the other hand, the peripheral edge of the air passage B710, the upper edge of the engaging part in the duct cover B600 (upper edge B621a, upper edge B622a, and upper edge B623a) and the lower edge of the engaging part in the projector cover B1 (lower edge) B421a and lower end edge B422a) are matched to increase the area of the area where the fan near opening B700 and the duct cover B600 abut and the area of the area where the fan near opening B700 and the projector cover B1 abut. Accordingly, the opening vicinity fan B700 can be stably fixed.

  As shown in FIG. 39, the front surface of the front engagement portion B421 in the projector cover B1 is a wall surface B401j (FIG. 24) formed downward from the rear end edge (side j shown in FIG. 25) of the right opening B400a. Match). Accordingly, the opening vicinity fan B700 is disposed behind the rear end edge (side j shown in FIG. 25) of the right opening B400a by the thickness in the front-rear direction of the front engagement portion B421. Accordingly, since the near-opening fan B700 exists at a position deeper than the right-opening B400a, even if liquid enters from the right-opening B400a of the projector cover B1, the liquid is unlikely to be directly applied to the near-opening fan B700. It is like that. On the other hand, since the opening vicinity fan B700 is disposed close to the right opening B400a, it is easy to take in air from the outside of the projector cover B1 via the right opening B400a. Thereby, the heat generated in the projector device B2 can be efficiently discharged.

  The left rear engagement portion B622 and the right rear engagement portion B623 of the duct cover B600 are configured separately, whereas the front engagement portion B621 is connected without the right and left parts being divided. It has a different shape. As a result, even if liquid enters from the right opening B400a of the projector cover B1, the liquid does not easily enter backward.

  Further, the length of the rear end edge (side j shown in FIG. 25) of the right opening B400a in the projector cover B1, the length in the left-right direction of the front engagement portion B621 in the duct cover B600, and the left rear engagement in the duct cover B600. The length from the left end of the portion B622 to the right end of the right rear engagement portion B623, the length in the left-right direction of the front engagement portion B421 in the projector cover B1, and the length in the left-right direction of the rear engagement portion B422 in the projector cover B1 And the length in the left-right direction of the opening vicinity fan B700 is substantially equal. As a result, the intermediate space from the right opening B400a of the projector cover B1 to the space P1 (see FIG. 35) (the cross section when the space P1 is cut by a vertical plane in the left-right direction) is substantially free from gaps by the opening vicinity fan B700. It is in a buried state. Also in this respect, the area of the air passage portion is ensured to the maximum, and the cooling efficiency of the projector device B2 can be increased.

<Storage and discharge of liquid>
FIG. 40 is a perspective view of the state in which the blind and the duct cover are attached as seen from the left. FIG. 41 is a perspective view of the projector cover, the blind, and the duct cover as viewed from the rear. 42 is an exploded perspective view of the projector cover, the blind, and the duct cover shown in FIG. FIG. 43 is an exploded perspective view of the blind and the duct cover.

  In FIG. 43, the blind B500 is viewed from the front and above, while the duct cover B600 is viewed from the rear and below.

  As described above, of the space P (see FIG. 32) formed by the projector cover B1 and the blind B500, the space P2 (see FIG. 35) below the duct cover B600 has entered the projector cover B1. Liquid can be stored (see FIG. 36).

  As described with reference to FIG. 30, the blind B500 includes the first horizontal portion B501, the first inclined portion B502a, the second horizontal portion B502b, the second inclined portion B502c, the third horizontal portion B502d, and the small room B507. Is formed. Accordingly, it is possible to secure a space for disposing the screen device C (see FIG. 5) below the blind B500 and to maintain the strength of the blind B500 while increasing the volume of liquid that can be stored. Yes.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the presence of the small room B507 increases the strength of the blind B500, and the liquid can also be stored in the small room B507. That is, as described above, the notch 507c is formed in the small room B507, and when the liquid storage amount exceeds a certain amount, the liquid flows into the small room B507 from the notch 507c. In this way, by storing the liquid in the small room B507 provided as a rib, the space in the blind B500 is effectively utilized.

  As shown in FIG. 40, the duct cover B650 has a shape in which a left front corner portion in a rectangular shape in a top view is cut out. For ease of understanding, in FIG. 40, the duct cover B650 is indicated by hatching. As described with reference to FIG. 33, the duct cover B600 is disposed along the front side wall B507a and the outer side wall B507b (see FIG. 30) of the small room B507 in a top view. In contrast, the duct cover B650 is shorter in the front-rear direction than the duct cover B600, and the rear end of the duct cover B650 is positioned in front of the small room B507.

  Of course, although not shown, the rear end of the duct cover B650 is from a surface B402b (see FIG. 29) existing behind the cavity B402 (see FIG. 26) of the projector cover B1, that is, from the side N of the opening B510 shown in FIG. Is also arranged rearward. Thereby, the duct cover B650 separates the internal space Q of the projector cover B1 from the storage space (space P2) of the liquid L, similarly to the duct cover B600, and the liquid L passes through the opening B510 and the projector cover B1. It is unlikely to enter the internal space Q (inside the case B22).

  Here, the liquid stored in the blind B500 is discharged using a discharge mechanism including a tube communicating from the blind B500 to the outside of the gaming machine 1. The tube is inserted into the blind B500 by inserting the liquid discharge hole S. Hereinafter, the liquid discharge hole S will be described.

  As shown in FIG. 41, the liquid discharge hole S is provided on the back side of the irradiation unit B. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 42 and 43, the liquid discharge hole S is provided behind the wiring opening B411 of the projector cover B1, the wiring opening B510a and the wiring opening B511a of the blind B500, and the duct cover B600. Side part B630 (refer to FIG. 37).

  The wiring opening B411 is formed as a notch whose bottom is open in the rear side wall portion B410 constituting the rear surface of the projector cover B1.

  The wiring opening B510a is formed as a notch whose upper side is open in the first back side wall portion B510 constituting the back surface of the blind B500. The wiring opening B511a is formed as a notch that opens upward in the second back side wall part B511 formed in front of the first back side wall part B510 of the blind B500. The second rear side wall B511 is formed so as to stand from the rear end of a horizontal plane B508 formed continuously from the upper end of the rear wall B503 toward the rear. The first back side wall part B510 is formed so as to stand up from the rear end of a horizontal plane B509 formed continuously from the lower end of the second back side wall part B511 toward the rear.

  The rear side portion B630 of the duct cover B600 includes a back side surface B631, and a downward projecting portion B632a and a downward projecting portion B632b projecting downward from both left and right edges of the surface B631. The downward protrusion B632a and the downward protrusion B632b are opposed to each other so as to be substantially parallel with a certain distance therebetween, and a space is formed between the downward protrusion B632a and the downward protrusion B632b. .

  When the projector cover B1, the blind B500, and the duct cover B600 are assembled, the wiring opening B411 of the projector cover B1, the wiring opening B510a and the wiring opening B511a of the blind B500, and the downward projecting portion of the duct cover B600 The space formed between B632a and the downward projecting portion B632b is overlapped in the rear view, whereby the liquid discharge hole S (the liquid discharge hole on the left side of the two liquid discharge holes S shown in FIG. 41) Hole S) is formed. The duct cover B650 is not provided with the rear side portion B630 (see FIG. 40), and therefore, the right liquid discharge hole S among the two liquid discharge holes S shown in FIG. 41 is the projector cover B1. The wiring opening B411 and the wiring opening B510a and the wiring opening B511a of the blind B500 are formed.

  A tube for discharging the liquid stored in the blind B500 is inserted into the liquid discharge hole S, and various functional parts other than the irradiation unit B (sub-control device SS and the like) are connected to the projector device B2 and the like. Wiring for doing this is also inserted. The wiring is connected to the projector device B2 and the fan near opening B700 by inserting the wiring openings B640a and B640b (see FIG. 37).

  Here, the wiring openings B640a and B640b are formed outside the duct cover B600 (near the right end), and the wiring openings B640a and B640b are formed in the internal space Q (see FIG. 29) of the projector cover B1. The position is away from the opening B510 (see FIG. 36) that is open. This makes it difficult for the liquid stored in the blind B500 to enter the internal space Q (inside the case B22) of the projector cover B1 via the wiring openings B640a and B640b.

  The gaming machine 1 according to the second embodiment has been described above as an embodiment of the present invention.

  2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine capable of performing an effect by displaying an image projected by a projection device such as a projector on a screen (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-147828). According to such a gaming machine, it is possible to express images similar to that of a liquid crystal display device, and it is possible to reduce the cost when the display surface is enlarged as compared with a liquid crystal display device or the like. In addition, by appropriately changing the shape of the screen, it is possible to express images that cannot be performed by a liquid crystal display device.

  However, since the projection device is more likely to generate heat and become higher in temperature than a liquid crystal display device or the like, there has been a problem that it does not function normally unless the generated heat is released.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of efficiently releasing heat generated by a projection apparatus capable of projecting an image. And

  In this regard, the gaming machine 1 according to the second embodiment has the following features.

(3-1) Screen (fixed screen mechanism D, front screen mechanism E1, reel screen mechanism F1),
A projector for projecting light for displaying an image on the screen (projector apparatus B2);
Cover members (projector cover B1 and blind B500) arranged so as to surround the projector;
A main body (cabinet G) having an opening on the front surface;
An open / close door (upper door mechanism UD) provided with a display area (upper display window UD1) that is attached to the main body so as to be opened and closed and that allows an image displayed on the screen to be visually recognized;
A fan (an opening vicinity fan B700) disposed inside the cover member;
A partition member (duct cover B600) for partitioning the internal space of the cover member,
The cover member has a first opening (right opening B400a) opened toward the outer space of the cover member, and a first space (space Q) formed inside the cover member. Second opening (opening B510) is formed,
The partition member partitions the space communicating from the first opening in the cover member into a second space (space P1) and a third space (space P2),
The first space and the second space communicate with each other through the second opening,
The fan is disposed in the second space;
The projector is disposed in the first space;
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the second embodiment, the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) arranged so as to surround the projector (projector apparatus B2) has a cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500). A first opening (right opening B400a) opened toward the external space and a second opening opened toward the internal space (first space (space Q)) of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500). An opening (opening B510) is formed. The space communicating from the first opening (right opening B400a) inside the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) is divided into a second space (space P1) and a third space (by the partition member (duct cover B600)). It is partitioned into a space P2). The first space (space Q) and the second space (space P1) communicate with each other via the second opening (opening B510). The projector (projector apparatus B2) is disposed in the first space (space Q), and the fan (opening fan B700) is disposed in the second space (space P1). Accordingly, it is possible to move air between the external space and the internal space of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) via the second space (space P1). Through this flow, the heat generated by the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be efficiently released.

  On the other hand, since the fan (opening vicinity fan B700) is arranged in the second space (space P1), it is assumed that the cover member (projector cover B1 and the projector cover B1 and the right opening B400a) is interposed through the first opening (right opening B400a). Even if a foreign object is mixed in the blind B500), the presence of the fan (opening vicinity fan B700) causes the foreign object to be disposed in the projector (projector apparatus B2) (first space (space). Q) It can be made difficult to invade the side). Further, the third space (space P2) is separated from the second space (space P1) (a space communicating with the first space (space Q) where the projector (projector apparatus B2) exists) from the partition member (duct cover B600). ), If a foreign object enters the third space (space P2), the foreign object enters the second space (space P1) from the third space (space P2). Can be prevented. Thus, the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be protected from foreign matters such as liquid entering from the outside of the gaming machine, and the cause of the malfunction of the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be removed. Unauthorized access through the opening (right opening B400a) can be suppressed, and security can be improved.

(4-1) Screen (fixed screen mechanism D, front screen mechanism E1, reel screen mechanism F1),
A projector for projecting light for displaying an image on the screen (projector apparatus B2);
Cover members (projector cover B1 and blind B500) arranged so as to surround the projector;
A main body (cabinet G) having an opening on the front surface;
An open / close door (upper door mechanism UD) provided with a display area (upper display window UD1) that is attached to the main body so as to be opened and closed and that allows an image displayed on the screen to be visually recognized;
A fan (an opening vicinity fan B700) disposed inside the cover member,
The cover member has a first opening (right opening B400a) opened toward the outer space of the cover member, and a first space (space Q) formed inside the cover member. Second opening (opening B510) is formed,
The first space and the second space (space P) communicating from the first opening inside the cover member communicate with each other through the second opening.
The projector is disposed in the first space;
A fan installation member (duct cover B600) for installing the fan is provided in the second space,
In the second space, the fan is sandwiched between an inner portion of the cover member and the fan installation member.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the second embodiment, the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) arranged so as to surround the projector (projector apparatus B2) has a cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500). A first opening (right opening B400a) opened toward the external space and a second opening opened toward the internal space (first space (space Q)) of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500). An opening (opening B510) is formed. The first space (space Q) and the second space (space P) (the space communicating from the first opening (right opening B400a) inside the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500)) are the second space. Through the opening (opening B510). The projector (projector device B2) is disposed in the first space (space Q), and the fan (opening vicinity fan B700) is disposed in the second space (space P). Thereby, it is possible to move air between the external space and the internal space of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) via the second space (space P). Through this flow, the heat generated in the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be efficiently released. In particular, the second space (space P) is provided with a fan installation member (duct cover B600) for installing a fan (opening vicinity fan B700). The second space (space P) is sandwiched between the inner side of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) and the fan installation member (duct cover B600). In this regard, when a fan (a fan near opening B700) is installed, if a structure such as a screw or a claw is provided separately, a new space is required for the structure (in the left-right direction). On the other hand, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the second embodiment, it is possible to install the fan (opening fan B700) in a space-saving manner, and the passage of air in the second space (space P). Maximum possible space can be secured. As a result, it is possible to increase the efficiency of air movement between the external space and the internal space of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500), and make full use of the function of the fan (fan B700 for opening). Meanwhile, the cooling effect of the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be improved.

(4-2) The gaming machine according to (4-1),
The fan installation member is formed with a fan installation part (fan installation structure B620) having a shape corresponding to the shape of the air-passable part (air passage part B710) of the fan.
It is characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the second embodiment, the fan installation portion (fan installation structure B620) has a shape corresponding to the shape of the air-passable portion (air passage portion B710) in the fan (opening fan B700). Therefore, it is possible to prevent the air from being blocked by the fan installation part (fan installation structure B620). Thereby, the cooling effect of the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be further improved while making full use of the suction force of the fan (fan B700 for the vicinity of the opening).

(5-1) Screen (fixed screen mechanism D, front screen mechanism E1, reel screen mechanism F1),
A projector for projecting light for displaying an image on the screen (projector apparatus B2);
Cover members (projector cover B1 and blind B500) arranged so as to surround the projector;
A main body (cabinet G) having an opening on the front surface;
An opening / closing door (upper door mechanism UD) provided with a display area (upper display window UD1) that is attached to the main body so as to be opened and closed and that allows an image displayed on the screen to be visible. ,
The cover member has a first opening (right opening B400a) opened toward the outer space of the cover member, and a first space (space Q) formed inside the cover member. Second opening (opening B510) is formed,
The first space and the second space (space P) communicating from the first opening inside the cover member communicate with each other through the second opening.
The projector is disposed in the first space;
The second space is capable of storing liquid by closing the bottom,
The cover member is further provided with a wiring opening (a wiring opening B411 of the projector cover B1 and a wiring of the blind B500) through which a wiring connecting an apparatus arranged outside the cover member and the projector is inserted. Opening B510a and wiring opening B511a) are formed,
The second space and the outer space of the cover member communicate with each other through the wiring opening,
The wiring opening can be inserted through a mechanism (a tube provided in the discharge mechanism) for discharging the liquid stored in the second space to the outside of the cover member.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the second embodiment, the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) arranged so as to surround the projector (projector apparatus B2) has a cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500). A first opening (right opening B400a) opened toward the external space and a second opening opened toward the internal space (first space (space Q)) of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500). An opening (opening B510) is formed. The first space (space Q) and the second space (space P) (the space communicating from the first opening (right opening B400a) inside the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500)) are the second space. Through the opening (opening B510). The projector (projector apparatus B2) is disposed in the first space (space Q). Thereby, it is possible to move air between the external space and the internal space of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) via the second space (space P). Through this flow, the heat generated in the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be efficiently released.

  Further, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the second embodiment, the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) includes a device and a projector (projector device) arranged outside the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500). B2) is formed with wiring openings (wiring openings B411 of projector cover B1 and wiring openings B510a and wiring openings B511a of blind B500) formed in the second space. (Space P) and the external space of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) are wiring openings (wiring openings B411 of projector cover B1 and wiring openings B510a and wiring openings B511a of blind B500). Communicated through. The second space (space P) is capable of storing liquid by closing the lower side, while the liquid stored in the second space (space P) is stored in the wiring opening (projector cover). It is possible to discharge to the outside of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) through the wiring opening B411 of B1 and the wiring opening B510a and wiring opening B511a of the blind B500. As a result, liquid (such as a drink poured by the player) enters the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) from the outside of the gaming machine through the first opening (right opening B400a). Even in this case, the liquid can be retained in the second space (space P), and the liquid can be prevented from entering a device outside the second space (space P). can do. In addition, the stored liquid is appropriately discharged from the wiring opening (wiring opening B411 of the projector cover B1 and wiring opening B510a and wiring opening B511a of the blind B500), so that the liquid storage amount is below a certain limit. It is possible to keep on. As a result, the liquid is excessively stored in the second space (space P), so that the liquid enters the arrangement space (first space) of the projector (projector apparatus B2). The situation can be avoided. Thus, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the second embodiment, it is possible to prevent the projector (projector apparatus B2) and other devices from being damaged by the liquid. Since the internal temperature of the gaming machine 1 is relatively high (about 60 ° C.), the stored liquid naturally evaporates if it is left without being discharged using the above mechanism. Accordingly, it is not essential to provide the discharge mechanism, and the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) has a wiring opening (projection cover B1 wiring opening B411 and blind B500 wiring opening B510a and wiring. Opening B511a) may not be formed.

(6-1) Screen (fixed screen mechanism D, front screen mechanism E1, reel screen mechanism F1),
A projector for projecting light for displaying an image on the screen (projector apparatus B2);
Cover members (projector cover B1 and blind B500) arranged so as to surround the projector;
A main body (cabinet G) having an opening on the front surface;
An open / close door (upper door mechanism UD) provided with a display area (upper display window UD1) that is attached to the main body so as to be opened and closed and that allows an image displayed on the screen to be visually recognized;
A fan (an opening vicinity fan B700) disposed inside the cover member,
The cover member has a first opening (right opening B400a) opened toward the outer space of the cover member, and a first space (space Q) formed inside the cover member. The second opening (opening B510) is formed, and an opening edge (projector cover) continuous from the part of the periphery of the first opening (side j shown in FIG. 25) toward the inside of the cover member. B1 front engagement portion B421) is formed,
The first space and the second space (space P) communicating from the first opening inside the cover member communicate with each other through the second opening.
The projector is disposed in the first space;
The fan is disposed so as to abut on the opening edge in the second space.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the second embodiment, the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) arranged so as to surround the projector (projector apparatus B2) has a cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500). A first opening (right opening B400a) opened toward the external space and a second opening opened toward the internal space (first space (space Q)) of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500). An opening (opening B510) is formed. The first space (space Q) and the second space (space P) (the space communicating from the first opening (right opening B400a) inside the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500)) are the second space. Through the opening (opening B510). The projector (projector device B2) is disposed in the first space (space Q), and the fan (opening vicinity fan B700) is disposed in the second space (space P). Thereby, it is possible to move air between the external space and the internal space of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) via the second space (space P). Through this flow, the heat generated in the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be efficiently released. In particular, the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) includes a part (side j shown in FIG. 25) of the periphery of the first opening (right opening B400a) to the inside of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500). An opening edge portion (front engagement portion B421 of the projector cover B1) that is continuous toward the head is formed, and the fan (opening vicinity fan B700) has an opening edge portion (projector cover portion) in the second space (space P). B1 is disposed so as to abut on the front side engaging portion B421). As a result, if a foreign substance such as a liquid (for example, a drink poured by the player) enters the inside of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) through the first opening (right opening B400a). Even so, it is possible to prevent the foreign matter from coming into direct contact with the fan (opening fan B700). On the other hand, by bringing the installation position of the fan (fan B700 near the opening) as close as possible to the first opening (right opening B400a), the external space and the internal space of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) The air movement between the projectors can be performed smoothly, and the cooling effect of the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be improved.

  In the second embodiment, when the display unit A is mounted on the cabinet G, the front portion of the irradiation unit B protrudes to the front of the cabinet G, and the portion of the irradiation unit B that protrudes from the cabinet G is the upper door mechanism UD (FIG. 1). Thus, when the front portion of the irradiation unit B protrudes to the front of the cabinet G, it is desirable to employ a configuration in which the upper door mechanism UD is attached to the cabinet G as shown in FIG.

  FIG. 44 is a diagram for explaining a method of attaching the upper door mechanism to the cabinet. According to this configuration, the hook portion UD120 is a member that protrudes rearward from the upper door mechanism UD, and is attached to the upper door mechanism UD by screw fastening. On the other hand, the inner surface of the side wall G2 of the cabinet G is provided with an inner surface side protruding member G2a that protrudes inward (for example, a screw screwed into the inner surface of the side wall G2).

  To attach the upper door mechanism UD to the cabinet G (close the upper door mechanism UD with respect to the cabinet G), first, hook the lower surface of the upper wall of the upper door mechanism UD on the upper surface of the front side protruding member G120. The notch of the part UD120 is hooked on the inner surface side protruding member G2a. By closing the lower door mechanism DD with respect to the cabinet G in this state, the upper door mechanism UD is pushed backward by the lower door mechanism DD. As a result, the upper door mechanism UD is also closed with respect to the cabinet G. By adopting such a configuration, the internal space of the upper door mechanism UD and the cabinet G can be used effectively.

  In the second embodiment, it has been described that air flows between the internal space and the external space of the gaming machine 1 through the opening formed in the upper surface wall of the upper door mechanism UD. The air may flow through an opening G41 (see FIG. 1) formed in the upper wall G4 of the cabinet G. In this case, for example, when the display unit A is attached to the cabinet G, the opening G41 formed in the upper wall G4 of the cabinet G may be positioned directly above the opening B400 of the projector cover B1.

  Further, in order to minimize the amount of foreign matter that enters the gaming machine 1 from an opening formed above the opening B400 of the projector cover B1 (an opening formed in the upper door mechanism UD or the cabinet G), the opening Is preferably smaller than the opening B400 of the projector cover B1, and the opening is subjected to some measure for preventing the entry of foreign matter (for example, installation of a mesh structure similar to the punching B450). desirable.

  In the second embodiment, the intake fans 244A and 244B are provided in the projector device B2 (inside the case B22), and the near-opening fan B700 is provided outside the projector device B2 (inside the projector cover B1). Has been described as being disposed. In the present invention, the arrangement position of the fan is not particularly limited, and the fan is disposed only in the projector device B2 (inside the case B22), and the fan is disposed outside the projector device B2 (inside the projector cover B1). It is good also as not arrange | positioning. Conversely, a fan may be provided only outside the projector device B2 (inside the projector cover B1), and no fan may be provided in the projector device B2 (inside the case B22).

  FIG. 45 is a diagram for explaining arrangement positions of the intake fan and the exhaust fan. In this modification, the configurations of the projector cover B1 and the blind B500 are slightly different from those in the second embodiment. Since the basic configuration is the same, detailed description is omitted, but the blind B500 in this modification includes a first inclined portion B502a, a second horizontal portion B502b, a second inclined portion B502c, and a third horizontal portion B502d. Instead of this, an inclined part B502 is formed, and a small room B507 is not formed. Further, the rear wall B503 of the blind B500 is positioned in front of the second embodiment, and the front surface of the rear wall B503 is continuous with the surface B402b existing behind the cavity B402 of the projector cover B1. .

  The intake fan can be disposed at a desired position in the space P (the right space P of the two spaces P) formed by the projector cover B1 and the blind B500.

In FIG. 45, as the arrangement position of the intake fan, a region surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (R ₁ ), a region surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (R ₂ ), and a dotted line indicated by F (R ₃ ) And a region surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (R ₄ ).

The area surrounded by the dotted line indicated by F (R ₁ ) is located in the vicinity of the right opening B510 (see FIG. 36), and when the intake fan is disposed in this area, the intake fan Close to the inlet B22A (see FIG. 22) provided on the right side of B22. Thereby, the air taken in from the outside of projector cover B1 can be efficiently sent in the case B22 (projector apparatus B2).

A region surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (R ₂ ) is a right side region of a region surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (R ₁ ), and is a place where the wall surface B401i of the projector cover B1 is extended backward. When the intake fan is disposed in the area surrounded by the dotted line indicated by F (R ₂ ), the traveling direction of the air that has moved rearward in the space P can be smoothly changed inward.

The area surrounded by the dotted line indicated by F (R ₃ ) is the front area of the area surrounded by the dotted line indicated by F (R ₂ ), and is the lower area of the wall surface B401j (see FIG. 24) of the projector cover B1. is there. When the intake fan is disposed in the area surrounded by the dotted line indicated by F (R ₃ ), the air taken into the projector cover B1 through the opening B400 can flow smoothly backward. .

A region surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (R ₄ ) is a front region of a region surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (R ₃ ), and is a region below the opening B400. When the intake fan is disposed in the area surrounded by the dotted line indicated by F (R ₄ ), the air can be smoothly taken into the projector cover B1.

  The exhaust fan can be disposed at a desired position in the space P (left space P of the two spaces P) formed by the projector cover B1 and the blind B500.

In FIG. 45, as an arrangement position of the exhaust fan, an area surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (L ₁ ) and an area surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (L ₂ ) are illustrated.

The area surrounded by the dotted line indicated by F (L ₁ ) is located in the vicinity of the left opening B510, and when the exhaust fan is disposed in this area, the exhaust fan is placed on the left side surface of the case B22. It is close to the provided exhaust port B22E (see FIG. 23). Thereby, the air heated by the heat generated in the projector device B2 can be efficiently sent out of the projector device B2.

A region surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (L ₂ ) is a lower region of the wall surface B401j of the projector cover B1. When the exhaust fan is disposed in the region surrounded by the dotted line indicated by F (L ₂ ), the traveling direction of the air that has exited from the case B22 can be smoothly changed to the forward direction.

  As described above, the intake fan and the exhaust fan described with reference to FIG. 45 may be provided with both the intake fan and the exhaust fan, or may be provided with only the intake fan. However, only an exhaust fan may be provided.

In addition, the intake fan includes a region surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (R ₁ ), a region surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (R ₂ ), a region surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (R ₃ ), and , F (R ₄ ) may be disposed only in one of the regions surrounded by a dotted line, or may be disposed in two or more of these regions. Also good. The exhaust fan may be disposed only in one of a region surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (L ₁ ) and a region surrounded by a dotted line indicated by F (L ₂ ), It is good also as arrange | positioning in both area | regions.

  In the second embodiment, it has been described that an air flow path as indicated by a thick arrow in FIG. 29 is formed inside the projector cover B1. However, the air in the projector cover B1 does not necessarily have to flow completely along the path.

  Air flow paths that can be formed other than the air flow path shown in FIG. 29 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 46 is a diagram showing an air flow path that can be formed inside the projector cover.

As shown by the arrow X ₁ in FIG. 46, for example, air heated by the heat generated in the projector apparatus B2 is, there may be flow as out to the outside of the case B22 via the inlet B22a. Air flowing out of the air inlet B22A this way, as shown by the arrow X _2, it may move to the rear of the projector cover B1. Further, as shown by an arrow X _3, air exiting from the case B22 via the outlet B22E is, there may be a flow of air, such as toward the rear.

Since the rear of the projector cover B1 is open, the air that has moved backward as indicated by the arrow X ₂ or an arrow X ₃ is discharged to the outside of the projector cover B1. In order to smoothly discharge air from the rear of the projector cover B1, an exhaust fan may be provided in the rear region of the projector cover B1.

  In the second embodiment, the partition member (the duct cover B600 and the duct cover B650) is disposed to partition the air flow path and the liquid storage space. However, in the present invention, the partition member (duct cover) is provided. It is not essential to provide B600 and duct cover B650).

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the modified example, since the inclined portion B502 has an inclination that descends toward the rear, the rear portion of the inclined portion B502 is the upper end edge B505a (opening) of the inner wall portion B505. The distance in the vertical direction with respect to the lower end of 510 is longer than that of the front portion, and the liquid L is stored in the rear portion (region away from the lower end of the opening 510) of the inclined portion B502. Therefore, even if the duct cover B600 and the duct cover B650 are not provided, the situation in which the liquid R enters the internal space Q (inside the case B22) of the projector cover B1 through the opening B510 is prevented. can do.

  Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 according to the modified example has the following characteristics.

(7-1) a projector (projector apparatus B2) capable of projecting an image;
Cover members (projector cover B1 and blind B500) arranged so as to surround the projector;
A screen (fixed screen mechanism D, front screen mechanism E1, reel screen mechanism F1) capable of displaying an image projected by the projector;
A main body (cabinet G) having an opening on the front surface;
An opening / closing door (upper door mechanism UD) provided with a display area (upper display window UD1) that is attached to the main body portion so as to be opened and closed and that allows the screen to be visually recognized.
The cover member (projector cover B1) has a first opening (the right opening B400 of the two openings B400) and a second opening (the left side of the two openings B400) opened upward. Opening B400) is formed,
Inside the cover member, a first space (a right space P of the two spaces P) is formed by communication from the first opening, while a first space is formed by communication from the second opening. 2 spaces (the left space P of the two spaces P) are formed,
The first space is opened in a direction (left direction) different from the upper direction by a third opening (the right opening B510 of the two openings B510) formed in the cover member. On the other hand, the second space is opened in a direction different from the upper side (right direction) by a fourth opening (left opening B510 of the two openings B510) formed in the cover member. And
The first opening (right opening B400) and the third opening (right opening B510) communicate with each other, while the second opening (left opening B400) and the fourth opening (left opening). B510)
The projector is disposed between the third opening (right opening B510) and the fourth opening (left opening B510),
The cover member (blind B500) includes lower end portions (horizontal portion B501 and inclined portion B502) that define the lower end of the first space (right space P), and the lower end portion has the first opening. Including an inclined portion (inclined portion B502) having an inclination that descends as it is away from the portion immediately below
At least a part of the inclined portion is located below the lower end of the third opening (the upper end edge B505a of the inner wall portion B505).
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the modified example, the cover member (projector cover B1) disposed so as to surround the projector (projector apparatus B2) has a first opening (right opening B400) opened upward. ) And a second opening (left opening B400). In addition, a third opening (right opening B510) and a fourth opening (left opening B510) are formed in the cover member (projector cover B1) in a direction (left-right direction) different from the upper direction. ing. The first opening (right opening B400) and the third opening (right opening B510) communicate with each other, thereby forming the first space (right space P), while the second opening. The (left opening B400) and the fourth opening (left opening B510) communicate with each other, thereby forming a second space (left space P). A projector (projector apparatus B2) is arranged between the third opening (right opening B510) and the fourth opening (left opening B510). As a result, air that has flowed in from the outside of the cover member (projector cover B1) via the first opening (right opening B400) becomes the first space (right space P) and the third opening (right opening). B510) through the projector (projector apparatus B2) and then through the fourth opening (left opening B510) and the second space (left space P) to the second opening (left side). Through the opening B400) to the outside of the cover member (projector cover B1). When the air passes through the projector (projector apparatus B2) and is warmed by absorbing heat generated by the projector (projector apparatus B2), the high-temperature air has a property of moving upward. Therefore, the air that has passed through the projector (projector apparatus B2) rises in the second space (left space P), and the second opening (above the second space (left space P)) ( It will be discharged smoothly from the left opening B400). As a result, the heat generated in the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be efficiently released through such air flow, and the cooling efficiency of the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be increased.

  Further, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the above-described modification, the cover member (blind B500) includes the lower end portions (the horizontal portion B501 and the inclined portion B502) that define the lower end of the first space (right space P). At the same time, the lower end portion (horizontal portion B501 and inclined portion B502) includes an inclined portion (inclined portion B502) having an inclination so as to descend from the portion immediately below the first opening (right opening B400). Accordingly, when liquid (a drink poured by the player, etc.) enters the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) from the outside of the gaming machine through the first opening (right side opening B400). The liquid flows through the inclined portion (inclined portion B502) so as to descend as it moves away from the portion immediately below the first opening (right side opening B400). Here, since at least a part of the inclined portion (inclined portion B502) is located below the lower end (upper edge B505a of the inner wall portion B505) of the third opening (right side opening B510), the liquid is inclined. When the liquid flows while descending the portion (inclined portion B502) and reaches below the lower end (upper edge B505a of the inner wall portion B505) of the third opening (right side opening B510), the third opening (right side) of the liquid Since the lower end (the upper end edge B505a of the inner wall portion B505) of the opening B510) exists above the liquid, the liquid hardly passes through the third opening (the right-side opening B510), and the liquid does not pass through the projector. It is difficult for the projector apparatus B2 to enter the place where the projector apparatus B2 is disposed. In this way, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the modified example, it is possible to protect the projector (projector apparatus B2) from foreign matters such as liquid entering from the outside of the gaming machine.

(7-2) The gaming machine according to (7-1),
On the upper surface of the main body (the upper wall G4 of the cabinet G), there is a fifth opening (the right opening G41 of the two openings G41) above the first opening and the second opening. ) And a sixth opening (the left opening G41 of the two openings G41),
It is characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the modification, the first opening (right opening B400) and the second opening of the cover member (projector cover B1) are formed on the upper surface (upper wall G4) of the main body (cabinet G). A fifth opening (right opening G41) and a sixth opening (left opening G41) are formed above each opening (left opening B400). As a result, air is introduced into the gaming machine from above the gaming machine via the fifth opening (right opening G41) of the main body (cabinet G), and the first opening of the cover member (projector cover B1). After this air has flowed into the cover member (projector cover B1) through the right opening B400, the air that has passed through the projector (projector apparatus B2) is passed through the second member of the cover member (projector cover B1). Through the opening (left opening B400) and the sixth opening (left opening G41) of the main body (cabinet G), it can be discharged to the outside of the gaming machine. As described above, in the gaming machine 1 according to the above-described modification, the discharge destination of the air that has been warmed through the projector (projector apparatus B2) is located above the outside of the gaming machine. If it is discharged from the back of the game, there is a concern that heat will be accumulated in the island facilities installed in the game store, which will adversely affect the control of the game machine. Also, if air is discharged from the side of the gaming machine, the warmed air will be taken into the adjacent gaming machine, resulting in a vicious cycle of warm air between adjacent gaming machines. It is considered that the cooling efficiency of (projector apparatus B2) cannot be increased. Furthermore, if air is exhausted in front of the gaming machine, hot air may be blown to the player's face. In this regard, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the modified example, it is possible to create an air flow for releasing heat generated in the projector (projector apparatus B2) without causing such a problem.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the modified example, the fifth opening (the right opening G41) and the sixth opening (the left opening) formed in the upper surface (the upper wall G4 of the cabinet G) of the main body. G41) exists above the first opening (right opening B400) and the second opening (left opening B400) formed in the cover member (projector cover B1). If a foreign object enters the inside of the gaming machine from the outside through the right opening G41) or the sixth opening (left opening G41), the foreign object is transferred to the first opening (right opening B400) or the second opening. It is easy to enter the inside of the cover member (projector cover B1 and blind B500) through the opening (left opening B400). For this reason, there is a concern that foreign matter that has entered the cover members (projector cover B1 and blind B500) reaches the projector (projector apparatus B2) and adversely affects the projector (projector apparatus B2). For example, when a player injects a drink from the fifth opening (right opening G41), the drink passes through the first space (right space P) and the third opening (right opening B510). If the projector enters the projector (projector apparatus B2), the projector (projector apparatus B2) may break down. In this regard, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the above-described modified example, the cover member (projector cover B1) from the outside of the gaming machine via the fifth opening (right opening G41) and the first opening (right opening B400). Even if liquid enters the inside of the blind B500), the liquid flows along the inclined portion (inclined portion B502) as described above, and thus such a situation occurs. Can be prevented.

(7-3) The gaming machine according to (7-1) or (7-2),
A space whose lower side is closed is formed by the inclined portion (inclined portion B502) and a wall portion (rear wall portion B503, outer wall portion B504, and inner wall portion B505) continuous with the inclined portion.
It is characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the modified example, the inclined portion (the inclined portion B502) and the wall portion (the rear wall portion B503, the outer wall portion B504, and the inner wall portion B505) continuous with the inclined portion (inclined portion B502) are lowered. Since the closed space is formed, the liquid flowing while descending the inclined portion (inclined portion B502) can be stored in the space. As a result, as long as the liquid level of the stored liquid exists below the lower end (upper edge B505a of the inner wall portion B505) of the third opening (right opening B510), the third opening (right opening B510). It is possible to prevent the liquid from entering the arrangement space of the projector (projector apparatus B2) via.

(8-1) a projector capable of projecting video (projector apparatus B2);
Cover members (projector cover B1 and blind B500) arranged so as to surround the projector;
A screen (fixed screen mechanism D, front screen mechanism E1, reel screen mechanism F1) capable of displaying an image projected by the projector;
A main body (cabinet G) having an opening on the front surface;
An opening / closing door (upper door mechanism UD) provided with a display area (upper display window UD1) that is attached to the main body portion so as to be opened and closed and that allows the screen to be visually recognized.
The cover member (projector cover B1) has a first opening (the right opening B400 of the two openings B400) and a second opening (the left side of the two openings B400) opened upward. Opening B400) is formed,
Inside the cover member, a first space (a right space P of the two spaces P) is formed by communication from the first opening, while a first space is formed by communication from the second opening. 2 spaces (the left space P of the two spaces P) are formed,
The first space is opened in a direction (left direction) different from the upper direction by a third opening (the right opening B510 of the two openings B510) formed in the cover member. On the other hand, the second space is opened in a direction different from the upper side (right direction) by a fourth opening (left opening B510 of the two openings B510) formed in the cover member. And
The first opening (right opening B400) and the third opening (right opening B510) communicate with each other, while the second opening (left opening B400) and the fourth opening (left opening). B510)
The projector is disposed between the third opening (right opening B510) and the fourth opening (left opening B510).
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the modified example, the cover member (projector cover B1) disposed so as to surround the projector (projector apparatus B2) has a first opening (right opening B400) opened upward. ) And a second opening (left opening B400). In addition, a third opening (right opening B510) and a fourth opening (left opening B510) are formed in the cover member (projector cover B1) in a direction (left-right direction) different from the upper direction. ing. The first opening (right opening B400) and the third opening (right opening B510) communicate with each other, thereby forming the first space (right space P), while the second opening. The (left opening B400) and the fourth opening (left opening B510) communicate with each other, thereby forming a second space (left space P). A projector (projector apparatus B2) is arranged between the third opening (right opening B510) and the fourth opening (left opening B510). As a result, air that has flowed in from the outside of the cover member (projector cover B1) via the first opening (right opening B400) becomes the first space (right space P) and the third opening (right opening). B510) through the projector (projector apparatus B2) and then through the fourth opening (left opening B510) and the second space (left space P) to the second opening (left side). Through the opening B400) to the outside of the cover member (projector cover B1). When the air passes through the projector (projector apparatus B2) and is warmed by absorbing heat generated by the projector (projector apparatus B2), the high-temperature air has a property of moving upward. Therefore, the air that has passed through the projector (projector apparatus B2) rises in the second space (left space P), and the second opening (above the second space (left space P)) ( It will be discharged smoothly from the left opening B400). As a result, the heat generated in the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be efficiently released through such air flow, and the cooling efficiency of the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be increased.

(8-2) The gaming machine according to (8-1),
The projector includes a first ventilation port (intake port B22A) and a second ventilation port (exhaust port B22E), and a fan (intake air) disposed between the first ventilation port and the second ventilation port. Fan 244A and 244B),
The first ventilation port (intake port B22A) and the third opening (right side opening B510) face each other, while the second ventilation port (exhaust port B22E) and the fourth opening (left side opening). B510) is arranged so that the projector is opposed,
It is characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the modified example, the projector (projector apparatus B2) is provided with the first ventilation port (intake port B22A) and the second ventilation port (exhaust port B22E). Fans (intake fans 244A and 244B) are provided between the second vent (intake port B22A) and the second vent (exhaust port B22E), and the first vent (intake port B22A) is the first. Since the projector (projector apparatus B2) is arranged so that the second ventilation port (exhaust port B22E) faces the fourth opening (left opening B510) and the third opening (right side opening B510). By forcibly taking in air with the fans (intake fans 244A and 244B), the air flow as described above can be created smoothly.

(8-3) The gaming machine according to (8-1) or (8-2),
On the upper surface of the main body (the upper wall G4 of the cabinet G), there is a fifth opening (the right opening G41 of the two openings G41) above each of the first opening and the second opening. ) And the sixth opening (the left opening G41 of the two openings G41),
The projector is accommodated in the main body so as to be disposed above the screen.
It is characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the modification, the first opening (right opening B400) and the second opening of the cover member (projector cover B1) are formed on the upper surface (upper wall G4) of the main body (cabinet G). A fifth opening (right opening G41) and a sixth opening (left opening G41) are formed above each opening (left opening B400). As a result, air is introduced into the gaming machine from above the gaming machine via the fifth opening (right opening G41) of the main body (cabinet G), and the first opening of the cover member (projector cover B1). After this air has flowed into the cover member (projector cover B1) through the right opening B400, the air that has passed through the projector (projector apparatus B2) is passed through the second member of the cover member (projector cover B1). Through the opening (left opening B400) and the sixth opening (left opening G41) of the main body (cabinet G), it can be discharged to the outside of the gaming machine. As described above, in the gaming machine 1 according to the above-described modification, the discharge destination of the air that has been warmed through the projector (projector apparatus B2) is located above the outside of the gaming machine. If it is discharged from the back of the game, there is a concern that heat will be accumulated in the island facilities installed in the game store, which will adversely affect the control of the game machine. Also, if air is discharged from the side of the gaming machine, the warmed air will be taken into the adjacent gaming machine, resulting in a vicious cycle of warm air between adjacent gaming machines. It is considered that the cooling efficiency of (projector apparatus B2) cannot be increased. Furthermore, if air is exhausted in front of the gaming machine, hot air may be blown to the player's face. In this regard, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the modified example, it is possible to create an air flow for releasing heat generated in the projector (projector apparatus B2) without causing such a problem.

  Further, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the modification, the projector (projector apparatus B2) is disposed on the main body (projector device B2) above the screen (fixed screen mechanism D, front screen mechanism E1, reel screen mechanism F1). The projector (projector apparatus B2) is placed in the cabinet G), and the arrangement position of the projector (projector apparatus B2) is close to the upper surface of the main body (upper surface wall G4 of the cabinet G). Accordingly, the distances between the fifth opening (right opening G41) and the sixth opening (left opening G41) and the projector (projector apparatus B2) formed on the upper surface of the main body (the upper wall G4 of the cabinet G) are also determined. Accordingly, the number of members and devices existing between the fifth opening (right opening G41) and the sixth opening (left opening G41) and the projector (projector apparatus B2) is relatively small. Yes. Therefore, in designing a flow path for discharging the air taken in from the fifth opening (right opening G41) from the sixth opening (left opening G41) via the projector (projector apparatus B2), Therefore, it is not necessary to create a complicated detour path in order to avoid the members and devices existing in the apparatus, and the air flow path can be designed relatively easily.

  As described above, in the above-described embodiments, the case where the present invention is applied to the pachislot gaming machine has been described. Hereinafter, modified examples in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine will be described with reference to FIGS. 47 to 51.

  FIG. 47 is a perspective view showing the appearance of a pachinko gaming machine. FIG. 48 is an exploded perspective view of the pachinko gaming machine. FIG. 49 is an exploded perspective view showing the decoration unit and the frame member of the pachinko gaming machine from the front.

  47 and 48, the pachinko gaming machine 6100 includes a glass door 6111, a wooden frame 6112, a base door 6113, a game board 6114, a dish unit 6115, a launching device 6122 for launching a game ball, and various control boards. The board unit 6123 includes a ball payout unit for giving a game ball as a game value.

  The glass door 6111 described above is pivotally attached to the base door 6113 so as to be openable and closable. In addition, an opening 6116 is formed in the center of the glass door 6111, and a transparent protective glass 6124 is disposed in the opening 6116. In addition, the above-described wooden frame 6112 has a base door 6113 attached to the front thereof.

  The dish unit 6115 described above is disposed on the base door 6113 so as to be positioned below the glass door 6111. The dish unit 6115 is provided with an upper dish 6125 above it and a lower dish 6126 below it. The upper plate 6125 and the lower plate 6126 are provided with payout outlets 6131A and 6131B for renting out game balls and paying out game balls (prize balls). The ball is discharged, and in particular, the upper plate 6125 stores a game ball for launching in the game area 6141.

  The above-described launching device 6122 is disposed on the base door 6113 so as to be located on the side of the dish unit 6115. The launching device 6122 is provided with a launching handle 6132 that can be operated by a player, and a pachinko game can be advanced by operating the launching handle 6132 by the player. When the firing handle 6132 is gripped by the player and is rotated in the clockwise direction, electric power is supplied to the firing motor according to the rotational angle, and the game ball stored in the upper plate 6125 is Fired sequentially on the game board.

  The game board 6114 described above is disposed in front of the base door 6113 so as to be positioned behind the protective glass 6124. The game board 6114 has a game area 6141 on the front surface of which the launched game ball can roll. The game area 6141 is an area surrounded by guide rails and the like where the game ball can roll. In this way, the game ball launched by the launching device 6122 is guided by the guide rail provided on the game board and moves to the upper part of the game board 6114, and then a plurality of obstacle nails provided in the game area 6141. It will flow downward from the top of the game board while changing its traveling direction due to the collision.

  As shown in FIG. 47, a decoration unit 6258 is provided in the upper region on the front surface of the glass door 6111. The decoration unit 6258 is disposed so as to protrude forward of the pachinko gaming machine 6100.

  A cavity is formed inside the decoration unit 6258, and the irradiation unit B described in the above-described embodiment is disposed in the cavity. FIG. 47 shows a state where the interior of the decoration unit 6258 is seen through from above the decoration unit 6258.

  As shown in FIG. 48, a screen device C (see FIG. 5) is disposed on the back side of the game board 6114. Thereby, similarly to the above-described embodiment, the light emitted from the projector device B2 of the irradiation unit B is irradiated onto the screen (the fixed screen mechanism D, the front screen mechanism E1, and the reel screen mechanism F1) of the screen device C. Be able to.

  The decoration unit 6258 is attached to the upper part of the frame member 6211 (see FIG. 49). Although not shown, the frame member 6211 is fixed to the back side of the glass door 6111.

  As shown in FIG. 49, the irradiation unit B is attached to the upper part of the frame member 6211. By attaching the decoration unit 6258 to the frame member 6211 in a state where the irradiation unit B is attached to the frame member 6211, the irradiation unit B is accommodated in the interior space of the decoration unit 6258.

  In addition, a speaker 6152 and a speaker holder 6152A are integrally attached to the upper part of the frame member 6211 on both the left and right sides of the irradiation unit B. On the other hand, the decoration unit 6258 is provided with speaker holes 6151A and 6151B on the right side and the left side, respectively. The speaker holes 6151A and 6151B are formed as mesh-shaped openings.

  In a state in which the decoration unit 6258 is attached to the frame member 6211, the speaker holes 6151A and 6151B cover the front of the speaker 6152, respectively. The pachinko gaming machine 6100 can be discharged to the outside.

  Here, the speaker hole 6151A also functions as a vent for taking in air from the outside of the pachinko gaming machine 6100. As shown in FIG. 49, an intake fan 6244 is disposed on the front right side of the irradiation unit B. Thus, air is taken into the pachinko gaming machine 6100 from the outside of the pachinko gaming machine 6100 through the speaker hole 6151A.

  This air is taken into the projector cover B1 through the opening B400R (the right opening B400 of the two openings B400) of the projector cover B1, and is generated in the projector device B2, as in the second embodiment. The heat travels through the projector cover B1 while taking the heat, and goes out of the projector cover B1 through the opening B400L (the left opening B400 of the two openings B400).

  The air that has come out of the projector cover B1 passes through the through-hole 6245 formed in the frame member 6211, moves backward, and is released to the outside from the back side of the pachinko gaming machine 6100.

  The air flow described above is indicated by arrows in FIGS. In 2nd Embodiment, the case where air was taken in from the exterior upper direction of the game machine 1 and air was discharged | emitted to the exterior upper direction of the game machine 1 was demonstrated. On the other hand, in this modification, air is taken in from the outside front of the pachinko gaming machine 6100, and the air is discharged to the outside rear of the pachinko gaming machine 6100. As described above, in the present invention, the direction in which the air for cooling the projector is taken in and the direction in which it is discharged are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately designed according to the arrangement position of the projector, the structure around the projector, and the like.

  Note that pachinko gaming machines have a shorter depth in the front-rear direction of the gaming machine compared to pachislot gaming machines, so other pachinko gaming machines are installed on the back side of one pachinko gaming machine on the same island facility A relatively large space exists between these pachinko machines. Therefore, even if the air heated by the projector is discharged from the back surface of the pachinko gaming machine, it is considered that the island facility of the pachinko gaming machine does not accumulate heat as much as the island facility of the pachislot gaming machine.

  Hereinafter, as another modification, a case where air is taken in from the right side outside the pachinko gaming machine 6100 and discharged to the left side outside the pachinko gaming machine 6100 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 50 is a perspective view showing the appearance of a pachinko gaming machine.

  As shown in FIG. 50, an opening 6300R is formed on the right side surface of the decoration unit 6258. Thereby, air is taken into the interior of the pachinko gaming machine 6100 from the outside right side of the pachinko gaming machine 6100 through the opening 6300R.

  This air is taken into the projector cover B1 through the opening B400R (the right opening B400 of the two openings B400) of the projector cover B1, and is generated in the projector device B2, as in the above-described modification. The heat travels through the projector cover B1 while taking the heat, and goes out of the projector cover B1 through the opening B400L (the left opening B400 of the two openings B400).

  Although not shown in the drawing, an opening (opening 6300L) is formed on the left side surface of the decoration unit 6258 as well as the right side surface. As a result, the air that has exited from the opening B400L to the outside of the projector cover B1 is released from the opening 6300L to the outside of the pachinko gaming machine 6100.

  Such air flow is indicated by arrows in FIG. In this modification, it is considered that the warmed air may be taken into the adjacent gaming machine because the air discharge direction is set to the side of the gaming machine. In order to prevent such a situation from occurring, when the air discharge direction is the side of the gaming machine, for example, the width of the decoration unit 6258 in the left-right direction is further shortened, for example, It is desirable that the exhaust port (opening 6300L) in the gaming machine and the intake port (opening 6300R) in the pachinko gaming machine installed next to the pachinko gaming machine be separated to some extent.

  Hereinafter, another modification will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 51 is an exploded perspective view of a pachinko gaming machine.

  In the modification mentioned above, it demonstrated as the irradiation unit B being attached to the frame member 6211. FIG. In contrast, in the example shown in FIG. 51, the irradiation unit B is attached to the base door 6113. A speaker 6152 is also attached to the base door 6113. Also in such a modification, the air flow path similar to the example mentioned above can be formed.

  In FIG. 51, the irradiation unit B is shown attached to the front side of the base door 6113, but the irradiation unit B may be attached to the rear side of the base door 6113. In the present invention, the irradiation unit B may be installed in front of the game board, or may be installed in the rear of the game board. When the irradiation unit B is installed behind the game board, the irradiation unit B can be disposed by using the space while forming a space on the back side of the game board.

  For example, an opening unit is provided in the center of the game board, and the irradiation unit is arranged on the base door, the game board, or other rear members of the pachinko gaming machine so that the front part of the irradiation unit penetrates the opening part. Also good. In that case, a conventional pachinko gaming machine (a pachinko gaming machine having a configuration in which an opening is provided at the center of the gaming board and a liquid crystal display device or the like behind the gaming board is visible through the opening). Can be diverted as it is. For example, by removing the liquid crystal display device, arranging the screen mechanism, and further arranging the irradiation unit on the rear member of the game board, etc., the irradiation unit and the screen mechanism are mounted while the shape of the game board remains the same. It becomes possible to make it a new gaming machine. When such a configuration is adopted, a part of the front of the irradiation unit protrudes forward of the game board, so that a larger space behind the pachinko gaming machine can be secured. By doing so, when a pachinko gaming machine with an irradiation unit is installed in the entire island facility in a narrow game facility with island facilities, it is possible to reduce the temperature rise in the island facility. Further, a small-sized liquid crystal display device in which a decorative member such as a logo according to the model is arranged in front of the irradiation unit (for example, around the reflector holding portion B11) that can be visually recognized by the player, or for auxiliary decoration. By arranging an electric decoration board or the like, the irradiation unit can be blinded so as not to be seen by the player, and the effect can be further enhanced.

  The screen device C may be installed in a state of being attached to the irradiation unit B, or may be installed in a state of being separated from the irradiation unit B.

  In the modification described above, the air discharge direction is the rear or side of the gaming machine, but air may be discharged from above the gaming machine as in the second embodiment. When the air discharge direction is upward, for example, an exhaust opening may be formed on the upper surface of the decoration unit 6258 (glass door 6111). In this case, when the irradiation unit B is installed behind the game board, an opening may be appropriately formed in the game board in order to secure an air passage.

  In the present invention, it is possible to appropriately form an opening in a member existing on the air flow path according to the direction in which air is introduced and discharged, and the path through which air flows. A tubular duct may be provided according to the air flow path.

  Further, in order to smooth the air flow, an intake fan and / or an exhaust fan can be provided as appropriate. For example, an intake fan (for example, the intake fan 6244 in FIG. 49) may be disposed between the opening for taking in air (for example, the opening 6300R in FIG. 50) and the opening B400R in the projector cover B1, or air may be discharged. It is possible to dispose an exhaust fan between the discharge opening (for example, the opening 6300L in FIG. 50) and the opening B400L of the projector cover B1. However, if the intake and exhaust are sufficiently performed by the fan provided inside the irradiation unit B, the fan need not be provided outside the irradiation unit B.

  In the modification described above, the projector cover B1 described with reference to FIG. 45 is used. However, the configuration of the projector cover is not particularly limited, and an opening for taking in air for cooling the projector, In addition, a projector cover in which an opening for discharging the air is formed can be used as appropriate. These openings can be formed at any location such as the front, rear, upper, lower, side, etc. of the projector cover, and the positions where the openings are formed are appropriately determined in consideration of the cooling efficiency of the projector. be able to. Further, the projector may be disposed inside the gaming machine without being covered by the projector cover, and the cooling air taken from the outside of the gaming machine may be directly supplied to the projector (via the projector cover). It can also be configured to apply)

[Third Embodiment]
The first embodiment and the second embodiment have been described above. Hereinafter, the third embodiment will be described. The basic configuration of the gaming machine 1 according to the third embodiment is the same as the gaming machine 1 according to the first embodiment and the second embodiment. In the following, the same components as those of the gaming machine 1 according to the first embodiment and the second embodiment will be described with the same reference numerals. In addition, the description of the portions where the description in the first embodiment and the second embodiment applies also in the third embodiment will be omitted.

<Display unit 9000>
FIG. 52 is a perspective view showing the appearance of the display unit. FIG. 53 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the display unit. 54 is a perspective view showing a state in which the projector and the mirror are disassembled from the display unit shown in FIG. FIG. 55 is a perspective view showing a state in which light is projected from the projector in a state where the projector and the mirror are disassembled from the display unit shown in FIG.

  The display unit 9000 shown in FIG. 52 is placed on the intermediate support plate G1 (see FIG. 5) in the cabinet G in a replaceable manner, similarly to the display unit A described in the first embodiment.

  As shown in FIGS. 52 to 54, the display unit 9000 includes a unit casing 9010, a projector 9020, a mirror 9030, and a cabinet-side screen 9040.

  The unit housing 9010 includes a horizontally arranged bottom plate 9011, a right side plate 9012 erected on the right end of the bottom plate 9011, a left side plate 9013 erected on the left end of the bottom plate 9011, and a rear end of the bottom plate 9011. And a back plate 9014 erected on the part. By connecting the right side plate 9012, the left side plate 9013, and the back plate 9014 to the bottom plate 9011 by screw fastening, a box-shaped housing having an open front side and an upper side is formed.

  A projector installation member 9015 for installing the projector 9020 is attached to the back plate 9014. The projector 9020 is installed in the unit casing 9010 by being engaged with the front portion of the projector installation member 9015.

  The projector 9020 has the same configuration as the projector device B2 (see FIG. 12) described in the first embodiment (for example, a lens having the same configuration as the projection lens 210), and projects light including an image. Is possible. The projector 9020 is installed such that the lens is on the lower side, whereby the light projected from the projector 9020 travels downward.

  A mirror installation portion 9016 for installing a mirror 9030 is formed below the projector installation member 9015. The mirror installation portion 9016 has inclined sides 9016 a and 9016 b that are inclined from the back plate 9014 to the bottom plate 9011.

  The mirror 9030 has the same configuration as the optical mirror B32 (see FIG. 7) described in the first embodiment, and can reflect the light projected from the projector 9020. The mirror 9030 is installed along the inclined sides 9016a and 9016b of the mirror installation unit 9016. As a result, the mirror 9030 is in a posture having an inclination such that the front is lower than the rear.

  As a result, the light projected from the projector 9020 and traveling downward is reflected forward by the mirror 9030 (see FIG. 55). In FIG. 55, the light irradiation range is indicated by oblique lines. The relative positional relationship between the projector 9020 and the mirror 9030 shown in FIG. 55 is relative to the state in the state shown in FIG. 53 (the state where the projector 9020 and the mirror 9030 are installed in the unit housing 9010). It is the same as the positional relationship. That is, FIG. 55 is an exploded view of the projector 9020 and the mirror 9030 in the state shown in FIG. 53 while maintaining the relative positional relationship between them.

  A cabinet-side screen 9040 is fitted to the front portion of the bottom plate 9011 so as to be erected. Thus, the light that is projected from the projector 9020 and then reflected forward by the mirror 9030 enters the cabinet-side screen 9040 from the rear (back side).

  The cabinet-side screen 9040 has a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and is formed to have a uniform thickness over the entire surface. The cabinet-side screen 9040 is a transmissive type that is displayed by projecting a projected image from behind, and a uniformly flat back-side incident surface 9040a on which light projected from the projector 9020 is incident, A display surface 9040b on the front side on which a projection image is projected by transmitting light incident on the surface 9040a. The cabinet-side screen 9040 is formed using, for example, a light-transmitting glass plate, an acrylic plate, or a resin film as a main material, and exhibits milky white, translucent, or gray color when not projected.

  When light projected from the projector 9020 enters the incident surface 9040a of the cabinet-side screen 9040, an image (still image or moving image) relating to the game is displayed on the display surface 9040b of the cabinet-side screen 9040. Is done. A moving image is composed of a large number of still images, and is obtained by a large number of still images continuously changing over time. In this specification, a moving image and a video are synonymous.

<Relationship between light irradiation range and cabinet side screen 9040>
FIG. 56 is a diagram showing the relationship between the irradiation range of light projected from the projector and the cabinet-side screen.

  In FIG. 56, the cabinet side screen 9040 (display surface 9040b) is shown by shading. The irradiation range of light projected from the projector 9020 is wider than the cabinet-side screen 9040. Specifically, the light projected from the projector 9020 is incident on the entire surface of the cabinet-side screen 9040 (incident surface 9040a) (the area indicated by shading in FIG. 56) and passes through the peripheral area of the cabinet-side screen 9040. In FIG. 56, the peripheral area of the cabinet-side screen 9040 in the light irradiation range projected from the projector 9020 is indicated by hatching.

  Of the light projected from the projector 9020, the light that has not entered the cabinet-side screen 9040 and has passed through the hatched area in FIG. 56 travels forward of the cabinet-side screen 9040. A part of the light traveling forward of the cabinet-side screen 9040 enters the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 of the upper door mechanism UD, as will be described below (FIG. 61). (See (b) and (c)).

<Upper door mechanism UD>
FIG. 57 is a perspective view of the upper door mechanism as viewed from the rear. FIG. 58 is an exploded perspective view of the upper door mechanism. FIG. 59 is a perspective view of the upper door mechanism as viewed from the front. FIG. 60 is a front view of the gaming machine.

  As described in the first embodiment, the interior of the cabinet G is partitioned into an upper space and a lower space by the intermediate support plate G1 (see FIG. 5). The upper door mechanism UD shown in FIG. 57 is disposed in front of the upper space in the cabinet G and closes the upper portion of the opening in the cabinet G, similarly to the upper door mechanism UD (see FIG. 4) according to the first embodiment. Is provided to be possible.

  As shown in FIG. 58, the upper door mechanism UD has a panel base HH that forms the skeleton of the upper door mechanism UD. Panel mechanisms HA, HB, HC, HD, HE, HF, and HG are provided on the front side of the panel base HH. Further, the upper door mechanism UD has an upper display window UD1 (see FIG. 3) in the center (position overlapping the cabinet-side screen 9040 in front view), and the upper display window UD1 includes a transparent panel UD11. Is provided. Thereby, when an image is displayed on the cabinet-side screen 9040, the image can be visually recognized by the player.

  As shown in FIGS. 59 and 60, a door-side right screen 9050 is provided at a slightly recessed position on the right side of the transparent panel UD11 (upper display window UD1). A door-side left screen 9060 is provided at a slightly recessed position on the left side of the transparent panel UD11 (upper display window UD1). The door side right screen 9050 and the door side left screen 9060 have substantially the same shape.

  The door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 have a shape obtained by curving a flat screen (for example, a semi-cylindrical shape obtained by dividing a cylinder in half), and the reel screen mechanism described in the first embodiment. Similar to the shape of F1 (see FIG. 10) in a side view, the shape in a top view (bottom view) is an arc shape. The door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 are formed to have a uniform thickness over the entire surface.

  Similar to the cabinet-side screen 9040, the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 are transmissive types that are displayed by projecting a projected image from the rear. The door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 are formed using, for example, a light-transmitting glass plate, an acrylic plate, and a resin film as a main material, and exhibit a milky white, translucent, or gray color when not projected.

  The door-side right screen 9050 includes a rear-side incident surface 9050a on which light projected from the projector 9020 is incident, and a front-side display surface 9050b on which a projection image is projected by transmission of light incident on the incident surface 9050a. Have. The door-side left screen 9060 includes a rear-side incident surface 9060a on which light projected from the projector 9020 is incident, and a front-side display surface 9060b on which a projection image is projected by transmission of light incident on the incident surface 9060a. Have.

  Each of the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 is arranged so that the center of curvature is on the back side. That is, the incident surface 9050a and the display surface 9050b of the door-side right screen 9050 and the incident surface 9060a and the display surface 9060b of the door-side left screen 9060 are convex toward the downstream side in the traveling direction of the light projected from the projector 9020. Yes.

  FIG. 57 shows the positional relationship between the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 and the cabinet-side screen 9040 disposed in the cabinet G when the upper door mechanism UD is closed. In the figure, the cabinet-side screen 9040 is indicated by a virtual line.

  As shown in FIG. 57, the side (side 9050c shown in FIG. 60) constituting the left end of the door-side right screen 9050 and the side constituting the right end of the cabinet-side screen 9040 (side 9040c shown in FIG. 52) are close to each other. The side 9050c of the door-side right screen 9050 is located slightly to the right of the side 9040c of the cabinet-side screen 9040. Further, the side (side 9060c shown in FIG. 60) constituting the right end of the door-side left screen 9060 and the side (side 9040d shown in FIG. 52) constituting the left end of the cabinet-side screen 9040 are close (or substantially in contact). The side 9060c of the door-side left screen 9060 is located slightly to the left of the side 9040d of the cabinet-side screen 9040.

  The sides 9050c of the door-side right screen 9050, the sides 9060c of the door-side left screen 9060, and the sides 9040c and 9040d of the cabinet-side screen 9040 are substantially the same in the front-rear direction. That is, the rear end (side 9050c) of the door-side right screen 9050 and the rear end (side 9060c) of the door-side left screen 9060 are located on substantially the same plane as the display surface 9040b of the cabinet-side screen 9040, respectively. Since the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 are curved so as to protrude forward, the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 are generally in front of the cabinet-side screen 9040. Will be located.

  Further, a side (side 9050d shown in FIG. 60) constituting the lower end of the door-side right screen 9050, a side (side 9060d shown in FIG. 60) constituting the lower end of the door-side left screen 9060, and a lower end of the cabinet-side screen 9040. 52 (side 9040e shown in FIG. 52) has substantially the same vertical position (height) (these three sides are located on substantially the same plane). Further, the vertical lengths (side 9050c and side 9060c) of the door side right screen 9050 and the door side left screen 9060 are longer than the vertical lengths (side 9040c and side 9040d) of the cabinet side screen 9040. Yes. Accordingly, the door-side right screen 9050, the door-side left screen 9060, and the cabinet-side screen 9040 have lower ends positioned at substantially the same height, and the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 are more than the cabinet-side screen 9040. Is taller.

<Display of Image on Cabinet Side Screen 9040, Door Side Right Screen 9050, and Door Side Left Screen 9060>
FIG. 61A is a diagram showing the relationship between the irradiation range of light projected from the projector and the cabinet-side screen. FIG. 61B is a diagram illustrating a state in which light that has not entered the cabinet-side screen enters the door-side right screen. FIG. 61C is a diagram illustrating a state in which light that has not entered the cabinet-side screen enters the door-side left screen. 62 and 63 are diagrams for explaining images displayed on the cabinet-side screen, the door-side right screen, and the door-side left screen.

  In FIG. 61 (a), the area shown by diagonal lines in FIG. 56 (the peripheral area of the cabinet-side screen 9040 in the irradiation range of light projected from the projector 9020) is divided into three areas (area I, area II, And region III). Area I is an area located on the right side of cabinet-side screen 9040. Region II is a region located on the left side of cabinet-side screen 9040. A region III is a region located on the upper side of the cabinet-side screen 9040. In FIG. 61A, as in FIG. 56, the cabinet-side screen 9040 (display surface 9040b) is shaded.

  As described above, part of the light projected from the projector 9020 enters the incident surface 9040a of the cabinet-side screen 9040. As a result, an image is displayed on the display surface 9040b of the cabinet-side screen 9040.

  Also, as shown in FIG. 61 (b), the light projected from the projector 9020 that does not enter the cabinet-side screen 9040 and has passed through the region I in FIG. 61 (a) is the door-side right screen 9050. Is incident on the incident surface 9050a. As a result, an image is displayed on the display surface 9050b of the door-side right screen 9050.

  Similarly, as shown in FIG. 61 (c), out of the light projected from the projector 9020, the light that does not enter the cabinet-side screen 9040 and passes through the region II in FIG. 61 (a) is the door-side left screen. It is incident on the incident surface 9060a of 9060. As a result, an image is displayed on the display surface 9060b of the door-side left screen 9060.

  As described above, an image (a still image or a moving image related to a game) is displayed on each of the cabinet-side screen 9040, the door-side right screen 9050, and the door-side left screen 9060. In the present embodiment, each image displayed on three screens (cabinet-side screen 9040, door-side right screen 9050, and door-side left screen 9060) corresponds to one image data. By using the data, an image can be displayed on each of the three screens.

  62 and 63 show such image data. In FIG. 62A, a shaded area (area A) includes information indicating an image displayed on the cabinet-side screen 9040. In FIG. 62 (a), an area indicated by diagonal lines (area B) includes information indicating an image displayed on the door-side right screen 9050. The area (area C) indicated by diagonal lines in FIG. 62A includes information indicating an image displayed on the door-side left screen 9060. The remaining area (area D) in FIG. 62A includes information whose pixel value is 0. The pixel value corresponds to the light transmittance of the pixel formed on the liquid crystal panel included in the projector 9020. A pixel value of 0 indicates that the light transmittance is minimum, and the display surface of the screen corresponding to the region where the pixel value is 0 is black.

  FIG. 62B shows an example of image data. The image data shown in FIG. 62B includes information indicating the effect image 9100 in the area A, information indicating the firework image 9101 in the area B, and information indicating the character image 9102 in the area C. The area corresponding to the shaded portion in the figure includes information whose pixel value is 0. By using such image data, the effect image 9100 is displayed on the cabinet-side screen 9040, the firework image 9101 is displayed on the door-side right screen 9050, and the character image 9102 is displayed on the door-side left screen 9060.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the rear end (side 9050c) of the door-side right screen 9050 and the rear end (side 9060c) of the door-side left screen 9060 and the display surface 9040b of the cabinet-side screen 9040 are: The positions in the front-rear direction are substantially the same. Accordingly, the cabinet-side screen 9040, the door-side right screen 9050, and the door-side left screen 9060 are approximately equal in distance in the front-rear direction from the projector 9020, so that the focus is not greatly shifted. It has become.

  FIG. 63A shows an example of another image data. The image data shown in FIG. 63A includes information indicating the effect image 9100 in the area A, information indicating the decoration image 9110 in the area B, and information indicating the decoration image 9111 in the area C. . The area corresponding to the shaded portion in the figure includes information whose pixel value is 0. By using such image data, the effect image 9100 is displayed on the cabinet-side screen 9040, the decoration image 9110 is displayed on the door-side right screen 9050, and the decoration image 9111 is displayed on the door-side left screen 9060. .

  FIG. 63B shows an example of still another image data. The image data shown in FIG. 63B includes information indicating the decoration image 9110 in the area B, and includes information indicating the decoration image 9111 in the area C. The area corresponding to the shaded portion in the figure includes information whose pixel value is 0. By using such image data, the decoration image 9110 is displayed on the door-side right screen 9050, and the decoration image 9111 is displayed on the door-side left screen 9060.

  As above, the gaming machine 1 according to the third embodiment has been described as one embodiment of the present invention.

  2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines capable of producing effects by using a projector are known (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 6-035066 and 2009-240459). According to such a gaming machine, a video for a game is projected from a projector onto a projection surface such as a screen, so that the video is displayed on a screen or the like instead of the liquid crystal display device.

  However, in such a gaming machine in which an image is projected from the projector onto the screen, there is a problem that the presentation expression becomes poor due to the flat screen.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of performing various presentation expressions.

  In this regard, the gaming machine 1 according to the third embodiment has the following features.

(9-1) Screen (cabinet-side screen 9040, door-side right screen 9050, and door-side left screen 9060);
A projector that projects light for displaying an image on the screen (projector 9020),
The screen is arranged so that the light projected by the projector enters from the back side, and can display an image on the front side by the light incident from the back side,
As the screen, a first screen (cabinet-side screen 9040) and a second screen (door-side right screen 9050 and door-side left screen 9060) disposed on the side of, or above or below the first screen in a front view. Is provided,
In the projector, the first screen, and the second screen, a part of the light projected by the projector is incident on the first screen, while the first of the light projected by the projector. Arranged so that at least part of the light not incident on one screen is incident on the second screen;
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the third embodiment, the second screen (the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060) is disposed on the side of the first screen (the cabinet-side screen 9040) in a front view. Yes. A part of the light projected by the projector (projector 9020) is incident on the first screen (cabinet side screen 9040), while the first screen (cabinet) of the light projected by the projector (projector 9020). It is possible to allow at least a part of the light not incident on the side screen 9040) to enter the second screen (the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060).

  Therefore, it is possible to display images on the first screen (cabinet-side screen 9040) and the second screen (door-side right screen 9050 and door-side left screen 9060), respectively, and these images are viewed from the player. In this case, the images are displayed in a positional relationship such that they are arranged side by side. Thus, the player can visually recognize the player through the images displayed on the two screens (the first screen (the cabinet-side screen 9040) and the second screen (the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060)). It is possible to entertain and perform various production expressions.

(9-2) The gaming machine of (9-1),
A main body (cabinet G) that houses the first screen (cabinet-side screen 9040) and has an opening on the front surface;
An opening / closing door (upper door mechanism UD) provided with a display area (upper display window UD1) that is attached to the main body so as to be opened and closed and that allows an image displayed on the first screen to be visually recognized; With
The second screen (door-side right screen 9050 and door-side left screen 9060) is provided on the open / close door.
It is characterized by that.

  In general, the opening / closing door of a gaming machine is decorated (modeled) according to the model, and it costs a lot of money to apply such decoration. Each time a new model is developed (for each project), if an attempt is made to remodel the door by shaping it, the corresponding cost will increase.

  In this regard, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the third embodiment, the second screen (the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060) is provided on the open / close door (upper door mechanism UD). By displaying images (images that are similar to the exterior appearance) on the (door-side right screen 9050 and door-side left screen 9060), the decorations specific to the model are not applied to the open / close door (upper door mechanism UD). Also, the same visual effect can be obtained as when decoration is applied. Therefore, it is possible to employ a simple opening / closing door (upper door mechanism UD) in which decoration is omitted, and the cost for decoration can be suppressed. When developing a new model, there is no need to make extensive changes in the decoration of the open / close door (upper door mechanism UD), and image data according to the model (image data similar to the decoration specific to the model). ) Should be prepared. Thereby, if the image displayed on the second screen (the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060) is adapted to the new model, it is possible to obtain the same effect as the decoration change, Cost can be reduced.

  In the third embodiment, of the light projected from the projector 9020, the light that has passed through the region I in FIG. 61A (the region located on the right side of the cabinet-side screen 9040) enters the door-side right screen 9050. In the light projected from the projector 9020, the light passing through the region II in FIG. 61A (the region located on the left side of the cabinet-side screen 9040) is incident on the door-side left screen 9060. It has been described that the right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 are arranged. That is, it has been described that the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 (second screen) are arranged on the side of the cabinet-side screen 9040 (first screen) in a front view.

  In the present invention, the positional relationship between the first screen (cabinet side screen) and the second screen is not limited to this example, and the second screen is located above or below the first screen (cabinet side screen) in a front view. It may be arranged. For example, while providing a door-side upper screen on the upper side of the transparent panel UD11 (upper display window UD1), among the light projected from the projector 9020, the region III in FIG. 61A (located above the cabinet-side screen 9040). You may comprise so that the light which passed the area | region may inject into a door side upper screen. In addition, a door-side lower screen is provided below the transparent panel UD11 (upper display window UD1), and among the light projected from the projector 9020, an area located below the cabinet-side screen (for example, FIG. The light passing through the region III and the region facing the cabinet side screen 9040) may be configured to enter the door side lower screen. As the second screen in the present invention, all four screens of a door side right screen, a door side left screen, a door side upper screen, and a door side lower screen may be provided. One, two, or three screens may be provided. Note that a screen (door-side right screen or door-side left screen) disposed on the side of such a cabinet-side screen and a screen (door-side upper screen or door-side lower) disposed above or below the cabinet-side screen. (Screen) may be configured as one screen. For example, the door-side right screen, the door-side left screen, and the door-side upper screen may be configured to be integrated.

  In the present invention, the arrangement position of the second screen (door-side right screen, door-side left screen, door-side upper screen, and door-side lower screen) in the open / close door (upper door mechanism UD) is not particularly limited. That is, the second screen (the door side right screen, the door side left screen, the door side upper screen, and the door side lower screen) is provided in a region close to the first screen (cabinet side screen) in a front view. Alternatively, it may be provided in a region separated from the first screen (cabinet side screen) to some extent. For example, the arrangement structure of the top panel mechanism HA, the upper left panel mechanism HB, the upper right panel mechanism HC, the left side panel mechanism HD, the right side panel mechanism HE (see FIG. 60), etc. is changed, and the door side An upper screen, a door-side left screen, a door-side right screen, or the like may be provided. As a result, if light projected from the projector is incident on the back side of these screens and an image is displayed on the front side, a model-specific design or The model information can be displayed, and such design and information can be easily changed by appropriately using the image data.

  The top panel mechanism HA is disposed at the upper end of the upper door mechanism UD, the left lateral panel mechanism HD is disposed at the left end of the upper door mechanism UD, and the right lateral panel mechanism HE is disposed at the right end of the upper door mechanism UD. When the second screen (door-side upper screen, door-side left screen, door-side right screen, etc.) is provided at these arrangement positions (regions along the outer periphery of the upper door mechanism UD). It is necessary to widen the irradiation range of the light projected from the projector (see FIG. 56). For example, it is possible to adopt a configuration in which the irradiation range is maximized and the entire upper door mechanism UD is irradiated (assuming that no cabinet-side screen is provided). In order to widen the irradiation range, for example, the arrangement position and inclination of the mirror 9030 may be adjusted. By adjusting the relative positional relationship between the projector 9020 and the mirror 9030, the irradiation range can be changed as appropriate, and the light that has traveled forward without entering the cabinet-side screen is reflected by the top panel mechanism HA and the left side. To reach the arrangement position (area along the outer periphery of the upper door mechanism UD) of the panel mechanism HD, the right side panel mechanism HE, etc. (so that light is irradiated over a wide range of the upper door mechanism UD) It is possible to design. Thus, in the present invention, only the portion of the open / close door (upper door mechanism UD) that is close to the first screen (cabinet side screen) in front view is irradiated with the light projected from the projector. Or it is good also as irradiating in the wider range over the outer peripheral part of an opening-and-closing door (upper door mechanism UD).

  In the third embodiment, as an example of image data, a region A, a region B, and a region C shown in FIG. 62A are respectively separate images (in the example of FIG. 62B, the effect image 9100, the firework image). Image data including information indicating 9101 and a character image 9102) has been described. The image data used in the present invention is not limited to this example, and includes, for example, information indicating one image (for example, effect image 9100) so as to straddle region A, region B, and region C. Image data may be used. By using such image data, a part of one image (for example, effect image 9100) is displayed on each of the cabinet-side screen 9040, the door-side right screen 9050, and the door-side left screen 9060. The one image (for example, the effect image 9100) is formed by combining a part of the images displayed on the screen. Thus, in the present invention, different images are respectively displayed on the cabinet-side screen and the screens arranged in the peripheral area (door-side right screen, door-side left screen, door-side upper screen, door-side lower screen, etc.). May be displayed individually, or one video expression may be performed as a whole by combining the images displayed on each screen.

  In the third embodiment, the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 (second screen) are provided on the front side of the gaming machine 1 (the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen). It is described that no other member is provided on the front side of the screen 9060). Thereby, when an image is displayed on the door side right screen 9050 and the door side left screen 9060, the image can be visually recognized by the player. However, in the present invention, a transparent panel may be provided on the front side of the second screen (the door side right screen and the door side left screen). If it is a transparent panel, the image displayed on the second screen is not obstructed from the player's view, and it is considered that there is no problem for the player to visually recognize the image. On the other hand, by covering the second screen with a transparent panel, the rigidity of the gaming machine can be secured and the second screen can be prevented from being damaged. When providing a transparent panel, the shape of a transparent panel is not specifically limited, For example, the transparent panel which has an unevenness | corrugation is employable. As a result, it is possible to give a stereoscopic effect to the images displayed on the second screen (the door-side right screen and the door-side left screen), and the appearance is similar to a case where a three-dimensional decoration is applied to the door itself. Can be created.

  In the third embodiment, the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 have been described as having a shape obtained by curving a flat screen (the shape in a top view is an arc shape). However, the shape of the second screen (the door-side right screen, the door-side left screen, and the door-side upper screen) in the present invention is not particularly limited, and a screen having an arbitrary shape can be appropriately employed. For example, the second screen may be a flat screen such as the cabinet-side screen 9040, a screen with unevenness, or a rounded screen. The screen may have an angular shape.

[Fourth Embodiment]
The first to third embodiments have been described above. The fourth embodiment will be described below. The basic configuration of the gaming machine 1 according to the fourth embodiment is the same as that of the gaming machine 1 according to the first to third embodiments. In the following, the same components as those of the gaming machine 1 according to the first embodiment to the third embodiment will be described with the same reference numerals. In addition, the description of the parts in the first embodiment to the third embodiment that are applicable in the fourth embodiment will be omitted.

<Light irradiation range and screen position>
FIG. 64 is a longitudinal sectional view of the upper door mechanism and the cabinet.

  In FIG. 64, the irradiation range of the light projected from the projector 9020 is shown using a one-dot chain line. Similarly to the third embodiment, the light projected from the projector 9020 travels downward and then is reflected forward by the mirror 9030 (see FIG. 55).

  In the third embodiment, a part of the light traveling forward in this way has been described as being incident on the cabinet-side screen 9040 (see FIG. 53) from the rear (back side). In contrast, in the fourth embodiment, the cabinet-side screen 9040 is not provided, and all the light projected from the projector 9020 reaches the upper door mechanism UD.

  As will be described later, the upper door mechanism UD is provided with a screen sheet 1046, a screen sheet 1056, and a screen sheet 1057 (see FIGS. 67 and 68). The light projected from the projector 9020 enters the screen sheet 1046, the screen sheet 1056, and the screen sheet 1057 from the back (back side), and an image is formed on the front side (display surface) of these screen sheets. Will be displayed. Details will be described below.

<Upper door mechanism UD>
FIG. 65 is a perspective view of the upper door mechanism as viewed from the front. FIG. 66 is a perspective view of the upper door mechanism as viewed from the rear.

  As shown in FIGS. 65 and 66, the upper door mechanism UD is provided with a screen unit 1040, a decoration unit 1050, and an indirect illumination unit 1060. Hereinafter, each unit will be described.

<Screen unit 1040>
FIG. 67 is an exploded perspective view of the upper door mechanism. FIG. 68 is an exploded perspective view of the upper door mechanism. FIG. 69 is a perspective view of the translucent plate, the screen sheet, the lower pressing member, the upper pressing member, and the lower frame as viewed from the rear. FIG. 70 is a perspective view of the translucent plate and the screen sheet as viewed from the rear while the lower pressing member and the upper pressing member are viewed from the front. FIG. 71 is a perspective view of the upper pressing member and the upper frame as viewed from below. FIG. 72 is a perspective view of the translucent plate, the screen sheet, and the lower frame as seen from the rear.

  FIG. 67 shows a state in which each component of the upper door mechanism UD is viewed obliquely from the front. FIG. 68 shows a state in which each component of the upper door mechanism UD is viewed obliquely from the rear. In FIG. 69, the translucent plate 1045, the screen sheet 1046, the lower presser member UD101, and the upper presser member UD102 are shown assembled, and the lower frame UD100 is shown to exist alone. Yes. In FIG. 70, the translucent plate 1045 and the screen sheet 1046 are shown assembled, and the lower presser member UD101 and the upper presser member UD102 are shown separately. FIG. 71 shows a state in which the upper pressing member UD102 and the upper frame UD110 are present independently. FIG. 72 shows a state in which the translucent plate 1045, the screen sheet 1046, and the lower frame UD100 are assembled.

  As shown in FIGS. 67 and 68, the screen unit 1040 includes a translucent plate 1045 and a screen sheet 1046.

  The translucent plate 1045 is mainly made of a resin such as a translucent acrylic plate or a glass plate, and is formed to have a uniform thickness over the entire surface. The translucent plate 1045 includes a flat portion 1045a located in the center, a curved portion 1045b formed continuously from the left and right side edges of the flat portion 1045a, and a rear end of the curved portion 1045b. And a side surface portion 1045c formed continuously. The flat surface portion 1045a and the side surface portion 1045c are formed in a planar shape, and their surfaces are substantially orthogonal to each other. The curved portion 1045b has a shape in which a flat plate is curved like the door-side right screen 9050 and the door-side left screen 9060 (see FIG. 58) in the third embodiment.

  The screen sheet 1046 is a transmissive screen that is displayed by projecting a projected image from the back. ), A rear-side incident surface on which light projected from the projector 9020 is incident and a front-side display surface on which a projection image is projected by transmitting the light incident on the incident surface. The screen sheet 1046 is formed so as to have a uniform thickness over the entire surface using, for example, a translucent glass plate, an acrylic plate, and a resin film, and is milky white, translucent, or gray when not projected. Presents a color.

  The screen sheet 1046 includes a flat portion 1046a located at the center, and a curved portion 1046b formed continuously from the left and right side edges of the flat portion 1046a toward the rear. The flat portion 1046a is formed in a planar shape, and the bending portion 1046b has a shape obtained by bending a flat plate. The plane portion 1046a and the curved portion 1046b of the screen sheet 1046 have substantially the same size and shape as the plane portion 1045a and the curved portion 1045b of the light transmitting plate 1045.

  The screen sheet 1046 is disposed on the back side of the translucent plate 1045. Specifically, the surface on the back surface side of the flat portion 1045a of the light transmitting plate 1045 and the surface on the front surface side of the flat surface portion 1046a of the screen sheet 1046 are in close contact, and the surface on the back surface side of the curved portion 1045b of the light transmitting plate 1045 And the front surface of the curved portion 1046b of the screen sheet 1046 are in close contact with each other.

  When light projected from the projector 9020 is incident on the incident surface (rear surface) of the screen sheet 1046, an image (still image or Moving image) is displayed. The translucent plate 1045 is transparent, and there is no structure that blocks the player's view in front of the translucent plate 1045. Therefore, when an image is displayed on the screen sheet 1046, the image is displayed on the player It becomes visible from.

  The screen sheet 1046 includes a flat portion 1046a and a curved portion 1046b. Since the positions of the flat portion 1046a and the curved portion 1046b in the depth direction are different, an image is displayed on both the flat portion 1046a and the curved portion 1046b. By displaying, it is possible to give a stereoscopic effect to the entire image displayed on the screen sheet 1046. Further, in the light transmitting plate 1045 and the screen sheet 1046, the curved portion 1045b and the curved portion 1046b are formed by forming (molding in an open space), respectively, and thereby, for example, the curved portion is formed by vacuum processing or the like. Compared to the above, the deformation of the image can be suppressed.

  The translucent plate 1045 and the screen sheet 1046 configured as described above are pressed by the lower frame UD100 and the upper frame UD110 in a state where the lower portion is pressed by the lower pressing member UD101 and the upper portion is pressed by the upper pressing member UD102. It is supported.

  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 69, the lower frame UD100 is formed as a U-shaped member, and protrudes slightly upward from the horizontally disposed bottom plate UD100a and the front end of the bottom plate UD100a. Wall portion UD100b, right side portion UD100c extending in the vertical direction at the right end portion of bottom plate UD100a, and left side portion UD100d extending in the vertical direction at the left end portion of bottom plate UD100a. The translucent plate 1045 and the screen sheet 1046 are placed on the bottom plate UD100a in a state where the translucent plate 1045 is in contact with the bottom plate UD100a, the right side portion UD100c, and the left side portion UD100d. In this state, the lower front portion of the translucent plate 1045 is in contact with the wall portion UD100b. The wall portion UD100b has a shape corresponding to the flat surface portion 1045a, the curved portion 1045b, and the side surface portion 1045c of the light transmitting plate 1045 so that the entire lower portion of the front surface of the light transmitting plate 1045 can come into contact therewith.

  As shown in FIG. 70, the lower pressing member UD101 is formed in a plate shape, and the front side surface (the pressing surface UD101a) has a curved shape and a portion corresponding to the screen sheet 1046. Formed portion. With the translucent plate 1045 and the screen sheet 1046 placed on the bottom plate UD100a of the lower frame UD100, the lower pressing member UD101 is fixed to the lower frame UD100. It is sandwiched between the wall portion UD100b and the translucent plate 1045 and the pressing surface UD101a of the lower pressing member UD101, and is pressed by the pressing surface UD101a. The lower pressing member UD101 can be attached to the lower frame UD100 by screwing a screw through a screw insertion hole UD101b (see FIG. 69) into the screw hole UD100e of the lower frame UD100.

  As shown in FIG. 71, the upper frame UD110 is formed as a member having a substantially rectangular outer shape when viewed from the front, and has a bottom surface UD110a extending in the left-right direction and slightly downward from a front portion of the bottom surface UD110a. And a protruding wall portion UD110b. In a state where the upper frame UD110 is fixed to the lower frame UD100, the translucent plate 1045 and the screen sheet 1046 are in contact with the bottom surface UD110a of the upper frame UD110 with the upper edge of the translucent plate 1045 being in front of the translucent plate 1045. The upper part is positioned so as to contact the wall part UD110b of the upper frame UD110. The wall portion UD110b has a shape corresponding to the translucent plate 1045 so that the upper part of the front surface of the translucent plate 1045 can contact over a certain range.

  The front side surface of the upper pressing member UD102 (the pressing surface UD102a, see FIG. 70) has a portion formed in a planar shape and a portion formed in a curved shape corresponding to the screen sheet 1046. The upper pressing member UD102 has a screw hole formed in the bottom surface UD110a of the upper frame UD110 with a screw passing through the screw insertion hole UD102b (see FIG. 71) in a state where the upper surface is in contact with the bottom surface UD110a of the upper frame UD110. It is attached to the upper frame UD110 by being screwed into the UD110c. As a result, the upper portion of the screen sheet 1046 is sandwiched between the wall portion UD110b and the translucent plate 1045 of the upper frame UD110 and the pressing surface UD102a of the upper pressing member UD102, and is pressed by the pressing surface UD102a.

  As described above, the lower portion of the screen sheet 1046 is pressed by the lower pressing member UD101 and the upper portion is pressed by the upper pressing member UD102. The pressing surface UD101a of the lower pressing member UD101 and the pressing surface UD102a of the upper pressing member UD102 each have a portion formed in a curved shape corresponding to the shape of the screen sheet 1046. Accordingly, the screen sheet 1046 can be brought into close contact with the translucent plate 1045 while suppressing the formation of a gap between the translucent plate 1045 and the screen sheet 1046 or the generation of wrinkles on the screen sheet 1046. Thus, it is possible to prevent the image visually recognized by the player from being disturbed.

  72, when the translucent plate 1045 and the screen sheet 1046 are in close contact with each other, when viewed from the rear, the flat portion 1045a and the curved portion 1045b of the translucent plate 1045 are the flat portion of the screen sheet 1046. While being covered with 1046a and the curved portion 1046b, the side surface portion 1045c of the light transmitting plate 1045 is not covered with the screen sheet 1046 and is exposed.

  Although not shown, a cabinet G is disposed on the back side of the translucent plate 1045 and the screen sheet 1046. Accordingly, a gap corresponding to at least the length in the front-rear direction of the side surface portion 1045c of the light transmitting plate 1045 exists between the rear end of the screen sheet 1046 and the front end of the cabinet G (side wall G2). In order to make it easy to understand, such a gap is shown by hatching in FIG.

  An image is displayed on the portion of the translucent plate 1045 that is covered with the screen sheet 1046 (the plane portion 1045a and the curved portion 1045b), while the portion of the translucent plate 1045 that is not covered with the screen sheet 1046 and exposed. An image is not displayed on (side surface portion 1045c, that is, the hatched portion in FIG. 72). As a result, it is possible to give the player an impression that the image is raised at a position spaced forward from the front end of the cabinet G (side wall G2), thereby realizing various image representations. be able to.

<Decoration unit 1050>
FIG. 73 is a perspective view of the upper frame, the first structure, the second structure, the third structure, the fourth structure, and the screen sheet as viewed from the rear.

  73, the first structure 1051, the second structure 1052, the third structure 1053, and the fourth structure 1054 are shown assembled, and the upper frame UD110, the screen sheet 1056 are shown. As for the screen sheet 1057, these are shown in a single state.

  As shown in FIG. 73, the decoration unit 1050 is adjacent to the first structure 1051 disposed in the center, the second structure 1052 disposed around the first structure 1051, and the second structure 1052. A third structure 1053, a fourth structure 1054 adjacent to the third structure 1053, and a screen sheet 1056 and a screen sheet 1057 arranged on the back side of these structures are provided.

  The first structure 1051, the second structure 1052, the third structure 1053, and the fourth structure 1054 are attached to the upper frame UD110 by screw fastening. The screen sheet 1056 is disposed on the back side of the first structure 1051 and the second structure 1052 while being pressed by the pressing member UD111. The screen sheet 1057 is disposed on the back side of the third structure 1053 while being pressed by the pressing member UD111. The screen sheet 1056 and the screen sheet 1057 are arranged so as to be adjacent to each other, and have shapes that can be fitted in adjacent portions. The fourth structure 1054 is disposed on the back side of the speaker storage unit UD110d of the upper frame UD110, and a speaker (not shown) is disposed on the back side of the speaker storage unit UD110d together with the fourth structure 1054.

  The first structure 1051 is formed of a translucent material (for example, acrylic resin) and has a predetermined three-dimensional shape (for example, a character shape). The second structure body 1052 is formed of a translucent material (for example, an acrylic resin) and has a predetermined three-dimensional shape (for example, a shape simulating flame). The third structure 1053 is formed of a light-transmitting material (for example, acrylic resin) and has a predetermined three-dimensional shape (for example, a shape imitating a chain). The fourth structure 1054 is formed of a light-transmitting material (for example, acrylic resin) and has a predetermined three-dimensional shape (for example, a shape imitating a chain).

  The screen sheet 1056 and the screen sheet 1057 are transmissive screens that are displayed by projecting a projected image from the rear. Similar to the screen sheet 1046, the light incident from the projector 9020 is incident on the back side. And a front display surface on which a projection image is projected by transmitting light incident on the incident surface. The screen sheet 1056 and the screen sheet 1057 are made of, for example, a translucent glass plate, an acrylic plate, and a resin film so as to have a uniform thickness over the entire surface. Transparent or gray.

  The light projected from the projector 9020 is incident on the incident surfaces (the rear surface) of the screen sheet 1056 and the screen sheet 1057, thereby causing the display surfaces (front surfaces) of the screen sheet 1056 and the screen sheet 1057 to be incident. The game-related images (still images and moving images) are displayed.

  Here, the third structure 1053 has a configuration in which a half mirror (magic mirror) is formed on the front side thereof. The half mirror can be formed by pasting a semi-permeable membrane sheet on the surface of a substrate or by depositing a metal film with a metal by a conventionally known method. While reflecting, it has the property of transmitting part of it.

  By arranging such a half mirror on the front side of the screen sheet 1057, when light is not projected from the projector 9020, an object existing around the third structure 1053 is reflected, for example, black plating processing It will have an appearance that looks like a part that has been decorated. As an object existing around the third structure 1053, for example, a structure having a shape imitating a chain as shown in FIG. 65 can be provided. Note that the structure having a shape imitating a chain may be provided in the vicinity of the third structure 1053, or the third structure 1053 (half mirror) itself may be formed in this shape. On the other hand, when light is projected from the projector 9020, the image displayed on the screen sheet 1057 is reflected on the half mirror. For example, an image in which an object existing around the third structure body 1053 or an object having a shape similar to the shape of the third structure body 1053 (a shape imitating a chain) flows and moves is displayed on the screen sheet 1057. Thus, it is possible to produce an effect that the object that has been stationary when the projector 9020 is not projecting light is moving. Thus, according to the said structure, attractive production can be produced with both the molded article and the image | video relevant to the said molded article.

  The screen sheet 1056 has a diffusion layer for diffusing light and a prism layer in which a plurality of unit prisms having a convex shape on the incident surface side are arranged. Thereby, the light projected from the projector 9020 is diffused, and an attractive effect can be performed in combination with the modeled object arranged on the front surface side of the screen sheet 1056. For example, as shown in FIG. 65, when the first structure 1051 is formed in a character shape “GOD”, an image corresponding to the characters “GOD” is displayed on the screen sheet 1056, thereby “GOD”. It is possible to create an appearance that the letters “Glitter” shine. Further, the center of light projected from the projector 9020 (irradiated light emitted from the vicinity of the optical axis of the projection lens) enters the screen sheet 1046, and the screen sheet 1056 is disposed at a position away from the center of the field angle. However, by providing a prism layer having a high light condensing effect, it is possible to suppress a decrease in luminance of an image displayed on the screen sheet 1056. Similarly to the screen sheet 1057, a half mirror may be arranged on the front side of the screen sheet 1056.

<Indirect lighting unit 1060>
FIG. 74 is a perspective view of the translucent plate, the screen sheet, the lower frame, the LED substrate, and the light guide member as seen from the rear. FIG. 75 is a perspective view of the translucent plate, the screen sheet, the lower frame, and the light guide member as viewed from the front. FIG. 76 is a perspective view of the translucent plate, the screen sheet, the lower frame, the LED substrate, and the light guide member as viewed from the front.

  FIG. 74 shows a state where the light guide member 1062 is removed from the assembled state of the translucent plate 1045, the screen sheet 1046, the lower frame UD100, the LED substrate 1061, and the light guide member 1062. . In FIG. 75, the light transmission plate 1045, the screen sheet 1046, the lower frame UD100, and the light guide member 1062 are shown in the vicinity of the light guide member 1062 in a state where the positions of the lower frame UD100 are slightly shifted from the assembled state. Is shown enlarged. In FIG. 76, the vicinity of the light guide member 1062 is enlarged in a state where the translucent plate 1045, the screen sheet 1046, the lower frame UD100, the LED substrate 1061, and the light guide member 1062 are cut in a horizontal plane. As shown.

  As shown in FIG. 66, the indirect illumination unit 1060 is disposed along each of the right side UD100c and the left side UD100d of the lower frame UD100, and each indirect illumination unit 1060 has a bilaterally symmetric configuration. Yes.

  As shown in FIG. 74, the indirect lighting unit 1060 includes an LED substrate 1061 and a light guide member 1062.

  The LED substrate 1061 is disposed substantially parallel to the side surface portion 1045c on the slightly left side of the right side portion UD100c of the lower frame UD100 and the slightly right side of the left side portion UD100d (slightly inside the side surface portion 1045c of the translucent plate 1045). . A plurality of LEDs 1061a are provided on the LED board 1061 at equal intervals in the vertical direction. Specifically, the LED 1061a of the LED board 1061 disposed in the vicinity of the right side UD100c is installed so as to emit light in the right direction, and the LED 1061a of the LED board 1061 disposed in the vicinity of the left side UD100d is in the left direction. It is installed to emit light. The LED substrate 1061 is disposed so that a part thereof overlaps with the side surface portion 1045c of the translucent plate 1045 in a side view, but the installation position of the LED 1061a is behind the rear end of the side surface portion 1045c. In addition, the light emitted from the LED 1061a is not blocked by the side surface portion 1045c. Note that the LED substrate 1061 is disposed slightly apart from the side surface portion 1045c.

  The light guide member 1062 is a member having substantially the same height as the right side portion UD100c and the left side portion UD100d of the lower frame UD100, and a plurality of openings 1062a opening inward are formed in the vertical direction. The light guide member 1062 is formed with screw holes 1062b in the upper part and the lower part, and the light guide member 1062 is fixed to the LED board 1061 by screws inserted through the screw holes 1061b formed in the LED board 1061. Is done. Thereby, the light emitted from the LED 1061 a passes through the opening 1062 a and enters the light guide member 1062.

  The light guide member 1062 is fixed to the lower frame UD100 by screws inserted through the screw holes 1062c formed in the upper portion thereof and the screw holes UD100f formed in the right side portion UD100c (left side portion UD100d) of the lower frame UD100. Is done.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 75, the light guide member 1062 has a plurality of openings 1062d that open in the forward direction in the vertical direction. The opening 1062a shown in FIG. 74 and the opening 1062d shown in FIG. 75 communicate with each other inside the light guide member 1062. Further, a plurality of openings UD100g penetrating in the front-rear direction are formed in the right side UD100c (left side UD100d) of the lower frame UD100. Thereby, in a state where the light guide member 1062 is attached to the lower frame UD100, the opening 1062d of the light guide member 1062 and the opening UD100g of the lower frame UD100 communicate with each other.

  As shown in FIG. 76, the inside of the light guide member 1062 is a reflector that changes the traveling direction of the light emitted from the LED 1061a. The light emitted from the LED 1061a passes through the opening 1062a of the light guide member 1062 and enters the light guide member 1062, and then changes the traveling direction from sideways to forward, and passes through the opening 1062d of the light guide member 1062. Then, it is discharged forward from the opening UD100g of the right side UD100c (left side UD100d). The arrows in FIG. 76 indicate the traveling direction of the light emitted from the LED 1061a.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 76, the right side portion UD100c (left side portion UD100d) of the lower frame UD100 is in contact with the side surface portion 1045c of the translucent plate 1045. The rear end of the right side UD100c (left side UD100d) and the rear end of the side surface 1045c are substantially the same in the front-rear direction, and the length in the front-rear direction of the right side UD100c (left side UD100d) is It is shorter than the length of the part 1045c in the front-rear direction. Although not shown, a cabinet G is disposed on the back side of the right side UD100c (left side UD100d) of the lower frame UD100. The front end of the cabinet G (side wall G2) is close to (substantially abuts) the rear end of the right side UD100c (left side UD100d), and the side wall G2 of the cabinet G and the right side UD100c (left side UD100d) are: Positioned on substantially the same plane.

  The indirect lighting unit 1060 is disposed along the side surface portion 1045c of the light transmitting plate 1045 so as to have the above positional relationship with the peripheral members. Then, the light emitted from the LED 1061a is emitted forward along the side surface portion 1045c of the translucent plate 1045. As described with reference to FIG. 72, the side surface portion 1045c of the translucent plate 1045 is not covered with the screen sheet 1046, and no image is displayed on the portion (the hatched portion in FIG. 72). Such an impression can be given to the player. In the present embodiment, the portion where the image is displayed and the image are displayed due to the light emitted from the LED 1061a being emitted from the portion where the image is not displayed (along the side surface portion 1045c of the translucent plate 1045). By emphasizing the boundary with the part that is not performed, it is possible to give the player a more remarkable impression that the image is raised.

<Attaching the upper door mechanism UD to the cabinet G>
FIG. 77 is a perspective view of the upper door mechanism, the hook portion, and the front-side protruding member as seen from the rear. FIG. 78 is a perspective view of the upper door mechanism, the hook portion, and the front side protruding member as seen from the side. FIG. 79 is a perspective view of the cabinet, the hook portion, and the front side protruding member as seen from the side. FIG. 80 is a right side view of a cross section of the upper door mechanism, cabinet, hook portion, and front-side protruding member. FIG. 81 is a perspective view of the upper door mechanism as viewed from below. FIG. 82 is a perspective view of the upper door mechanism and the lower door mechanism as viewed from the front. FIG. 83 is a perspective view of the upper door mechanism and the lower door mechanism as seen from the rear.

  FIG. 77 shows a state in which the hook portion UD120 and the front side protruding member G120 are removed from the upper door mechanism UD. In FIG. 78, the hook portion UD120 is shown attached to the upper door mechanism UD, and the front side protruding member G120 is shown removed from the upper door mechanism UD. FIG. 79 shows a state in which the hook portion UD120 and the front side protruding member G120 are attached to the cabinet G. FIG. 80 shows a state in which the upper door mechanism UD, the cabinet G, the hook portion UD120, and the front-side protruding member G120 are cut by a vertical plane in the front-rear direction when the upper door mechanism UD is closed with respect to the cabinet G. ing. For easy understanding, in FIG. 80, the hook portion UD120 and the front side protruding member G120 are indicated by hatching. FIG. 81 shows a state in which the constituent elements of the upper door mechanism UD are assembled. FIG. 82 shows a state in which the upper door mechanism UD and the lower door mechanism DD are not assembled and viewed from different directions, and the lower door mechanism DD is observed from an angle closer to the side. doing. FIG. 83 shows a state where the upper door mechanism UD and the lower door mechanism DD are closed with respect to the cabinet G.

  The upper door mechanism UD is attached to the cabinet G by the hook portion UD120 and the front side protruding member G120.

  As shown in FIGS. 77 and 78, the hook portion UD120 is a member that protrudes rearward from the upper frame UD110, and a notch UD120b that is open downward is formed in the main surface UD120a. A screw hole UD120c is formed in a surface orthogonal to the main surface UD120a of the hook portion UD120, and the hook portion UD120 is attached to the upper frame UD110 by screw fastening. By fixing hook part UD120 to upper frame UD110, main surface UD120a is arranged along the front-rear direction.

  The front-side protruding member G120 includes a horizontally disposed main surface G120a, a front end center portion G120b formed by bending the vicinity of the center of the front end of the main surface G120a upward, and a right side of the front end of the main surface G120a being bent upward. The front end right side G120c formed, the front end left side G120d formed by bending the front end left side of the main surface G120a upward, and the front end of the main surface G120a upward between the front end center part G120b and the front end right side G120c And a left placement portion G120f formed by bending the front end of the main surface G120a upward and backward between the right placement portion G120e formed by bending back and the front end central portion G120b and the front end left side portion G120d. And a rear side part formed by bending the rear part of both the left end and the right end of the main surface G120a downward. Includes a 120g, the.

  The front end right part G120c and the front end left part G120d are formed behind the front end center part G120b, and the heights of the front end center part G120b, the front end right part G120c, and the front end left part G120d are substantially the same. Further, the right mounting part G120e and the left mounting part G120f are formed behind the front end right side part G120c and the front end left side part G120d, respectively, and the heights of the right mounting part G120e and the left mounting part G120f are respectively These heights are substantially the same, and the heights thereof are higher than the heights of the front end central portion G120b, the front end right portion G120c, and the front end left portion G120d. Further, the right placement part G120e and the left placement part G120f have horizontally arranged surfaces.

  A screw hole G120h is formed in the rear side part G120g, and the front side protruding member G120 is attached to the side wall G2 of the cabinet G from the inside by a screw inserted through the screw hole G120h. 79 and 80, the front side protruding member G120 is fixed to the cabinet G, so that the front portion of the main surface UD120a (front end center portion G120b, front end right side portion G120c, front end left side portion G120d, right side) The mounting part G120e and the left mounting part G120f) protrude forward from the cabinet G.

  On the other hand, the inner surface of the side wall G2 of the cabinet G is provided with an inner surface side protruding member G2a (for example, a screw screwed into the inner surface of the side wall G2) that protrudes inward, and the hook portion UD120. The notch UD120b is hooked on the inner surface side protruding member G2a. Thereby, the hook part UD120 is locked to the cabinet G.

  As shown in FIG. 81, the lower frame UD100 includes a lower side surface UD100h as a surface facing the lower side of the bottom plate UD100a (see FIG. 69). A plurality of downward projecting portions UD100i projecting downward are formed on the lower side surface UD100h. The downward protruding portion UD100i has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape, and extends forward from the rear end of the lower side surface UD100h. A screw hole UD100e (see FIG. 69) is formed at the rear end of the downward projecting portion UD100i.

  As shown in FIG. 82, the lower door mechanism DD includes an upper plate DD100 horizontally disposed in the left-right direction at the upper portion thereof. As shown in FIG. 83, in a state where the upper door mechanism UD and the lower door mechanism DD are closed with respect to the cabinet G, the rear edge DD100a of the upper plate DD100 is formed of the lower protrusion UD100i formed on the lower frame UD100. It is close (substantially abutting) with the front end.

  Since the upper door mechanism UD and the lower door mechanism DD are configured as described above, when the upper door mechanism UD is attached to the cabinet G (the upper door mechanism UD is closed with respect to the cabinet G), first, the upper frame While placing the lower side surface of the upper wall of the UD 110 on the upper surfaces of the right mounting portion G120e and the left mounting portion G120f of the front surface side protruding member G120, the notch UD120b of the hook portion UD120 is hooked on the inner surface side protruding member G2a. By closing the lower door mechanism DD with respect to the cabinet G in this state, the rear end edge DD100a of the upper plate DD100 of the lower door mechanism DD hits the lower protrusion UD100i of the lower frame UD100, and the upper door mechanism UD is pushed backward. It is. As a result, the upper door mechanism UD is also closed with respect to the cabinet G.

  In the present embodiment, since the upper door mechanism UD can be closed as described above, the upper door mechanism UD is not provided with a hinge for connecting to the cabinet G. When the hinge is provided, the range in which an image can be displayed on the side portion of the gaming machine is limited. However, in the gaming machine 1 according to the present embodiment, the upper portion is increased by the amount of no hinge. A wide range in the door mechanism UD can be secured as an image display area. Specifically, the range extending to the rear end of the screen sheet 1046 (the rear ends of the left and right curved portions 1045b of the translucent plate 1045) is included in the irradiation range of the light projected from the projector 9020 in the left-right direction. Is possible. Thereby, powerful presentation by a large screen can be performed.

  Three screens, a screen sheet 1046, a screen sheet 1056, and a screen sheet 1057, are provided. As in the third embodiment, information indicating an image displayed on each screen is converted into one image data. If included (see FIGS. 62 and 63), an image can be displayed on each of the three screens by using the one image data.

  When the upper door mechanism UD is closed as described above, a slight gap is formed between the upper door mechanism UD and the cabinet G (see FIG. 80), but foreign matter enters from the gap. Even if it is a case, it can prevent that the said foreign material penetrate | invades from the inside of the cabinet G because the front side protrusion member G120 exists.

[Fifth Embodiment]
The first to fourth embodiments have been described above. Hereinafter, a fifth embodiment will be described. The basic configuration of the gaming machine 1 according to the fifth embodiment is the same as that of the gaming machine 1 according to the first to fourth embodiments. In the following, the same components as those of the gaming machine 1 according to the first embodiment to the fourth embodiment will be described with the same reference numerals. In addition, the description of the portions in the first embodiment to the fourth embodiment where the description applies also in the fifth embodiment will be omitted.

<Light irradiation range and screen position>
FIG. 84 is a perspective view of the gaming machine with the upper door mechanism and the lower door mechanism removed, as viewed from the front. FIG. 85 is a perspective view of a state in which light is projected from the projector device as seen from the side.

  As shown in FIG. 84, the irradiation unit B is arranged inside the cabinet G. Similarly to the first embodiment (see FIG. 6), the irradiation unit B includes a projector device B2 that emits irradiation light, a mirror mechanism B3 that reflects the irradiation light emitted from the projector device B2, a projector device B2, and a mirror. And a projector cover B1 that houses the mechanism B3.

  The configuration of the projector cover B1 is different from that of the first embodiment, and the reflector holding portion B11 (see FIG. 10) is formed above the projector device B2 instead of in front of the projector device B2 (see FIG. 88). . Similar to the first embodiment, a mirror mechanism B3 is provided on the inner side surface of the reflector holding portion B11, and the mirror mechanism B3 can reflect the light projected from the projector device B2. (See FIG. 7).

  In the present embodiment, the mirror mechanism B3 (optical mirror B32) corresponds to the shape and formation position of the reflector holding portion B11, and the posture of the projector device B2 is such that the rear is lower than the front. Arranged above. The configuration of the mirror mechanism B3 itself is the same as that of the first embodiment, and a detailed description thereof is omitted.

  The projector device B2 is fixed to the projector cover B1 in such a posture that the rear side is lower than the front side (the steeper inclination than the optical mirror B32).

  As a result, the light projected upward from the projector device B2 is reflected forward by the mirror mechanism B3 (optical mirror B32) (see FIG. 85). In FIG. 85, the light irradiation range is indicated by oblique lines. Similar to the fourth embodiment, all the light that has been reflected by the mirror mechanism B3 (optical mirror B32) and traveled forward reaches the upper door mechanism UD. The upper door mechanism UD has the same configuration as that of the fourth embodiment, and the light projected from the projector device B2 is a screen sheet 1046, a screen sheet 1056, and a screen sheet 1057 (see FIGS. 65 to 68). Each of these is incident from behind (back side), and an image is displayed on the front side (display surface) of these screen sheets.

<Adjustment of traveling direction of irradiation light>
FIG. 86 is a perspective view of the irradiation unit as seen from the side. FIG. 87 is a perspective view of the irradiation unit as seen from the rear.

  As described in the first embodiment, the projector device B2 is attached to the projector cover B1 via the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 while being covered by the case B22 (see FIG. 12).

  Specifically, square holes 2201c are respectively provided in the right side portion and the left side portion of the upper base B220 (see FIG. 13). The upper pedestal B220 is attached to the projector cover B1 by a mounting screw T (see FIG. 16) inserted into the square hole 2201c. FIG. 16 shows a state in which the mounting screw T is inserted from below the square hole 2201c. In this embodiment, the mounting screw T is from above the square hole 2201c (the screw head is on the upper back side). Inserted). The upper pedestal B220 may be attached to another member fixed inside the cabinet G instead of the projector cover B1.

  The lower pedestal B221 is provided with a plurality of screw holes 2214 for screwing the case B22 (see FIG. 12), and the case B22 is attached to the lower pedestal B221 from below by screw fastening. It is done. The configuration of the case B22 is not particularly limited, but in the present embodiment, a case B22 (see FIG. 22) having a rectangular parallelepiped box shape is employed. The case B22 houses a lens unit B21 (see FIG. 12), which is an internal component of the projector device B2, an LED board, a DMD board, a heat sink, an intake fan, and the like. (See FIG. 12) is fixed.

  Here, the square hole 2201c formed in the upper pedestal B220 has a vertical and horizontal inner diameter dimension larger than the screw shaft diameter of the mounting screw T. Thereby, the attachment position with respect to projector cover B1 of projector apparatus B2 can be adjusted now in the left-right direction and the front-back direction. The details of the method for adjusting the mounting position of the projector device B2 are the same as those described with reference to FIG.

  The upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 are connected to each other at three connection portions R1, R2, and R3 corresponding to the three connection holes 2200A and the three connection screw portions 2210 (see FIGS. 12 and 14). . As a result, the upper base B220 and the lower base B221 can adjust the distance between each other in each of the connecting portions R1, R2, and R3. The connecting portions R1, R2, and R3 are arranged so as not to be positioned on the same straight line in a plane (horizontal plane) along the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, and are connected to the upper portions of the connecting portions R1, R2, and R3. By appropriately changing the distance between the base B220 and the lower base B221, it is possible to adjust the inclination of the lower base B221 in the three-dimensional space with respect to the upper base B220. The details of the method for adjusting the distance between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 in each of the connecting portions R1, R2, and R3 are as described with reference to FIG.

  By using the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the in-plane position of the upper pedestal B220 with respect to the projector cover B1 can be appropriately adjusted, and the projector device B2 can be disposed at an appropriate position. . In addition, the inclination of the lower pedestal B221 relative to the upper pedestal B220 can be adjusted as appropriate, and the posture of the case B22 supported by the lower pedestal B221 (such as the lens unit B21 that is an internal component of the projector device B2) can be adjusted. It can be appropriate. As described above, the projector device B2 is configured to change the position and orientation in the cabinet G and adjust the emission position, traveling direction, and irradiation range of the irradiation light.

  As shown in FIG. 86, the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 are arranged behind the projector cover B1. The projector cover B1 has a shape in which the rear of the upper base B220 and the lower base B221 is opened. Thereby, connection part R1, R2, R3 of upper side base B220 and lower side base B221 is the state exposed toward back. Moreover, although not shown in figure, the attachment screw T (refer FIG. 16) inserted in the square hole 2201c of upper side base B220 is also the state exposed toward back.

  As shown in FIG. 87, a reflector holding portion B11 of the projector cover B1 is disposed above the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221. The projector cover B1 has a shape in which an upper part and a rear part of the reflector holding part B11 are opened.

  An angle adjustment hole B111 (see FIG. 9) is formed in the reflector holding portion B11, and a screw (not shown) is inserted into the angle adjustment hole B111 from the upper side (back side). As described in the first embodiment, the distance between the reflector holding part B11 and the mirror mechanism B3 can be changed by loosening or tightening the screw. As a result, the position (posture) of the optical mirror B32 held on the inner side surface of the reflector holding part B11 is changed, and the reflection angle of the irradiation light emitted from the projector device B2 (the traveling direction of the irradiation light after reflection) is adjusted. Is possible.

<Operation Window G10 and Closing Lid G100>
FIG. 88 is a longitudinal sectional view of the cabinet. FIG. 89 is an exploded perspective view of the irradiation unit, the closing lid, and the back wall of the cabinet. FIG. 90 is a rear view of the gaming machine with the closing lid removed from the rear wall. FIG. 91 is a partially enlarged view around the operation window in the gaming machine shown in FIG. FIG. 92 is an exploded perspective view of the closure lid and the back wall of the cabinet. FIG. 93 is an exploded perspective view of the closure lid and the back wall of the cabinet. FIG. 94 is a partially enlarged view of the periphery of the operation window in the gaming machine with the closing lid attached to the back wall.

  As shown in FIG. 88, in a state where the irradiation unit B is arranged inside the cabinet G, the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 are arranged behind the cabinet G, and the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 are arranged. The connecting portions R1, R2, and R3 are positioned so as to face the closing lid G100 attached to the cabinet G (back wall G3). Although not shown, the mounting screw T inserted into the square hole 2201c of the upper base B220 is also positioned so as to face the closing lid G100. A space where no other member exists is formed behind the upper base B220.

  In addition, a reflector holding portion B11 of the projector cover B1 is disposed at the upper rear portion of the cabinet G. A space where no other member exists is formed above and behind the reflector holding portion B11, and the space is connected to the rear space of the upper base B220. In FIG. 88, the irradiation range of the light projected from the projector device B2 is indicated by hatching.

  The irradiation unit B is attached to the back wall G3 by screw fastening. As shown in FIG. 87, screw holes B100a to B100d for inserting screws are formed in the rear part of the projector cover B1. In a state where the irradiation unit B is attached to the back wall G3, a surface B110a in which the screw hole B100a is formed, a surface B110b in which the screw hole B100b is formed, and a surface B110c in which the screw holes B100c and d are formed. , Respectively, abut on the inner side surface (front side surface) of the back wall G3. These surfaces B110a-c are formed separately from each other, whereby the projector cover B1 has a shape in which the rear space of the upper base B220 and the upper and rear spaces of the reflector holding portion B11 are opened. ing.

  As shown in FIG. 89, an operation window G10 is formed on the back wall G3 of the cabinet G. The operation window G10 is formed as an opening through which the inside can be visually recognized from the outside of the cabinet G. The operation window G10 can be closed by a closing lid G100.

  As shown in FIG. 90, when the closure lid G100 is removed from the rear wall G3, when viewed from the rear, the connecting portions R1, R2 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 via the operation window G10. , R3 (especially nut 2213, see FIG. 17) and the head (not shown) of the mounting screw T inserted into the square hole 2201c of the upper base B220 can be seen through the operation window G10. Thereby, the nut 2213 can be operated from the outside of the cabinet G, and the attitude of the projector device B2 can be adjusted by appropriately turning the nut 2213. Further, by operating the mounting screw T from the outside of the cabinet G, the position of the mounting screw T within the opening range of the square hole 2201c formed in the upper base B220 can be moved, and the position of the projector device B2 Can be adjusted.

  As shown in FIG. 91, when the vicinity of the operation window G10 is looked up from the lower rear side with the closing lid G100 removed from the back wall G3, the angle of the reflector holding portion B11 is passed through the operation window G10. The head of the screw (not shown) inserted through the adjustment hole B111 can also be visually recognized. Thereby, the said screw can be operated from the exterior of the cabinet G, and the attitude | position of the mirror mechanism B3 can be adjusted by turning the said screw suitably.

  Hereinafter, the structure of the operation window G10 and the closing lid G100 will be described. FIG. 92 shows a state in which the operation window G10 and the closing lid G100 are viewed obliquely from the rear. FIG. 93 shows a state in which the operation window G10 and the closing lid G100 are viewed obliquely from the front.

  As shown in FIG. 92, the operation window G10 includes an opening G10a formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape as a through-hole penetrating in the front-rear direction, and an outer surface (rear side) of the rear wall G3 of the cabinet G at the periphery of the opening G10a. Peripheral edge G10b formed so as to have a B-shaped surface at a position recessed with respect to the surface of the outer peripheral surface), four screw holes G10c formed in the peripheral edge G10b, the outer edge of the peripheral edge G10b and the back wall And a connecting portion G10d that connects the outer surface of G3. As shown in FIG. 93, the peripheral edge G10b is not visible from the front, but since the screw hole G10c penetrates the back wall G3, it can also be confirmed from the front. In FIG. A mode that the screw hole G10c is formed in the side is shown.

  In other words, the operation window G10 configured as described above has a shape in which an opening is formed by forming a recessed portion that is recessed with respect to the outer surface of the back wall G3 and penetrating most of the recessed portion. Have. The opening corresponds to the opening G10a, and the portion of the recess where no opening is formed corresponds to the peripheral edge G10b. The peripheral portion G10b is formed as a flat surface (surface in the vertical direction) substantially parallel to the outer surface of the back wall G3, and the connection portion G10d is formed as a flat surface in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction.

  The closing lid G100 is configured as a plate-shaped member, and includes a back surface G100a formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape, a front surface G100b formed on the opposite side of the back surface G100a, and four bosses provided on the front surface G100b. A portion G100c and a peripheral portion G100d formed so as to be directed forward from the peripheral edge of the back surface G100a. The back surface G100a and the front surface G100b are formed as flat surfaces in the vertical direction.

  The outer shape of the closing lid G100 (rear surface G100a) is substantially the same as the outer shape of the peripheral edge portion G10b of the operation window G10 (similar shape slightly smaller than the peripheral edge portion G10b), and from the opening G10a of the operation window G10. Is also getting bigger. Thus, the opening G10a of the operation window G10 can be closed by fitting the closing lid G100 into the recess (attaching the closing lid G100 to the back wall G3 so as to fill the recess). It has become.

  More specifically, when the closing lid G100 is arranged so that the peripheral edge G100d of the closing lid G100 is along the connection portion G10d of the operation window G10, the four screw holes G10c of the operation window G10 and the closing lid The four boss portions G100c of the lid G100 overlap each other, and the screw holes G10c are positioned in front of the boss portions G100c. In this state, the closing lid G100 is attached to the cabinet G (rear wall G3) by screwing a screw inserted through the screw hole G10c from the front side (inside the cabinet G) into a hole formed in the boss portion G100c. It is done. Accordingly, the opening G10a of the operation window G10 is closed by the closing lid G100. Since the screw for fastening the closing lid G100 to the back wall G3 is screwed from the inside of the cabinet G (so that the screw head is positioned inside the cabinet G), security for the inside of the cabinet G is secured. Can be secured.

  In adjusting the positions and postures of the projector device B2 and the mirror mechanism B3, the screws that fasten the closing lid G100 and the back wall G3 with the upper door mechanism UD and the lower door mechanism DD opened are used. What is necessary is just to cancel | release the said screw fastening by operating from the front side and turning suitably. Accordingly, the closing lid G100 can be removed from the back wall G3, and the operation window G10 (opening G10a) closed by the closing lid G100 can appear. In this state, from the outside (rear side) of the cabinet G through the opening G10a, the attachment inserted into the connecting portions R1, R2, R3 of the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 and the square holes 2201c of the upper pedestal B220 By operating the screw T and the screw inserted into the angle adjustment hole B111 of the projector cover B1 (reflector holding part B11), the positions and postures of the projector device B2 and the mirror mechanism B3 can be adjusted.

  Here, in the closing lid G100, the length from the front surface G100b to the front end of the peripheral portion G100d (protruding length forward of the peripheral portion G100d when using the front surface G100b as a reference) and the tip of the boss portion G100c from the front surface G100b (The height of the boss part G100c) is equal. Therefore, when the closing lid G100 is arranged so that the front end of the peripheral edge G100d of the closing lid G100 contacts the peripheral edge G10b of the operation window G10, the tip of the boss G100c of the closing lid G100 is also used for the operation. It will contact | abut to the peripheral part G10b of the window G10.

  FIG. 94 shows a state in which the closing lid G100 is arranged in such a state. In FIG. 94, the shaded portion indicates the closing lid G100 (front surface G100b), and the shaded portion indicates the back wall G3 (periphery of the opening G10a). A space S is formed between the shaded portion (front surface G100b of the closing lid G100) and the shaded portion (periphery of the opening G10a), and the width (length in the front-rear direction) of the space S is as described above. This corresponds to “the protruding length of the peripheral edge G100d to the front” and “the height of the boss G100c”.

  By adopting such a configuration, the closing lid G100 can be stably attached to the back wall G3, and the closing lid G100 (front end of the peripheral edge G100d) and the back wall G3 (operation window G10). It is possible to avoid the formation of a gap with the peripheral edge portion G10b) and to prevent an illegal act from being performed through the gap.

  Further, the peripheral edge G10b of the operation window G10 is formed to have a step with respect to the outer surface of the back wall G3 by the length in the front-rear direction of the connection part G10d. The length in the front-rear direction of the portion G100d (the length protruding forward of the peripheral portion G100d with respect to the back surface G100a) is substantially the same as the length in the front-rear direction of the connection portion G10d of the operation window G10 (operation window). It is slightly shorter than the length in the front-rear direction of the connecting portion G10d of G10). The length in the front-rear direction of the peripheral portion G100d of the closing lid G100 and the length in the front-rear direction of the connection portion G10d of the operation window G10 are constant over the entire circumference. As a result, in the state in which the closing lid G100 is attached to the back wall G3, the back surface G100a of the closing lid G100 constitutes substantially the same plane as the outside surface of the back wall G3 (slightly more than the outside surface of the back wall G3). The presence of the closing lid G100 is difficult to recognize in appearance.

  The gaming machine 1 according to the fifth embodiment has been described as an embodiment of the present invention.

  2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines capable of producing effects by using a projector are known (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 6-035066 and 2009-240459). According to such a gaming machine, a video for a game is projected from a projector onto a projection surface such as a screen, so that the video is displayed on a screen or the like instead of the liquid crystal display device.

  However, conventionally, in a gaming machine equipped with such a projector, once the projector is fixed inside the gaming machine, it has been difficult to finely adjust the projector thereafter.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of adjusting the projector with the projector mounted inside.

  In this regard, the gaming machine 1 according to the fifth embodiment has the following features.

(10-1) a screen (screen sheet 1046, screen sheet 1056, and screen sheet 1057);
A projector that projects light for displaying an image on the screen (an internal component of the projector device B2 (lens unit B21 or the like));
Adjustment parts for adjusting the traveling direction of light projected by the projector (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the mirror mechanism B3 attachment part to the reflector holding part B11),
A housing portion (cabinet G) for housing the projector,
The accommodation portion is provided with an opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) at a position where the adjustment portion can be operated from the outside, and a closing member (closing lid G100) capable of closing the opening is attached. Yes,
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the fifth embodiment, the housing (cabinet G) that houses the projector (the internal components of the projector device B2 (lens unit B21, etc.)) has the projector (the internal components of the projector device B2). (Lens unit B21, etc.)) for adjusting the traveling direction of the light projected by the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 of the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1 An opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is provided at a position where the attachment portion, the attachment portion of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding portion B11, and the like can be operated from the outside, and the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10). A closing member (closing lid G100) is attached. Therefore, by removing the closing member (closing lid G100) from the housing part (cabinet G), the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) closed by the closing member (closing lid G100) appears. From the outside of the housing part (cabinet G) through the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10), the adjustment parts (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper base B220 and the lower base B221) , The attachment portion of the upper base B220 to the projector cover B1, the attachment portion of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding portion B11, etc.) can be operated. Thereby, even after the projector (internal component (lens unit B21, etc.) of the projector device B2) is fixed inside the housing (cabinet G), the projector (internal component (lens unit B21 of the projector device B2)). Etc.)) in the state of being attached to the inside of the housing part (cabinet G), the adjusting parts (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper base B220 and the lower base B221 from the outside of the housing part (cabinet G), the upper side By operating the mounting part of the pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the mounting part of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding part B11, etc., it is projected by the projector (internal component (lens unit B21, etc.) of the projector device B2). It is possible to adjust the traveling direction of the light.

(10-2) Screen (screen sheet 1046, screen sheet 1056, and screen sheet 1057);
A projector that projects light for displaying an image on the screen (an internal component of the projector device B2 (lens unit B21 or the like));
Adjustment parts for adjusting the traveling direction of light projected by the projector (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the mirror mechanism B3 attachment part to the reflector holding part B11),
A main body (cabinet G) that houses the projector and has an opening on the front surface;
An open / close door (upper door mechanism UD) that is attached to the main body portion so as to be openable and closable, and that is provided with a display area for allowing an image displayed on the screen to be visible.
In addition to the front surface, the main body is provided with an opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) at a position where the adjustment unit can be operated from the outside, and a closing member (closing lid) that can close the opening. G100) is attached,
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the fifth embodiment, the main body (cabinet G) that houses the projector (internal constituent elements of the projector apparatus B2 (lens unit B21, etc.)) has the projector (internal constituent elements of the projector apparatus B2). (Lens unit B21, etc.)) for adjusting the traveling direction of the light projected by the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 of the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1 An opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is provided at a position where the attachment portion, the attachment portion of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding portion B11, and the like can be operated from the outside, and the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10). ) Is closed (closure lid G100). Therefore, by removing the closing member (closing lid G100) from the main body (cabinet G), the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) closed by the closing member (closing lid G100) appears. From the outside of the main body (cabinet G) through the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10), the adjustment parts (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 of the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221) , The attachment portion of the upper base B220 to the projector cover B1, the attachment portion of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding portion B11, and the like can be operated. Thereby, even after the projector (internal component (lens unit B21, etc.) of the projector device B2) is fixed inside the main body (cabinet G), the projector (internal component (lens unit B21 of the projector device B2)). Etc.)) in the state of being attached to the inside of the main body (cabinet G), from the outside of the main body (cabinet G), the adjustment parts (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper base B220 and the lower base B221, the upper side By operating the mounting part of the pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the mounting part of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding part B11, etc., it is projected by the projector (internal component (lens unit B21, etc.) of the projector device B2). It is possible to adjust the traveling direction of the light.

(10-3) The gaming machine of (10-2),
The closing member (closing lid G100) is attached to the main body by screwing from the inside of the main body.
It is characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the fifth embodiment, the closing member (closing lid G100) is attached to the main body (cabinet G) by screwing from the inside of the main body (cabinet G). Therefore, in order to remove the closing member (closing lid G100) from the main body (cabinet G), it is necessary to release the screwing from the inside of the main body (cabinet G). Thereby, it is possible to avoid the removal of the closing member (closing lid G100) from the outside of the main body (cabinet G), while ensuring security for the inside of the main body (cabinet G), It is possible to prevent an illegal act from being performed outside the main body (cabinet G).

  In the present invention, the method of attaching the closing member (closing lid G100) to the main body (cabinet G) is not particularly limited, and the closing member (closing lid G100) is attached from the inside of the main body (cabinet G). May be attached to the main body (cabinet G), or may be attached to the main body (cabinet G) by screwing from the outside of the main body (cabinet G). Further, the closing member (closing lid G100) may be attached to the main body (cabinet G) by a method other than screwing. For example, a guide member for allowing the closing member (closing lid G100) to slide (slide) along the wall surface (inner surface or outer surface of the back wall G3) of the main body (cabinet G) is used as the cabinet G ( A rail-like shape may be formed inside or outside the back wall G3), and the closing member (closing lid G100) may be locked on the guide member. When the closing member (closing lid G100) slides in the left-right direction (or front-rear direction) on the guide member, the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is closed and the opening (operation window). If it is configured such that the open state in which the opening G10a) of the G10 is opened can be switched, it is possible to operate the adjusting unit from the outside of the main body (cabinet G) in the open state, as in the fifth embodiment. In addition, the traveling direction of the light projected by the projector can be adjusted. In view of such an effect, in the present invention, the configuration of the closing member (closing lid G100) is not essential, and the closing member (closing lid G100) is not attached to the main body (cabinet G), and the main body You may comprise so that the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) provided in (cabinet G) may be in the state always opened.

  In the fifth embodiment, it has been described that the opening G10a of the operation window G10 is formed on the back wall G3 of the cabinet G and the closing lid G10 is attached. In the present invention, an opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is provided on any wall surface (for example, the back wall G3, the side wall G2, the top wall G4, etc.) constituting the main body (cabinet G) and closed. It is possible to configure to attach a member (closing lid G100). For example, instead of the back wall G3 of the cabinet G, an opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) may be provided in the side wall G2 or the top wall G4, and a closing member (closing lid G100) may be attached. In the case of such a configuration, the adjusting portion (for example, the connecting portions R1, R2, R3 of the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment portion of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the reflector of the mirror mechanism B3) What is necessary is just to make it arrange | position to the side wall G2 or the upper surface wall G4 vicinity. When an opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is provided in the upper surface wall G4 and a closing member (closing lid G100) is attached, the opening G41 and the plate member G42 (see FIG. 1) are respectively connected to the operation window G10. May be employed as the opening G10a and the closing lid G10, or the configuration corresponding to the opening G10a and the closing lid G10 of the operation window G10 may be employed separately without forming the opening G41 and the plate member G42. It is good as well.

  Further, openings (openings G10a of the operation window G10) are provided in a plurality of wall surfaces (for example, two or three wall surfaces of the back wall G3, the side wall G2, and the top wall G4) of the main body (cabinet G). And a closing member (closing lid G100) may be attached. For example, an adjustment unit for adjusting the position (posture) of the projector device B2 (for example, the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 of the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, or the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1 Etc.) to adjust the position (posture) of the mirror mechanism B3 while providing the opening G10a of the operation window G10 on the back wall G3 of the cabinet G and attaching the closing lid G10. The opening G10a of the operation window G10 is provided on the upper surface wall G4 of the cabinet G and the closing lid G10 is attached so that the part (for example, the attachment part of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding part B11) can be operated from the outside. It is good as well.

  In addition, a plurality of openings (openings G10a of the operation window G10) are provided on one wall surface (for example, the back wall G3, the side wall G2, or the top wall G4) of the main body (cabinet G), and each opening is provided. It is good also as attaching the closure member (lid G100 for closure) which can be closed. For example, an adjustment unit for adjusting the position (posture) of the projector device B2 (for example, the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 of the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, or the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1 Etc.) is provided near the center of the rear wall G3 of the cabinet G and a first closing lid capable of closing the first opening is attached, while the mirror mechanism B3 A second opening is provided above the first opening so that an adjustment part for adjusting the position (posture) (for example, a part attached to the reflector holding part B11 of the mirror mechanism B3) can be operated from the outside. It is good also as attaching the 2nd lid | cover for closure which can block | close the 2nd opening while providing. In the case of providing a plurality of openings, it is possible to attach as many closing members that can individually close each opening, or to attach only one closing member that can simultaneously close a plurality of openings.

  When performing such adjustment from the outside of the main body (cabinet G), the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is opened from the outside of the main body (cabinet G) to facilitate the adjustment operation. When viewed, members to be adjusted (for example, nuts 2213 in the connecting portions R1, R2, and R3 of the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, and mounting screws T inserted into the square holes 2201c of the upper pedestal B220, It is desirable that the member is arranged so that a screw or the like inserted through the angle adjustment hole B111 of the reflector holding part B11 can be visually recognized through the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) (FIG. 90). reference). When a plurality of members to be adjusted are provided, all of the plurality of members are visible when the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is viewed from the outside of the main body (cabinet G). (For example, it is desirable that the entire upper pedestal B220 is visible). When a plurality of members to be adjusted are provided, for example, the opening (the opening G10a of the operation window G10) has a diameter larger than the distance between these members (the distance between the most distant members). It is good to do. This makes it easy to adjust these members. However, when the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is viewed from the outside of the main body (cabinet G), the member to be adjusted is visible through the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10). It is not essential to be. For example, when the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) from the outside of the main body (cabinet G) is viewed from the front, the angle adjustment hole B111 of the member to be adjusted (for example, the projector cover B1 (reflector holding part B11)). If the member can be seen when the angle is changed and the inside of the main body (cabinet G) is looked into even if the screw inserted through the is not visible (see FIG. 91), If a space in which no other member exists is formed between the member and the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10), the member can be operated from the outside. In the present invention, the member (adjustment screw, nut, etc.) to be adjusted and the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) may have such a positional relationship.

  In the embodiment described above, the interior of the cabinet G is partitioned into an upper space and a lower space by the intermediate support plate G1, and the display unit A (irradiation) is provided in the upper space (the space on the rear side of the upper door mechanism UD). While the unit B) is housed, the control board (main control board MS, sub-control device SS, etc.) is housed in the lower space (the space behind the lower door mechanism DD) (see FIG. 5). ). However, in the present invention, the interior of the main body (cabinet G) does not have to be partitioned into an upper space and a lower space, and a space in which a projector (irradiation unit B) is accommodated and a control board (main control board MS or sub-board). It is not necessary to distinguish the space in which the control device SS or the like is accommodated. For example, the control board (main control board MS or sub-control device SS) may be arranged in the rear space (see FIG. 88) of the reflector holding part B11 (mirror mechanism B3) of the projector cover B1. As a result, the space in the main body (cabinet G) can be used effectively, and the phenomenon that the heat generated from the control board (main control board MS or sub-control device SS) is trapped in the lower space can be alleviated. . In addition, the opening / closing door in the present invention may be composed of a plurality of doors (upper door mechanism UD and lower door mechanism DD), or may be composed of one door.

[Sixth Embodiment]
The first to fifth embodiments have been described above. The sixth embodiment will be described below. The basic configuration of the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment is the same as that of the gaming machine 1 according to the first to fifth embodiments. In the following, the same components as those of the gaming machine 1 according to the first embodiment to the fifth embodiment will be described with the same reference numerals. In addition, the description of the portions in the first embodiment to the fifth embodiment that are applicable in the sixth embodiment will be omitted.

<Overview of cabinet G>
FIG. 95 is a front view for explaining a schematic configuration inside the cabinet. 96 is an exploded perspective view showing a state where the reel unit is removed from the inside of the cabinet shown in FIG. FIG. 97 is a perspective view showing a state in which the irradiation unit is attached to the back wall of the cabinet.

  In the embodiment described above, the interior of the cabinet G is partitioned into an upper space and a lower space by the intermediate support plate G1, and the display unit A (irradiation unit B) is provided in the upper space (the space behind the upper door mechanism UD). ) Is accommodated while the control board (main control board MS, sub-control device SS, etc.) is accommodated in the lower space (the space behind the lower door mechanism DD) (FIGS. 4 and 5). reference). On the other hand, in the sixth embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 95 and 96, the intermediate support plate G1 is not provided, and a middle board 4000 is provided instead.

  The middle board 4000 is arranged slightly below the center in the vertical direction inside the cabinet G. A reel unit RU is mounted on the upper surface of the middle board 4000. That is, in the above-described embodiment, the reel unit RU is disposed below the intermediate support plate G1 (see FIG. 4), whereas in the present embodiment, the reel unit RU is disposed above the middle board 4000. Yes.

  In the embodiment described above, the upper door mechanism UD and the lower door mechanism DD are provided as doors for closing the opening in the cabinet G. However, in the present embodiment, the cabinet is formed by one door (front door). The entire opening in G is closed. Although not shown, a main display window DD4 (see FIG. 3) is provided at the approximate center of the front door in the vertical direction. The formation position of the main display window DD4 and the arrangement position of the reel unit RU (reel RL) are substantially the same in a front view. As described above, the reels RL, RC, RR are connected via the main display window DD4. And the symbols drawn on the reels RL, RC, RR can be visually recognized.

  As shown in FIG. 97, the irradiation unit B is attached to the upper part of the back wall G3 of the cabinet G. Thereby, the irradiation unit B is arrange | positioned above the reel unit RU. 95 and 96 show a state where the irradiation unit B is removed from the inside of the cabinet G, and the illustration of the irradiation unit B is omitted. In FIG. 97, only the irradiation unit B and the back wall G3 are shown, and illustrations of components other than the irradiation unit B and the back wall G3 are omitted. As in the fifth embodiment, an operation window G10 is formed on the back wall G3, and the operation window G10 is closed by a closing lid G100 (see FIG. 89). The irradiation unit B is disposed in the front space of the closing lid G100.

  Although not shown, a main control board MS (see FIG. 4) is attached to the inner side surface of the right side wall G2R of the cabinet G, and the sub-control device SS ( 11) is attached. Thereby, the main control board MS is positioned on the right side of the irradiation unit B, and the sub-control device SS is positioned on the left side of the irradiation unit B.

  Similarly to the first embodiment (see FIG. 6), the irradiation unit B includes a projector device B2 that emits irradiation light, a mirror mechanism B3 that reflects the irradiation light emitted from the projector device B2, a projector device B2, and a mirror. And a projector cover B1 that houses the mechanism B3. The configuration of the projector cover B1 is different from that of the first embodiment, and the reflector holding portion B11 (see FIG. 10) is formed above the projector device B2 instead of in front of the projector device B2 (see FIG. 100). .

  Similar to the first embodiment, a mirror mechanism B3 is provided on the inner side surface of the reflector holding portion B11, and the mirror mechanism B3 can reflect the light projected from the projector device B2. (See FIG. 7). In the present embodiment, the mirror mechanism B3 (optical mirror B32) corresponds to the shape and formation position of the reflector holding portion B11, and the posture of the projector device B2 is such that the rear is lower than the front. Arranged above.

  The projector device B2 is fixed to the projector cover B1 in such a posture that the rear side is lower than the front side (the steeper inclination than the optical mirror B32). Thus, similarly to the fifth embodiment, the light projected from the projector device B2 and traveling upward is reflected forward by the mirror mechanism B3 (optical mirror B32) (see FIG. 85). The light that travels forward by being reflected by the mirror mechanism B3 (optical mirror B32) enters the screen (not shown) from the rear (back side), and an image is displayed on the front side (display surface) of the screen. Will be.

  As described above, the traveling path of the light projected from the projector device B2 is basically the same as that of the fifth embodiment. The screen may be provided inside the cabinet G like a cabinet-side screen 9040 (see FIG. 52), or the screen sheet 1046, the screen sheet 1056, and the screen sheet 1057 (see FIGS. 65 to 68). As such, it may be provided on the front door.

<Adjustment of traveling direction of irradiation light>
FIG. 98 is a perspective view of the irradiation unit as seen from the side. FIG. 99 is a perspective view of the irradiation unit as seen from the rear.

  As described in the first embodiment, the projector device B2 is attached to the projector cover B1 via the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 while being covered by the case B22 (see FIG. 12). Specifically, square holes 2201c are respectively provided in the right side portion and the left side portion of the upper base B220 (see FIG. 13). The upper pedestal B220 is attached to the projector cover B1 by a mounting screw T (see FIG. 16) inserted into the square hole 2201c. Similarly to the fifth embodiment, the mounting screw T is inserted from above the square hole 2201c (so that the screw head is on the upper back side).

  The lower pedestal B221 is provided with a plurality of screw holes 2214 for screwing the case B22 (see FIG. 12), and the case B22 is attached to the lower pedestal B221 from below by screw fastening. It is done. As the configuration of the case B22, as in the fifth embodiment, a case B22 (see FIG. 22) having a rectangular parallelepiped box shape is employed. The case B22 houses a lens unit B21 (see FIG. 12), an LED substrate, a DMD substrate, a heat sink, an intake fan, and the like, which are internal components of the projector device B2.

  Here, the square hole 2201c formed in the upper pedestal B220 has a vertical and horizontal inner diameter dimension larger than the screw shaft diameter of the mounting screw T. Thereby, the attachment position with respect to projector cover B1 of projector apparatus B2 can be adjusted now in the left-right direction and the front-back direction. The details of the method for adjusting the mounting position of the projector device B2 are the same as those described with reference to FIG.

  The upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 are connected to each other at three connection portions R1, R2, and R3 corresponding to the three connection holes 2200A and the three connection screw portions 2210 (see FIGS. 12 and 14). . As a result, the upper base B220 and the lower base B221 can adjust the distance between each other in each of the connecting portions R1, R2, and R3. Similarly to the fifth embodiment, by appropriately changing the distance between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 in each of the connecting portions R1, R2, and R3, the lower pedestal B221 with respect to the upper pedestal B220 in the three-dimensional space. It is possible to adjust the inclination. The details of the method for adjusting the distance between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 in each of the connecting portions R1, R2, and R3 are as described with reference to FIG.

  Further, the reflector holding part B11 and the mirror holder B31 are connected at three connection parts R4, R5, and R6. Although not shown, the reflector holding portion B11 has three holes similar to the connection hole 2200A, and the mirror holder B31 has three protrusion structures similar to the connection screw portion 2210. The connecting portions R4, R5, and R6 correspond to these three holes and three protruding structures, and have the same configuration as the connecting portions R1, R2, and R3.

  Thereby, reflector holding | maintenance part B11 and mirror holder B31 can adjust a mutual space | interval in each of connection part R4, R5, R6. In this regard, in the above-described embodiment, the screw inserted into the angle adjustment hole B111 (see FIG. 9) formed in the reflector holding part B11 is loosened or tightened to be held on the inner surface of the reflector holding part B11. In the above description, the position (posture) of the optical mirror B32 is changed. On the other hand, in this embodiment, the mirror holder B31 (optical mirror B32) with respect to the reflector holding part B11 is appropriately changed by changing the distance between the reflector holding part B11 and the mirror holder B31 in each of the connecting parts R4, R5, and R6. The inclination degree in the three-dimensional space can be adjusted.

  As described above, the projector device B2 is configured to change the position and orientation in the cabinet G and adjust the emission position, traveling direction, and irradiation range of the irradiation light. Further, the mirror mechanism B3 changes the position (posture) of the optical mirror B32 held on the inner surface of the reflector holding unit B11, and reflects the reflection angle of the irradiation light emitted from the projector device B2 (the progress of the irradiation light after reflection). (Direction) can be adjusted.

  As shown in FIG. 98, the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 are arranged behind the projector cover B1. The projector cover B1 has a shape in which the rear of the upper base B220 and the lower base B221 is opened. Thereby, connection part R1, R2, R3 of upper side base B220 and lower side base B221 is the state exposed toward back. Further, the mounting screw T inserted into the square hole 2201c of the upper base B220 is also exposed rearward.

  The projector cover plate B1000 is attached to the rear side of the projector cover B1, but the projector cover plate B1000 has a shape with an opening at the center, and the connecting portions R1, R2, R3, and attachments. The screw T faces the opening. That is, the connection portions R1, R2, R3 and the rear exposed state of the mounting screws T are not hindered by the projector cover plate B1000.

  As shown in FIG. 99, a reflector holding part B11 of the projector cover B1 is disposed above the upper base B220 and the lower base B221. The projector cover B1 has a shape in which an upper part and a rear part of the reflector holding part B11 are opened.

<Operation Window G10 and Closing Lid G100>
FIG. 100 is a longitudinal sectional view of the cabinet. FIG. 101 is an exploded perspective view of the irradiation unit, the closure lid, and the back wall of the cabinet. FIG. 102 is a rear view of the gaming machine with the closing lid removed from the rear wall. FIG. 103 is a partially enlarged view around the operation window in the gaming machine shown in FIG. FIG. 104 is an exploded perspective view of the closure lid and the back wall of the cabinet. FIG. 105 is an exploded perspective view of the closure lid and the back wall of the cabinet.

  As shown in FIG. 100, in the state where the irradiation unit B is arranged inside the cabinet G, the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 are arranged behind the cabinet G, and the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 The connecting portions R1, R2, and R3 are positioned so as to face the closing lid G100 attached to the cabinet G (back wall G3). Although not shown, the mounting screw T inserted into the square hole 2201c of the upper base B220 is also positioned so as to face the closing lid G100. A space where no other member exists is formed behind the upper base B220.

  In addition, a reflector holding portion B11 of the projector cover B1 is disposed at the upper rear portion of the cabinet G. A space where no other member exists is formed above and behind the reflector holding portion B11, and the space is connected to the rear space of the upper base B220.

  The projector cover B1 has the same external configuration as that of the fifth embodiment, and is attached to the back wall G3 via the projector cover plate B1000 disposed on the back side. Specifically, the projector cover plate B1000 is attached to the rear wall G3 by screw fastening, and the projector cover B1 is connected to the projector cover plate B1000 by screw fastening. Thereby, the whole irradiation unit B is being fixed with respect to the back wall G3.

  As described above, the projector cover plate B1000 has a shape in which an opening is provided in the central portion. Thereby, the irradiation unit B has a shape in which the rear space of the upper base B220 and the upper and rear spaces of the reflector holding portion B11 are opened. In FIG. 100, the projector cover plate B1000 and the side wall G2 of the cabinet G are not shown, and the irradiation range of the light projected from the projector device B2 is indicated by diagonal lines. FIG. 101 shows a state where the projector cover plate B1000 is removed from the irradiation unit B.

  As shown in FIG. 101, an operation window G <b> 10 is formed on the back wall G <b> 3 of the cabinet G. The operation window G10 is formed as an opening through which the inside can be visually recognized from the outside of the cabinet G. The operation window G10 can be closed by a closing lid G100.

  As shown in FIG. 102, when the closing lid G100 is removed from the rear wall G3, when viewed from the rear, the connecting portions R1, R2 between the upper base B220 and the lower base B221 are connected via the operation window G10. , R3 (especially nut 2213, see FIG. 17) and the head of the mounting screw T inserted into the square hole 2201c of the upper base B220 can be seen through the operation window G10. Thereby, the nut 2213 can be operated from the outside of the cabinet G, and the attitude of the projector device B2 can be adjusted by appropriately turning the nut 2213. Further, by operating the mounting screw T from the outside of the cabinet G, the position of the mounting screw T within the opening range of the square hole 2201c formed in the upper base B220 can be moved, and the position of the projector device B2 Can be adjusted.

  As shown in FIG. 103, when the closure lid G100 is removed from the back wall G3, when the vicinity of the operation window G10 is looked up from below the back side, the reflector holding part B11 and the mirror are connected via the operation window G10. The connecting portions R4, R5, R6 (particularly the nut 2213, see FIG. 17) with the holder B31 are visible through the operation window G10. Thereby, the nut 2213 can be operated from the outside of the cabinet G, and the posture of the mirror mechanism B3 can be adjusted by appropriately turning the nut 2213.

  Hereinafter, the structure of the operation window G10 and the closing lid G100 will be described. FIG. 104 shows a state in which the operation window G10 and the closing lid G100 are viewed obliquely from the rear. FIG. 105 shows a state in which the operation window G10 and the closing lid G100 are viewed obliquely from the front.

  As shown in FIG. 104, the operation window G10 includes an opening G10a formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape as a through-hole penetrating in the front-rear direction, and an outer side surface (rear side) of the rear wall G3 of the cabinet G at the periphery of the opening G10a. Peripheral edge G10b formed so as to have a B-shaped surface at a position recessed with respect to the surface of the outer peripheral surface), four screw holes G10c formed in the peripheral edge G10b, the outer edge of the peripheral edge G10b and the back wall And a connecting portion G10d that connects the outer surface of G3. As shown in FIG. 105, the peripheral edge G10b is not visible from the front, but since the screw hole G10c penetrates the back wall G3, it can also be confirmed from the front. In FIG. 105, in the opening G10a, A mode that the screw hole G10c is formed in the side is shown.

  In other words, the operation window G10 configured as described above has a shape in which an opening is formed by forming a recessed portion that is recessed with respect to the outer surface of the back wall G3 and penetrating most of the recessed portion. Have. The opening corresponds to the opening G10a, and the portion of the recess where no opening is formed corresponds to the peripheral edge G10b. The peripheral portion G10b is formed as a flat surface (surface in the vertical direction) substantially parallel to the outer surface of the back wall G3, and the connection portion G10d is formed as a flat surface in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction.

  The closing lid G100 is configured as a plate-shaped member, and includes a back surface G100a formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape, a front surface G100b formed on the opposite side of the back surface G100a, and four bosses provided on the front surface G100b. A portion G100c and a peripheral portion G100d formed so as to be directed forward from the peripheral edge of the back surface G100a. The back surface G100a and the front surface G100b are formed as flat surfaces in the vertical direction.

  The outer shape of the closing lid G100 (rear surface G100a) is substantially the same as the outer shape of the peripheral edge portion G10b of the operation window G10 (similar shape slightly smaller than the peripheral edge portion G10b), and from the opening G10a of the operation window G10. Is also getting bigger. Thus, the opening G10a of the operation window G10 can be closed by fitting the closing lid G100 into the recess (attaching the closing lid G100 to the back wall G3 so as to fill the recess). It has become.

  More specifically, when the closing lid G100 is arranged so that the peripheral edge G100d of the closing lid G100 is along the connection portion G10d of the operation window G10, the four screw holes G10c of the operation window G10 and the closing lid The four boss portions G100c of the lid G100 overlap each other, and the screw holes G10c are positioned in front of the boss portions G100c. In this state, the closing lid G100 is attached to the cabinet G (rear wall G3) by screwing a screw inserted through the screw hole G10c from the front side (inside the cabinet G) into a hole formed in the boss portion G100c. It is done. Accordingly, the opening G10a of the operation window G10 is closed by the closing lid G100. Since the screw for fastening the closing lid G100 to the back wall G3 is screwed from the inside of the cabinet G (so that the screw head is positioned inside the cabinet G), security for the inside of the cabinet G is secured. Can be secured.

  In adjusting the positions and postures of the projector device B2 and the mirror mechanism B3, the screws that fasten the closing lid G100 and the rear wall G3 are operated from the front side as appropriate with the front door opened. The screw fastening may be released by turning. Accordingly, the closing lid G100 can be removed from the back wall G3, and the operation window G10 (opening G10a) closed by the closing lid G100 can appear. In this state, from the outside (rear side) of the cabinet G through the opening G10a, the attachment inserted into the connecting portions R1, R2, R3 of the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221 and the square holes 2201c of the upper pedestal B220 By operating the connecting portions R4, R5, and R6 between the screw T and the reflector holding portion B11 and the mirror holder B31, the positions and postures of the projector device B2 and the mirror mechanism B3 can be adjusted.

<Locking the closing lid G100 to the back wall G3>
FIG. 106 is a perspective view of the closing lid as seen from the rear. FIG. 107 is a perspective view of the closing lid as seen from the front. FIG. 108 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the rear wall as viewed from the front. FIG. 109 is a partially enlarged perspective view showing a state in which the closing lid is attached to the back wall. 110 is a cross-sectional view showing the closing lid and the back wall in the state shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 106, the closing lid G100 has a substantially bilaterally symmetric structure, and includes a first engagement protrusion G101 and a first opening G102 formed near the left end in the rear view, The first recess G103 formed on the right side of the opening G102, the second engaging protrusion G111 and the second opening G112 formed near the right end in the rear view, and the second recess formed on the left side of the second opening G112 G113.

  The first opening G102 and the second opening G112 are each formed in a vertically long rectangular shape as a through hole penetrating in the front-rear direction. The first engaging protrusion G101 is formed so as to protrude forward in the formation portion of the first opening G102. The second engaging protrusion G111 is formed so as to protrude forward in the formation portion of the second opening G112. Each of the first recess G103 and the second recess G113 has a concave shape with respect to the back surface G100a of the closing lid G100, and is formed in a rectangular shape.

  As shown in FIG. 107, the first engagement protrusion G101 is formed to have a U-shape when viewed from above, and extends in the up-down direction. The first engagement protrusion G101 extends in the up-down direction. The length substantially coincides with the length of the long side of the first opening G102. The U-shape is composed of two straight portions and a curved portion connecting the ends of the two straight portions. As a result, the first engagement protrusion G101 has, as surfaces corresponding to the two linear portions, the inner surface G107 (the left surface in front view) closer to the center of the closing lid G100 and the closing lid G100. An outer surface G108 (the right surface in a front view) far from the center is provided. The rear end portion of the inner side surface G107 is along the long side G102a of the first opening G102 (the long side on the central side of the closing lid G100 among the two long sides constituting the periphery of the first opening G102), and the outer side surface The rear end portion of G108 is positioned near the center of the first opening G102.

  An upper side locking piece G108a and a lower side locking piece G108b are formed on the outer side surface G108 slightly ahead of the center in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 117). The upper locking piece G108a and the lower locking piece G108b are formed as protrusions protruding on the side opposite to the center of the closing lid G100 (the right side in FIG. 107). A protrusion G108c is also formed at the rear end portion of the outer side surface G108. The upper locking piece G108a has an engagement surface G108d on the back side, and the lower locking piece G108b has an engagement surface G108e on the back side (see FIG. 106).

  Similarly, the second engagement protrusion G111 is formed to have a U-shape when viewed from above and extends in the vertical direction. The length of the second engagement protrusion G111 in the vertical direction is: The length substantially coincides with the length of the long side of the second opening G112. The U-shape is composed of two straight portions and a curved portion connecting the ends of the two straight portions. As a result, the second engaging protrusion G111 has a surface corresponding to the two linear portions, the inner surface G117 (the surface on the right side in the front view) closer to the center of the closing lid G100 and the closing lid G100. An outer side surface G118 farther from the center (left side in front view) is provided. The rear end portion of the inner side surface G117 is along the long side G112a of the second opening G112 (the long side on the central side of the closing lid G100 among the two long sides constituting the periphery of the second opening G112), and the outer side surface The rear end of G118 is positioned near the center of the second opening G112.

  The detailed structure of the second engaging protrusion G111 is not clear from FIG. 107, but is symmetrical to the first engaging protrusion G101. That is, an upper side locking piece G118a and a lower side locking piece G118b are formed on the outer surface G118 slightly ahead of the center in the front-rear direction. The upper locking piece G118a and the lower locking piece G118b are formed as protrusions protruding on the side opposite to the center of the closing lid G100 (left side in FIG. 107). A protrusion G118c is also formed at the rear end of the outer side surface G118. The upper locking piece G118a has an engagement surface G118d on the back side, and the lower locking piece G118b has an engagement surface G118e on the back side.

  In FIG. 107, a first convex portion G109 is formed on the left side of the first engaging protruding portion G101, and a second convex portion G119 is formed on the right side of the second engaging protruding portion G111. The first convex portion G109 and the second convex portion G119 correspond to the first concave portion G103 and the second concave portion G113 (see FIG. 106), respectively, and according to the concave portions of the first concave portion G103 and the second concave portion G113, It has a shape protruding forward with respect to the front surface G100b.

  Further, an upper protrusion G121 is formed substantially parallel to the upper edge G100e slightly below the upper edge G100e constituting the upper edge (upper side) of the rectangular peripheral edge G100d. A lower protruding portion G122 is formed slightly parallel to the lower edge portion G100f slightly above the lower edge portion G100f constituting the lower edge (lower side) of the peripheral edge portion G100d.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 104, the shape of the opening G10a formed in the back wall G3 of the cabinet G is not strictly speaking a rectangle, and the peripheral portion G10b has a part thereof (the left side portion in the rear view). It has a cut-out shape. As shown in FIG. 108, a right edge G10f is formed by the notch G10e. The right edge G10f is a part of the periphery of the opening G10a (the portion connecting the inner surface G3a and the periphery G10b of the back wall G3), and constitutes the right edge of the periphery in a front view. The inner side surface G3a of the back wall G3 is a surface on the front side of the back wall G3. For easy understanding, in FIG. 108, the right edge portion G10f is indicated by hatching.

  The notch G10e is a portion with which the first engaging protrusion G101 of the closing lid G100 is engaged. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 109, when the closing lid G100 is attached to the back wall G3, the engaging surface G108d and the lower locking of the upper locking piece G108a in the first engaging protrusion G101. The engagement surface G108e (see FIG. 106) of the piece G108b abuts on the inner surface G3a (the portion along the right edge G10f) of the back wall G3, and the outer surface G108 (the engagement surfaces G108d and G108d and the first engagement protrusion G101). A portion continuous with the engagement surface G108e) comes into contact with the right edge G10f of the back wall G3 (see FIG. 118).

  Similarly, the second engaging protrusion G111 of the closing lid G100 is engaged in the vicinity of the left edge G10g. The left edge G10g is a part of the periphery of the opening G10a (the part connecting the inner surface G3a and the periphery G10b of the back wall G3), and constitutes the left edge of the periphery in a front view. Specifically, although not shown, in a state where the closing lid G100 is attached to the back wall G3, the engagement surface G118d of the upper engagement piece G118a and the lower engagement piece G118b of the second engagement protrusion G111 are arranged. The engagement surface G118e is in contact with the inner surface G3a (the portion along the left edge portion G10g) of the back wall G3, and the outer surface G118 of the second engagement protrusion G111 (the portion that is continuous with the engagement surface G118d and the engagement surface G118e). ) Abuts against the left edge G10g of the back wall G3.

  As described above, the upper locking piece G108a and the lower locking piece G108b of the first engagement protrusion G101, and the upper locking piece G118a and the lower locking piece G118b of the second engagement protrusion G111, The closing lid G100 is locked to the back wall G3.

  FIG. 110 shows a state in which the closing lid G100 is fixed to the back wall G3 and is cut by a plane (vertical plane in the front-rear direction) passing through the first recess G103 of the closing lid G100. As shown in FIG. 110, the front end of the peripheral edge G100d of the closing lid G100 is in contact with the peripheral edge G10b of the operation window G10.

  Here, the length from the front surface G100b of the closing lid G100 to the front end of the lower protruding portion G122 (the protruding length of the lower protruding portion G122 in the forward direction when the front surface G100b is used as a reference) is the peripheral portion from the front surface G100b. It is longer than the length to the front end of G100d (the protruding length of the peripheral edge G100d to the front when the front surface G100b is used as a reference). Thereby, the front end of the lower protrusion G122 is positioned between the peripheral edge G10b of the back wall G3 and the inner surface G3a.

  Further, the length from the front surface G100b of the closing lid G100 to the front end of the upper protruding portion G121 (the protruding length forward of the upper protruding portion G121 with respect to the front surface G100b) is from the front surface G100b of the closing lid G100. It is longer than the length to the front end of the lower protrusion G122 (the length of the lower protrusion G122 protruding forward when the front surface G100b is used as a reference). Thereby, the front end of the upper protrusion G121 is positioned in front of the inner surface G3a of the back wall G3.

  The lower surface of the lower protrusion G122 and the lower edge G10h of the opening G10a are close (substantially contact), and the upper surface of the upper protrusion G121 and the upper edge G10i of the opening G10a are close (substantially contact). )doing. For example, the gap between the lower surface of the lower protrusion G122 and the lower edge G10h of the opening G10a and the gap between the upper surface of the upper protrusion G121 and the upper edge G10i of the opening G10a are the peripheral edge G100d of the closing lid G100. It is smaller than the thickness in the vertical direction.

  Accordingly, when a slight gap is generated between the front end of the peripheral edge G100d of the closing lid G100 and the peripheral edge G10b of the operation window G10, the peripheral edge G100d of the closing lid G100 and the back wall G3 Even if a wire-shaped instrument is to be invaded through the gap with the connecting portion G10d, the upper protruding portion G121 or the lower protruding portion G122 becomes a hindrance so that the intrusion can be prevented. Therefore, it is possible to prevent an illegal act from being performed through the gap.

  The peripheral portion G100d of the closing lid G100 and the connecting portion G10d of the back wall G3 are basically in contact with each other, but between the peripheral portion G100d of the closing lid G100 and the connecting portion G10d of the back wall G3. May be formed with a slight gap (for example, smaller than the vertical thickness of the peripheral edge G100d of the closing lid G100). In this specification, “contact” is a concept that includes a case of being substantially in contact and a case of being in close contact.

<Attachment of irradiation unit B and closing lid G100 to back wall G3>
The irradiation unit B and the closure lid G100 are attached to the back wall G3 through the following steps (i) to (v).

(I) The irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 is temporarily attached (temporarily fixed) to the back wall G3.
(Ii) The irradiation unit B is hooked on the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000.
(Iii) The irradiation unit B is fixed to the back wall G3 by fastening using the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000.
(Iv) The closing lid G100 is temporarily attached (temporarily fixed) to the back wall G3 by the locking using the first engaging protrusion G101 and the second engaging protrusion G111.
(V) The closing lid G100 is fixed to the back wall G3 by fastening with the lid mounting screw 5100.

  Hereinafter, the steps (i) to (v) will be described with reference to FIGS.

  FIG. 111 is a perspective view of the irradiation unit hooking screw. FIG. 112 is a partially enlarged perspective view showing a state in which the irradiation unit hooking screw is temporarily fixed to the back wall. FIG. 113 is a front view of the projector cover plate. FIG. 114 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the projector cover plate as viewed from slightly above. FIG. 115 is an exploded perspective view of the projector cover and the projector cover plate as viewed from the rear.

  As shown in FIG. 108, two irradiation unit hooking screw holes 5010 are formed in the rear wall G3, and two irradiation unit fastening screw holes 5020 are formed. The two irradiation unit hooking screw holes 5010 are respectively provided near the upper two corners of the opening G10a and above the upper two screw holes G10c. The two irradiation unit fastening screw holes 5020 are respectively provided near the lower two corners of the opening G10a and below the lower two screw holes G10c.

  The irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 is screwed into the irradiation unit hooking screw hole 5010. As shown in FIG. 111, the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 includes a screw portion 5001 and a head portion 5002. The screw portion 5001 has a cylindrical shape extending in a predetermined direction. The head 5002 has a shape that bulges around the screw portion 5001 when viewed from the front with respect to the extending direction (axial direction) of the screw portion 5001. The head portion 5002 includes a head body 5003 and a washer portion 5004. Both the head body 5003 and the washer portion 5004 have a larger diameter than the screw portion 5001, and the diameter of the washer portion 5004 is the head portion. The diameter of the main body 5003 is larger.

  FIG. 112 shows the back wall G3 and the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 when the step (i) is performed. In this state, the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 is loosely attached as compared with the state where the irradiation unit B and the closure lid G100 are attached to the back wall G3 (the state where the assembly of the gaming machine 1 is completed), The screwing amount (degree of screwing) of the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 with respect to the back wall G3 is small. As shown in FIG. 112, a part of the screw portion 5001 of the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 and the entire head portion 5002 protrude forward from the inner side surface G3a of the back wall G3.

  In the step (ii), the rear side of the irradiation unit B is hooked on the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 protruding in this manner. As described above, the projector cover plate B1000 is attached to the back side of the projector cover B1 (see FIG. 98).

  As shown in FIG. 113, the projector cover plate B1000 has a shape in which a rectangular opening B1001 is provided in a rectangular plate-like member when viewed from the front. In the projector cover plate B1000, two lid fastening screw holes B1002 are formed in the right and left portions of the opening B1001, respectively.

  The projector cover plate B1000 has two irradiation unit hooking screw holes B1010 and two cabinet fastening screw holes B1020. The two irradiation unit hooking screw holes B1010 are provided in the vicinity of the upper two corners of the opening B1001 and above the upper two lid fastening screw holes B1002. The two cabinet fastening screw holes B1020 are provided in the vicinity of the lower two corners of the opening B1001 and below the two lower lid fastening screw holes B1002.

  As shown in FIG. 114, the irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010 is formed as a through-hole penetrating in the front-rear direction. The irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010 is composed of an upper part B1010a located on the upper side and a lower part B1010b formed continuously with the upper part B1010a, and has a bowl shape as a whole. . In order to make it easy to understand, in FIG. 114, a boundary (a straight line connecting the hollow portions) between the upper side portion B1010a and the lower side portion B1010b is indicated by a virtual line. The diameter of the lower part B1010b is larger than the diameter of the upper part B1010a.

  A peripheral wall B1011 is formed around the irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010 at a position recessed with respect to the main surface B1005 of the projector cover plate B1000. In other words, the vicinity of the irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010 has an elliptical recessed portion that is recessed with respect to the main surface B1005 and has a shape in which an opening is formed by penetrating most of the recessed portion. ing. The opening corresponds to the irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010, and the portion of the recess in which no opening is formed corresponds to the peripheral wall B1011. In FIG. 114, the peripheral wall portion B1011 is indicated by oblique lines for easy understanding.

  Further, a peripheral wall B1003 is formed around the lid fastening screw hole B1002 at a position recessed with respect to the main surface B1005 of the projector cover plate B1000. In other words, the vicinity of the lid fastening screw hole B1002 has an elliptical recessed portion that is recessed with respect to the main surface B1005, and has a shape in which an opening is formed by penetrating a part of the recessed portion. Yes. The opening corresponds to the lid fastening screw hole B1002, and the portion of the recess where no opening is formed corresponds to the peripheral wall B1003. For easy understanding, in FIG. 114, the peripheral wall B1003 is indicated by shading.

  In the step (ii), the irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010 of the projector cover plate B1000 and the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 (see FIG. 112) protruding from the rear wall G3 are overlapped. Bring B closer to the back wall G3. The diameter of the upper side portion B1010a of the irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010 is smaller than the diameter of the head 5002 (washer portion 5004) of the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000, but the lower side portion B1010b of the irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010. The diameter is larger than the diameter of the head 5002 (washer 5004).

  Specifically, in the upper part B1010a, the length in the left-right direction and the up-down direction (the length of the longest part) is smaller than the diameter of the washer part 5004, whereas in the lower side part B1010b, The length in the direction (the length of each longest part) is larger than the diameter of the washer portion 5004. Thereby, although the head 5002 of the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 cannot be inserted into the upper part B1010a, it can be inserted into the lower part B1010b.

  When the irradiation unit B is moved slightly downward with the head portion 5002 of the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 inserted into the lower part B1010b, the screw portion 5001 of the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 and the irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010. It abuts on the upper edge B1010c of the (upper part B1010a). The upper edge portion B1010c is a part of the periphery of the upper portion B1010a (the portion connecting the rear surface side peripheral portion B1012 of the irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010 and the peripheral wall portion B1011), and corresponds to the upper end of the upper portion B1010a. . In order to make it easy to understand, in FIG. In this way, the projector cover plate B1000 can be hooked on the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000.

  As shown in FIG. 113, the projector cover plate B1000 has two unit fastening upper screw holes B1030 and two unit fastening lower screw holes B1031. As shown in FIG. 115, two plate fastening upper boss portions B1040 and two plate fastening lower boss portions B1041 are formed on the projector cover B1.

  The formation position of the plate fastening upper boss portion B1040 corresponds to the formation position of the unit fastening upper screw hole B1030, and the screw inserted through the unit fastening upper screw hole B1030 is inserted into the plate fastening upper boss portion B1040. Screw into the formed hole. The formation position of the lower boss B1041 for plate fastening corresponds to the formation position of the lower screw hole B1031 for unit fastening, and the screw inserted through the lower screw hole B1031 for unit fastening is used for plate fastening. It is screwed into the hole formed in the lower boss B1041. Thereby, the projector cover plate B1000 is fixed to the projector cover B1 by screw fastening.

  In the projector cover B1, a portion where the plate fastening upper boss portion B1040 is formed and a portion where the plate fastening lower boss portion B1041 is formed are connected by an inclined portion B1042. The inclined portion B1042 is formed so as to have an inclination such that the front is higher than the rear. On the back side of the inclined portion B1042, a pedestal mounting portion B1043 serving as a mounting location of the upper pedestal B220 is formed. As a result, the projector device B2 is also disposed in such a posture that the front is higher than the rear.

  The plate fastening upper boss B1040 is positioned in front of the plate fastening lower boss B1041 due to the inclination of the inclined portion B1042. On the other hand, the projector cover plate B1000 is formed with a screw hole protrusion B1035 having a structure protruding from the main surface B1005. The unit fastening upper screw hole B1030 is formed at the tip of the screw hole protrusion B1035. Thereby, the upper screw hole B1030 for unit fastening is positioned ahead of the lower screw hole B1031 for unit fastening.

  In this way, the upper screw hole B1030 for unit fastening and the lower side for unit fastening are formed at positions where the plate fastening upper boss B1040 and the plate fastening lower boss B1041 are formed (bosses having different positions in the front-rear direction). The formation position of the screw hole B1031 can be made to correspond. The projector cover plate B1000 is disposed in the vertical direction (so as to be substantially parallel to the back wall G3 and the closing lid G100).

  As described above, in the step (ii), the projector cover plate B1000 is hooked on the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000. Thereafter, in the step (iii), the projector cover plate B1000 (irradiation unit B) is fixed to the rear wall G3 by screw fastening. Specifically, as described above, when the step (ii) is performed, the screwing amount (degree of screwing) of the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 with respect to the back wall G3 is small. By increasing the degree of joining, the screws are firmly fixed.

  When the projector cover plate B1000 is hooked on the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000, the irradiation unit fastening screw hole 5020 (see FIG. 108) on the back wall G3 and the cabinet fastening screw hole B1020 (see FIG. 108). (See FIG. 113). In this state, a screw (irradiation unit fastening screw) inserted through the cabinet fastening screw hole B1020 is screwed into the irradiation unit fastening screw hole 5020 to reinforce the fixing state between the rear wall G3 and the projector cover plate B1000. be able to.

  The diameter of the cabinet fastening screw hole B1020 is smaller than the diameter of the head (not shown) of the irradiation unit fastening screw. Therefore, the insertion of the irradiation unit fastening screw into the cabinet fastening screw hole B1020 cannot be performed from the back side of the projector cover plate B1000, but can be performed only from the front side of the projector cover plate B1000. The irradiation unit fastening screw has the same configuration as the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000.

  As described above, when the irradiation unit B is attached to the back wall G3 by the steps (i) to (iii), the closing lid G100 is subsequently engaged with the back wall G3 in the step (iv). Stop.

  Specifically, the side surfaces of the first recess G103 and the second recess G113 (see FIG. 106) are respectively gripped by the left and right thumbs, and the outer surface G108 of the first engagement protrusion G101 and the second engagement protrusion G111. The closure lid G100 is gripped so that the outer side surface G118 (see FIG. 107) is gripped by the left and right index fingers or middle fingers, respectively. Then, the closing lid G100 is brought close to the rear wall G3 from the rear side, and the outer surface G108 and the front portions of the outer surface G118 (the upper locking piece G108a and the lower locking piece G108b, and the upper locking piece G118a and The closing lid G100 is arranged so that the front side of the lower locking piece G118b is along the right edge G10f and the left edge G10g (see FIG. 108) of the back wall G3.

  In this state, by pushing the closing lid G100 forward, the closing lid G100 is locked to the back wall G3 as shown in FIG. At that time, it is preferable to apply a force in the center direction of the closing lid G100 while applying a finger to the protrusion G108c formed on the outer surface G108 and the protrusion G118c formed on the outer surface G118 as necessary. Thereby, the outer surface G108 and the outer surface G118 are slightly deformed toward the center of the closing lid G100, and the locking can be performed smoothly.

  When the closing lid G100 is locked to the back wall G3, the boss portion G100c (see FIG. 107) of the closing lid G100, the screw hole G10c (see FIG. 108) of the back wall G3, and the lid of the projector cover plate B1000. The fastening screw hole B1002 (see FIG. 113) overlaps. In the step (v), in this state, the screw (the lid mounting screw 5100 shown in FIG. 120) into which the lid fastening screw hole B1002 and the screw hole G10c are inserted is screwed into the boss portion G100c. Thereby, the lid | cover G100 for closure and the irradiation unit B can be integrally fixed with respect to the back wall G3. Unlike the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000, the lid mounting screw 5100 does not include a washer (the head is composed of only the head main body).

<Relationship around the back wall G3>
FIG. 116 is a partially enlarged perspective view around the first cavity. FIG. 117 is a partially enlarged perspective view around the first engaging protrusion. FIG. 118 is a cross-sectional view showing a state where the first engaging protrusion is housed in the first cavity. FIG. 119 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a state in which the first engagement protrusion is housed in the first cavity. 120 is a cross-sectional view of the periphery of the irradiation unit hooking screw and the lid mounting screw in a state where the closing lid and the irradiation unit are attached to the back wall. FIG. 121 is a cross-sectional view showing a closing lid, a back wall, and a projector cover plate. FIG. 122 is an exploded front view showing the vicinity of the opening on the rear wall and the projector cover plate. 123 is a partially enlarged front view of the inside of the cabinet in the state shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 115, a first cavity B1050 and a second cavity B1060 are formed on the back side of the projector cover plate B1000. Each of the first cavity B1050 and the second cavity B1060 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape, and is formed as a recessed portion that is recessed with respect to the surrounding surface (a vertical surface including the back-side peripheral edge portion B1012 and the like). That is, the concave portion has a shape in which one surface (surface on the back side) in the rectangular parallelepiped is opened, and the first cavity B1050 and the second cavity B1060 are surrounded by the remaining five surfaces in the rectangular parallelepiped. It has become a part.

  As shown in FIG. 116, in the first cavity B1050, the five surfaces (wall portions) are composed of a front wall portion B1050a, an upper wall portion B1050b, a lower wall portion B1050c, and left and right side wall portions B1050d and B1050e. ing. In order to make it easy to understand, in FIG. 116, rear end edges B1050f of these wall portions B1050a to e are indicated by hatching.

  As shown in FIG. 117, a side protrusion G130 that protrudes forward with respect to the front surface G100b is formed on the side of the first engagement protrusion G101 in the closing lid G100 (on the left side in front view). . The side protrusion G130 has a plate-like shape, and the front protrusion length of the side protrusion G130 relative to the front surface G100b is larger than the protrusion length of the first engagement protrusion G101. It is getting shorter. The side protrusion G130 includes a side surface G130a that faces the inner surface G107 of the first engagement protrusion G101, and a contact surface G130b that is continuous with the side surface G130a and is formed substantially parallel to the front surface G100b. Yes. For easy understanding, in FIG. 117, the contact surface G130b is indicated by hatching.

  Further, a lower protrusion G131 that protrudes forward with respect to the front surface G100b is formed below the first engagement protrusion G101. The downward protruding portion G131 is configured such that the protruding length at the left portion is longer than the protruding length at the right portion. For easy understanding, in FIG. 117, the upper surface G131a of the downward projecting portion G131 is indicated by diagonal lines, and the front end face G131b in the left portion is indicated by black. Above the first engagement protrusion G101, an upper protrusion G132 that protrudes forward with respect to the front surface G100b is formed. Similar to the lower protruding portion G131, the upper protruding portion G132 is configured such that the protruding length at the left portion is longer than the protruding length at the right portion.

  In FIG. 118, in a state where the closing lid G100 and the projector cover plate B1000 (irradiation unit B) are attached to the rear wall G3, cutting is performed along a horizontal plane passing through the upper locking piece G108a of the first engaging protrusion G101. It shows a state. In FIG. 119, when the closing lid G100 and the projector cover plate B1000 (irradiation unit B) are attached to the back wall G3, the upper locking piece G108a and the lower locking piece of the first engagement protrusion G101. A state of cutting along a vertical plane (front-rear direction plane) passing through G108b is shown.

  For the sake of clarity, in FIG. 118, the cut surfaces of the first engagement protrusion G101 and the side protrusion G130 are indicated by diagonal lines, and the front wall portion B1050a and the left and right side wall portions B1050d constituting the first cavity B1050 are shown. The cut surface of B1050e is indicated by shading, and the cut surface of the back wall G3 is indicated by black. In FIG. 119, the upper end of the first engaging protrusion G101 is indicated by hatching, and the cut surfaces of the front wall B1050a, the upper wall B1050b, and the lower wall B1050c constituting the first cavity B1050 are indicated by shading, The right edge lower side portion G10j of the back wall G3 is shown in black. The right edge lower portion G10j is a part of the periphery of the opening G10a (the portion connecting the inner surface G3a and the periphery G10b of the back wall G3), and is continuous from the lower end of the right edge G10f (see FIG. 108). It is formed as a horizontal plane.

  118 and 119, the first engaging protrusion G101 is housed in the first cavity B1050 of the projector cover plate B1000, and includes a front wall B1050a, an upper wall B1050b, a lower wall B1050c, and left and right Are surrounded by side wall portions B1050d and B1050e.

  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 118, the front side of the first engaging protrusion G101 is covered with a front wall B1050a. In addition, the rear end edge B1050f (see FIG. 116) of the side wall portion B1050d abuts (substantially abuts) on the abutment surface 130b (see FIG. 117) of the closing lid G100 (side projection G130). B1050d and the lateral protrusion G130 are arranged to be continuous. Thereby, the left side of the first engaging protrusion G101 is covered with the side wall B1050d and the side protrusion G130. Further, the rear end edge B1050f (see FIG. 116) of the side wall portion B1050e is in contact (substantially in contact) with the inner surface G3a of the back wall G3. Thereby, the right side of the first engaging protrusion G101 is covered with the side wall B1050e and the back wall G3.

  As shown in FIG. 119, the rear end edge B1050f (see FIG. 116) of the lower wall portion B1050c is in contact with the front end face G131b (see FIG. 117) of the closing lid G100 (downward projecting portion G131) in the left side portion. (Substantially abut) and abuts (substantially abuts) the inner surface G3a of the back wall G3 at the right side portion. The upper surface of the lower wall part B1050c and the right edge lower side part G10j are arranged so as to be continuous and are located on substantially the same plane. Accordingly, the lower side of the first engaging protrusion G101 is covered with the lower wall part B1050c, the lower protrusion part G131, and the back wall G3. Similarly, although not shown, the upper side of the first engaging protrusion G101 is covered with an upper wall B1050b, an upper protrusion G132, and a back wall G3.

  As described above, the front, side, upper, and lower sides of the first engaging protrusion G101 are all surrounded by the wall. Similarly, the front, side, upper, and lower sides of the second engaging protrusion G111 are all surrounded by the wall. As a result, even if a wire-shaped instrument is to be entered through a gap such as the first opening G102 or the second opening G112 (see FIG. 106), these walls are obstructing the entry. Can be done. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the goto action from being performed through the gap.

  120, in the state where the closing lid G100 and the projector cover plate B1000 (irradiation unit B) are attached to the back wall G3, the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 and the lid mounting screw 5100 pass through the center in the left-right direction. It shows a state of cutting along a vertical plane (front-rear direction plane). For the sake of clarity, in FIG. 120, the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 and the lid mounting screw 5100, and the cut surface of the back wall G3 are indicated by diagonal lines, and the cut surface of the projector cover plate B1000 is indicated by shading. The cut surface of the closing lid G100 is shown in black.

  As shown in FIG. 120, a washer portion 5004 of the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 exists in front of the peripheral wall portion B1011 of the projector cover plate B1000. That is, the peripheral wall portion B1011 is in contact with the back side surface of the washer portion 5004. Therefore, even if the projector cover plate B1000 (irradiation unit B) tries to move forward, the peripheral wall B1011 is locked by the washer 5004, and the movement of the irradiation unit B is restricted. Thereby, the irradiation unit B can be firmly attached to the back wall G3.

  Even in the process of assembling the gaming machine 1, the peripheral wall B1011 is disposed on the back side of the washer 5004 when the irradiation unit B is hooked on the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 (see step (ii) above). become. Thus, similarly to the above, even when the projector cover plate B1000 (irradiation unit B) is about to move forward, the peripheral wall B1011 is locked by the washer 5004, and the hooked state can be stabilized. As a result, the fastening with the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 can be smoothly performed.

  120 shows a state in which a gap exists between the upper ends of the screw portion 5001 and the washer portion 5004 of the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000 and the projector cover plate B1000, but in reality, the screw portion 5001. One or both of the upper end of the upper part and the upper end of the washer part 5004 may be in contact with the projector cover plate B1000. That is, the projector cover plate B1000 (irradiation unit B) may be hooked on the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000. In the drawings, for the sake of convenience, the screw portion may be shown in a state thinner than the actual one.

  Further, the head of the lid mounting screw 5100 is present in front of the peripheral wall B1003 of the projector cover plate B1000. That is, the peripheral wall portion B1003 is in contact with the back surface of the head. Therefore, even if the projector cover plate B1000 (irradiation unit B) tries to move forward, the peripheral wall B1003 is locked by the screw head, and the movement of the irradiation unit B is restricted. Thereby, the attachment intensity | strength of the irradiation unit B with respect to the back wall G3 can be raised.

  In FIG. 121, a surface (vertical surface in the front-rear direction) passing through the first recess G103 of the closing lid G100 in a state where the closing lid G100 and the projector cover plate B1000 (irradiation unit B) are attached to the back wall G3. It shows how it was cut at. 110 shows a state before the projector cover plate B1000 (irradiation unit B) is attached, but FIG. 121 shows a state after the projector cover plate B1000 (irradiation unit B) is attached. For easy understanding, in FIG. 121, the inner side surface G3a of the back wall G3 is indicated by hatching.

  As described with reference to FIG. 110, the front end of the upper protrusion G121 in the closing lid G100 is positioned in front of the inner surface G3a of the back wall G3. As shown in FIG. 121, the upper portion of the opening B1001 (see FIG. 113) in the projector cover plate B1000 is substantially in contact with the inner side surface G3a of the rear wall G3. And the upper surface of the part which protruded ahead rather than the inner surface G3a among the upper side protrusion part G121 is substantially contact | abutting with the upper edge part B1001a of opening B1001 of the projector cover plate B1000. Thereby, it has a structure in which it is difficult to further infiltrate a wire-shaped instrument, and the goto action can be effectively prevented.

  As shown in FIG. 115, on the back side of projector cover plate B1000, a substrate installation portion B1070 is provided in the lower portion of opening B1001. A projector control board B23 (see FIG. 12) is fixed to the board installation part B1070. As shown in FIG. 121, the lower side portion of the opening B1001 in the projector cover plate B1000 is substantially in contact with the inner side surface G3a of the rear wall G3. Therefore, the projector control board B23 is disposed in a space formed between the back side of the projector cover plate B1000 and the inner side surface G3a of the back wall G3.

  As described with reference to FIG. 104, the peripheral edge portion G10b in the back wall G3 has a shape in which a part thereof (left side portion in the back view) is cut out. Thereby, the opening G10a has a left-right asymmetric shape. In this regard, it is assumed that the hatched portion shown in FIG. 122 is formed as the opening G10a so that the opening G10a has a symmetrical shape. In this case, it is necessary to form the two right screw holes G10c on the right side. As a result, the irradiation unit B is arranged on the right side. According to the present embodiment, the right-side space of the irradiation unit B can be effectively utilized by not making the hatched portion shown in FIG. 122 the opening G10a.

  As shown in FIG. 123, in the front view, the distance (R1) between the right end of the irradiation unit B (projector cover plate B1000) and the right end of the back wall G3 (the inner surface of the right side wall G2R of the cabinet G) is the irradiation unit B. It is larger than the interval (R2) between the left end of (projector cover plate B1000) and the left end of rear wall G3 (the inner side surface of left side wall G2L of cabinet G).

  Here, as described above, the main control board MS (see FIG. 4) is attached to the inner side surface of the right side wall G2R of the cabinet G. In the vicinity of the installation location of the main control board MS, it is necessary that a space for opening and sealing caulking is present. According to this embodiment, the space can be secured.

  Corresponding to the fact that the opening G10a of the back wall G3 is left-right asymmetric, the distance between the right edge G10f of the opening G10a and the two right screw holes G10c (the distance in the left-right direction) is the left edge of the opening G10a. It is shorter than the distance (distance in the left-right direction) between the portion G10g and the two left screw holes G10c. Correspondingly, in the state where the closing lid G100 is attached to the back wall G3, the distance between the first engagement protrusion G101 and the two right screw holes G10c (the distance in the left-right direction) is It is shorter than the distance (distance in the left-right direction) between the second engagement protrusion G111 and the two left screw holes G10c.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 122, in the projector cover plate B1000, the left edge of the front wall portion B1050a constituting the first cavity B1050 (see FIG. 115) is located on the left side of the right edge portion B1001b of the opening B1001. However, the distance between the left edge of the front wall portion B1050a and the right edge portion B1001b of the opening B1001 is very small (the positions in the left-right direction are substantially the same). On the other hand, the right edge of the front wall B1060a constituting the second cavity B1060 (see FIG. 115) is located on the right side of the left edge B1001c of the opening B1001, and is about the right half of the second cavity B1060. Is formed so as to protrude into the opening B1001. For easy understanding, in FIG. 122, the front wall portion B1050a and the front wall portion B1060a are indicated by hatching.

  That is, the first cavity B1050 and the second cavity B1060 are different in relative positional relationship with respect to the opening B1001, and the distance between the right edge of the front wall portion B1060a and the left edge portion B1001c of the opening B1001 is the front wall portion. It is larger than the interval between the left edge of B1050a and the right edge B1001b of the opening B1001. Correspondingly, the distance (the distance in the left-right direction) between the first cavity B1050 (front wall part B1050a) and the two right screw fastening screws B1002 is the second cavity B1060 (front wall part B1060a). ) And the two lid fastening screw holes B1002 on the left side (the distance in the left-right direction).

  Thereby, the formation positions of the first cavity B1050 and the second cavity B1060 of the projector cover plate B1000 correspond to the formation positions of the first engagement protrusion G101 and the second engagement protrusion G111 of the closing lid G100, and The formation position of the screw hole B1002 for lid fastening of the projector cover plate B1000 can be made to correspond to the formation position of the screw hole G10c of the back wall G3.

<Formation of space by projector cover B1 and duct cover B2100>
FIG. 124 is a perspective view of the cover portion. FIG. 125 is an exploded perspective view of the projector cover and the duct cover as viewed from the left side. FIG. 126 is an exploded perspective view of the projector cover and the duct cover as viewed from the right side. FIG. 127 is a cross-sectional view of the duct cover as viewed from the rear. FIG. 128 is a cross-sectional view of the cover portion. FIG. 129 is a cross-sectional view of the cover portion. FIG. 130 is a perspective view of the cover portion as viewed from the right side.

  As shown in FIG. 124, a duct cover B2100 is attached to the left side portion of the projector cover B1. Duct cover B2100 has a configuration adopted in place of blind B500 (see FIG. 30). A space P (see FIG. 32) is formed in the structure (cover portion B2000) constituted by the projector cover B1 and the duct cover B2100 so that air can pass through the space P. It has become. Hereinafter, the space P in the present embodiment will be described.

  As shown in FIG. 125, the projector cover B1 has a left side wall B2201 that constitutes the left end of the projector cover B1. As shown in FIG. 126, the left inner wall surface B2201a that is the inner surface (right surface) of the left wall portion B2201 is approximately a side P, a side Q, a side R, a side S, a side T, a side U, a side V, And it is formed in a figure shape surrounded by the side W.

  Further, the projector cover B1 has a right side wall part B2202 formed substantially parallel to the left side wall part B2201. The shape of the right side wall B2202 is a shape obtained by cutting out the trapezoidal shape shown in the hatched portion of FIG. 125 from the shape of the left side wall B2201. Thereby, the surface (left surface) facing the left inner wall surface B2201a in the right wall portion B2202 is divided into the upper right inner wall surface B2202a and the lower right inner wall surface B2202b.

  Further, the projector cover B1 has a lower wall surface B2203 connecting the lower end (side S) of the left inner wall surface B2201a and the lower end of the lower right inner wall surface B2202b, and upward from the rear end of the lower wall surface 2203 (side T A rear wall surface B2204 formed continuously (in line), an inclined wall surface B2205 formed continuously from the upper end of the rear wall surface B2204 diagonally forward and upward (along the side U), and an inclined wall surface. A front side wall surface B2206 continuously formed upward (along the side V) from the front end of B2205, and an upper side formed continuously from the upper end of the front side wall surface B2206 toward the front side (along the side W) Wall surface B2207.

  The upper portion of the rear side wall surface B2204 and the right end of the inclined wall surface B2205 are continuous with the upper right inner wall surface B2202a. The front side wall surface B2206 extends to the right side of the upper right inner wall surface B2202a. An opening wall surface B2208 substantially parallel to the upper wall surface B2207 is formed on the right side of the upper right inner wall surface B2202a. The rear end of the opening wall surface B2208 coincides with the lower end of the front wall surface B2206, and the left end of the opening wall surface B2208 coincides with the upper end of the upper right inner wall surface B2202a. The right end of the front wall surface B2206 and the right end of the opening wall surface B2208 are connected by an opening wall surface B2209.

  The duct cover B2100 has an outer shape in a front view in which each of the wall surfaces (the left inner wall surface B2201a, the upper right inner wall surface B2202a, the lower right inner wall surface B2202b, the lower wall surface B2203, the side wall surface B2204, the inclined wall surface B2205, , And generally coincides with the outer shape formed by the front side wall surface B2206). Thereby, the duct cover B2100 has a shape that can be fitted to the front side of the projector cover B1 as a whole.

  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 125, the duct cover B2100 has a left side wall B2101 that constitutes the left end of the duct cover B2100. The shape of the left side wall B2101 corresponds to the shape of the left side wall B2201 of the projector cover B1, and the rear end edge of the left side wall B2101 is the front end edge (side P, side Q, and side of the left side wall B2201. R) can be fitted. The outer edge of the left side wall B2101 includes a side X substantially parallel to the side P, a side Y substantially parallel to the side Q, and a side Z substantially parallel to the side R.

  The duct cover B2100 includes an upper right wall portion B2102 and a right lower wall portion B2103 that are formed substantially in parallel with the left wall portion B2101. The upper right wall portion B2102 and the lower right wall portion B2103 are portions that are continuous with the right wall portion B2202 of the projector cover B1 when the duct cover B2100 is attached to the projector cover B1. The outer edge of the upper right wall B2102 includes a side x substantially parallel to the side X, a side y substantially parallel to the side Y, and a side z substantially parallel to the side Z. For easy understanding, in FIG. 126, the upper right wall portion B2102 and the lower right wall portion B2103 are indicated by hatching.

  The duct cover B2100 includes a front lower wall portion B2104 formed continuously from the front end (side Z) in the lower portion of the left wall portion B2101 toward the right side, and a front end (side) in the upper portion of the left wall portion B2101. X) and a front upper side wall B2205 formed continuously from the right to the right. The front lower side wall portion B2104 and the front upper side wall portion B2105 are each formed in a rectangular shape. A lower right wall portion B2103 is continuously formed in the lower right portion of the front lower wall portion B2104. In the upper right part of the front lower wall part B2104, a lower part (a part including the side z) of the upper right wall part B2102 is continuously formed.

  The length of the front upper side wall portion B2105 in the left-right direction is shorter than the length of the front lower side wall portion B2104 in the left-right direction. The right end of the inclined wall portion B2106 formed continuously from the right end to the right side of the front upper side wall portion B2105 coincides with the side x constituting the outer edge of the upper right wall portion B2102. The upper end of the front lower side wall portion B2104 and the lower ends of the front upper side wall portion B2105 and the inclined wall portion B2106 are connected by the inclined wall portion B2107. The right end of the inclined wall portion B2107 coincides with the side y constituting the outer edge of the upper right wall portion B2102.

  The duct cover B2100 has an opening B2108 above the front upper side wall B2105 and the inclined wall B2106. The opening B2108 has a shape in which two opposing surfaces (a front-side surface and a back-side surface) of the rectangular parallelepiped are opened. A lower wall surface B2108a that constitutes the lower wall of the rectangular parallelepiped has a shape obtained by cutting out the shape indicated by the hatched portion in FIG. Further, the left wall surface B2108b constituting the side wall of the rectangular parallelepiped is continuous with the inner surface (left inner wall surface B2101a) of the left wall portion B2101 (becomes a part of the left inner wall surface B2101a). FIG. 127 shows a state where the opening B2108 is cut along a horizontal plane.

  Screw holes B2110 are formed on the right and left sides of the opening B2108 in the duct cover B2100, respectively. Further, a screw hole B2111 is formed in the lower portion of the front lower side wall portion B2104. On the other hand, boss portions B2210 are respectively formed on the right side and the left side of the front side wall surface B2206 in the projector cover B1. In addition, a boss B2211 is formed on the lower side wall surface B2203 so that a part thereof is raised.

  The positions where the screw holes B2110 and the screw holes B2111 are formed in the duct cover B2100 correspond to the positions where the boss portions B2210 and the boss portions B2211 are formed in the projector cover B1, respectively. The screw through which the screw hole B2110 and the screw hole B2111 are inserted is screwed into the hole formed in the boss part B2210 and the boss part B2211, whereby the duct cover B2100 is attached to the projector cover B1.

  In a state where the duct cover B2100 is attached to the projector cover B1, the rear end edge of the left wall portion B2101 in the duct cover B2100 is fitted to the front end edge of the left wall portion B2201 in the projector cover B1. Thereby, the inner side surface (left inner wall surface B2201a) of the left side wall portion B2201 in the projector cover B1 and the inner side surface (left inner wall surface B2101a) of the left side wall portion B2101 in the duct cover B2100 are substantially continuous.

  128 shows a state in which the cover part 2000 shown in FIG. 124 is cut by a vertical plane in the front-rear direction slightly on the right side of the left side wall part B2201 of the projector cover B1 and the left side wall part B2101 of the duct cover B2100. FIG. 129 shows a state where the cover portion 2000 shown in FIG. 124 is cut along a horizontal plane passing through the screw hole B2110.

  As shown in FIG. 128, the upper right inner wall surface B2202a in the projector cover B1 and the inner side surface (upper right wall surface B2102a) of the upper right wall portion B2102 in the duct cover B2100 are substantially continuous, and the lower right inner wall surface B2202b in the projector cover B1 and the duct cover. The inner side surface (lower right wall surface B2103a) of the lower right wall portion B2103 in B2100 is substantially continuous.

  Further, the duct cover B2100 is formed with a lower side wall part B2109 continuous from the lower end of the front lower side wall part B2104 toward the rear, and the lower side wall surface B2203 in the projector cover B1 and the lower side wall part B2109 in the duct cover B2100. The inner side surface (lower side wall surface B2109a) is substantially continuous. Further, the upper wall surface 2207 in the projector cover B1 and the upper wall (upper wall surface B2108c) of the opening B2108 in the duct cover B2100 are substantially continuous.

  For the sake of clarity, in FIG. 128, the lower wall surface B2203 of the projector cover B1, the upper right wall surface B2102a and the lower right wall surface B2103a of the duct cover B2100 are indicated by diagonal lines, and the front lower wall portion B2104 of the duct cover B2100 is shaded. The upper right inner wall surface B2202a and lower right inner wall surface B2202b of the projector cover B1 and the lower wall surface B2109a of the duct cover B2100 are shown in black. Actually, the boss part B2211 is arranged on the upper part of the lower wall surface B2109a, but for the sake of convenience, the lower wall surface B2109a is shown ignoring the presence of the boss part B2211.

  Also, as shown in FIG. 129, the opening wall surface B2208 in the projector cover B1 and the lower wall (lower wall surface B2108a) of the opening B2108 in the duct cover B2100 are substantially continuous, and the opening wall surface B2209 in the projector cover B1 and the duct cover. The right wall (right wall surface B2108d) of the opening B2108 in B2100 is substantially continuous. For the sake of clarity, in FIG. 129, the front wall surface B2206 of the projector cover B1 and the lower wall surface B2108a and the right wall surface B2108d of the duct cover B2100 are indicated by diagonal lines, and the opening wall surface B2208 of the projector cover B1 is indicated by shading. An opening wall surface B2209 of the cover B1 is shown in black.

  As described above, the space P (see FIG. 128) is formed by the projector cover B1 and the duct cover B2100 (cover portion B2000). The space P includes the left inner wall surface B2101a, the upper right inner wall surface B2202a, the lower right inner wall surface B2202b, the lower wall surface B2203, the rear wall surface B2204, the inclined wall surface B2205, the front wall surface B2206, the upper wall surface B2207, and the opening wall surface B2208 of the projector cover B1. , And an opening wall surface B2209, a left inner wall surface B2101a of the duct cover B2100, an upper right wall surface B2102a, a lower right wall surface B2103a, an inner surface of the front lower wall portion B2104 (front lower wall surface B2104a), and a front upper wall portion B2205. Inner side surface (front upper wall surface B2205a), inner side surface (inclined wall surface B2106a) of inclined wall portion B2106, inner side surface of inclined wall portion B2107 (inclined wall surface B2107a), each wall surface B2108a-d constituting opening B2108, and lower Surrounded by side wall surface B2109a There.

  The space P is partially connected to the external space of the cover part B2000 through the opening B2108e. The opening B2108e is a portion surrounded by the front end edges of the wall surfaces B2108a to d constituting the opening B2108. For easy understanding, in FIG. 130, the front edge of each wall surface B2108a-d is shown in black.

  In addition, a part of the right side portion of the space P is connected to the external space of the cover part B2000 via the opening B2010. The opening B2010 has a shape that approximates a figure formed by the sides a to f shown in FIG. The side a corresponds to the lower end edge of the upper right inner wall surface B2202a in the projector cover B1 (the upper side among the four sides constituting the trapezoid shown in the hatched portion in FIG. 125). The side b corresponds to the right edge of the rear side wall surface B2204 in the projector cover B1 (the rear side among the four sides constituting the trapezoid shown in the hatched portion in FIG. 125). The side c corresponds to the upper end edge of the lower right inner wall surface B2202b in the projector cover B1 (the lower side among the four sides constituting the trapezoid shown in the hatched portion in FIG. 125). The side d corresponds to the upper edge of the lower right wall surface B2103a in the duct cover B2100. The side e corresponds to the right edge of the front lower side wall surface B2104a in the duct cover B2100. The side f corresponds to the lower end edge of the upper right wall surface B2102a in the duct cover B2100.

  And in the external space of the cover part B2000, the inlet B22A (refer FIG. 22) of case B22 is arrange | positioned in the vicinity of opening B2010. Thereby, air is taken into the cabinet G from the outside of the gaming machine 1 through an opening (not shown) formed in the cabinet G or the upper surface wall of the front door. This air is taken into the cover portion B2000 through the opening B2108e of the duct cover B2100. The air that has entered the inside of the cover part B2000 moves rearward and downward in the space P, then passes through the opening B2010 and enters the inside of the case B22 through the air inlet B22A. The air that has entered the case B22 proceeds to the right while taking heat generated in the case B22, and exits the case B22 through the exhaust port B22E. The air that has exited the case B22 is released to the outside of the gaming machine 1 through an opening formed in the cabinet G or the top wall of the front door.

  In this way, the heat generated in the projector device B2 can be discharged to the outside of the gaming machine 1. In the second embodiment, it has been described that the intake port B22A is provided on the right side of the case B22 while the exhaust port B22E is provided on the left side of the case B22 (see FIGS. 22 and 23). In contrast, in the present embodiment, an intake port B22A is provided on the left side of the case B22, while an exhaust port B22E is provided on the right side of the case B22 (see FIG. 138).

  In order to easily form the air flow as described above, an intake fan or an exhaust fan may be provided as appropriate. For example, a fan similar to the opening vicinity fan B700 (see FIG. 33) may be installed in the opening B2108 of the duct cover B2100. Further, by disposing a member similar to the duct cover B600 (see FIG. 35) in the space P, the space P may be divided into an air passage space (space P1) and a liquid storage space (space P2).

<Duct adapter B2500>
FIG. 131 is a perspective view showing a state in which the cover portion and the case are connected via a duct adapter. FIG. 132 is a perspective view of the duct adapter as viewed from the left front. FIG. 133 is a perspective view of the duct adapter viewed from the right rear. FIG. 134 is a left side view of the cross section of the left side portion of the duct adapter. FIG. 135 is a right side view of a cross section of the right side portion of the duct adapter. FIG. 136 is a front view of the duct adapter. FIG. 137 is a left side view of the state in which the duct adapter is cut near the center of the connecting portion.

  As shown in FIG. 131, a duct adapter B2500 is disposed between the cover part B2000 and the case B22. For ease of understanding, in FIG. 131, the duct adapter B2500 is indicated by hatching.

  As shown in FIGS. 132 and 133, the duct adapter B2500 includes a left side part B2510, a right side part B2520, and a connecting part B2530, and the left side part B2510 and the right side part B2520 are connected by the connecting part B2530. ing.

  The left side B2510 has a flat plate-like left main body B2511 and a left upper side B2512 formed by bending the upper part of the main body B2511 diagonally to the right. The left main body B2511 has a left opening B2513 penetrating in the left-right direction. The right side B2520 has a flat plate-like right main body B2521, and the right main body B2521 is formed with a right side opening B2522 penetrating in the left-right direction.

  Further, the left side B2510 has a flat left side B2510a and a right side B2510b. In FIG. 132, the front end edge B2510c of the left side B2510 is indicated by hatching. In FIG. 133, the rear end edge B2510d of the left side B2510 is indicated by diagonal lines, and the right end edge B2512a is indicated by black.

  In FIG. 134, the left opening B2513 is shaded. The left opening B2513 has a shape in which a corner portion in a rectangle is slightly rounded. In FIG. 135, the right opening B2522 is shaded. The right opening B2522 has a shape in which a corner portion in a rectangle is slightly rounded. The shape of the right opening B2522 is substantially similar to the shape of the left opening B2513, but the right opening B2522 is slightly smaller than the left opening B2513.

  The lower end edge of the left side B2510 has a structure protruding slightly downward. Thereby, a downward projecting portion B2511a is formed in the left main body B2511. For easy understanding, in FIG. 134, the downward protrusion B2511a is indicated by hatching.

  A cavity B2531 (see FIG. 139) is formed inside the connecting portion B2530, and the cavity B2531 communicates with the left opening B2513 and the right opening B2522. The connecting part B2530 includes a connecting upper part B2532 that defines the upper end of the cavity B2531, a connecting lower part B2533 that defines the lower end of the cavity B2531, a connecting front part B2534 that defines the front end of the cavity B2531, and the rear end of the cavity B2531. And a connected rear side portion B2535 that defines The connection upper part B2532, the connection lower part B2533, the connection front part B2534, and the connection rear part B2535 form a cylindrical shape with the left and right sides open.

  As shown in FIG. 136, the upper part and the lower part of the connecting part B2530 have a recessed shape. Specifically, the central portion (point A) in the left-right direction at the upper part of the connection front side B2534 is below the contact B between the connection front side B2534 and the left side B2510 and the contact C between the connection front side B2534 and the right side B2520. Is positioned. Further, the central portion (point D) in the left-right direction at the lower portion of the connection front side B2534 is positioned above the contact E between the connection front side B2534 and the left side B2510 and the contact F between the connection front side B2534 and the right side B2520. It has been.

  That is, the connection upper part B2532 has an inclination that goes downward from the connection part with the left part B2510 to the vicinity of the center, and an inclination that goes downward from the connection part with the right part B2520 to the vicinity of the center. Yes. Further, the connecting lower side portion B2533 has an inclination that extends upward from the connection portion with the left side portion B2510 to the vicinity of the center and has an inclination that extends upward from the connection portion with the right side portion B2520 to the vicinity of the center. ing.

  Similarly, the connecting front side portion B2534 has an inclination that goes backward from the connection portion with the left side portion B2510 to the vicinity of the center and has an inclination that goes backward from the connection portion with the right side portion B2520 to the vicinity of the center. ing. Further, the connected rear side portion B2535 has an inclination that goes forward from the connection portion with the left side portion B2510 to the vicinity of the center, and an inclination that goes forward from the connection portion with the right side portion B2520 to the vicinity of the center. ing.

  Thereby, the connection upper part B2532, the connection lower part B2533, the connection front part B2534, and the connection rear part B2535 are inclined near the left part B2510 and the inclination near the right part B2520, respectively, with the boundary near the center. The surface is formed to form an angle of less than 180 ° (for example, about 120 ° to 175 ° or 150 ° to 170 °).

  As a result, as shown in FIG. 137, when the duct adapter B2500 is cut in the vicinity of the center in the left-right direction at the connecting portion B2530, the opening corresponding to the cross section (cross-sectional opening B2536) is smaller than the left-side opening B2513. . Specifically, the cross-sectional opening B2536 has a rectangular shape, and both the side in the vertical direction (long side) and the side in the front-rear direction (short side) are shorter than the left side opening B2513. For the sake of clarity, in FIG. 137, the sectional opening B2536 is indicated by hatching, and the inner side surfaces of the connection upper part B2532, the connection lower part B2533, the connection front side part B2534, and the connection rear side part B2535 are indicated by black. Yes.

  In addition, the thickness of the connecting part B2530 (the connecting upper part B2532, the connecting lower part B2533, the connecting front part B2534, and the connecting rear part B2535) is the left part B2510 (the left main part B2511 and the left upper part B2512) and the right part. It is smaller than the thickness of the part B2520 (right main body part B2521). Specifically, the thickness of the left part B2510 and the right part B2520 is about 3 to 5 mm (for example, 4 mm), whereas the thickness of the connection part B2530 is about 0.5 to 1.2 mm (for example, 0.7). ~ 1.0 mm). The left part B2510, the right part B2520, and the connecting part B2530 are formed with a uniform thickness as a whole.

  The duct adapter B2500 configured as described above is configured by an elastic member (rubber). Thereby, the duct adapter B2500 can be flexibly deformed (has elasticity) when a force is applied from the right side or the left side, and has a repulsive force to return to the original shape. As a material of the duct adapter B2500, synthetic rubber such as urethane rubber (polyurethane) or silicon rubber can be appropriately employed. The members (projector cover B1, duct cover B2100, and case B22) connected to the duct adapter B2500 are made of a material different from rubber (for example, a thermoplastic resin such as ABS resin). Flexible deformation like the duct adapter B2500 is impossible.

<Locking of duct adapter B2500 to case B22>
FIG. 138 is a perspective view of the case. FIG. 139 is a partially enlarged perspective view around the right side of the duct adapter. FIG. 140 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the vicinity of the first right protrusion and the second right protrusion in the duct adapter. FIG. 141 is a partially enlarged front view of the right protruding portion shown in FIG. 140.

  As shown in FIG. 138, an air inlet B22A is formed in the left side surface B22X of the case B22. The air inlet B22A is composed of a large number of slits B2022. Each slit B2022 is formed in a rectangular shape as a through hole penetrating the left side surface B22X of the case B22 in the left-right direction. In FIG. 138, the inside of the case B22 is seen through.

  As shown in FIG. 139, the right side B2520 of the duct adapter B2500 has three right side protruding parts B2523 (a first right side protruding part B2523a, a second right side protruding part B2523b, and a third right side protruding part B2523c). ing. These right protrusions B2523 are formed as protrusions protruding rightward from a right main surface B2524 formed around the right opening B2522.

  The first right protrusion B2523a and the second right protrusion B2523b are formed so as to extend in the front-rear direction slightly above the upper edge of the right opening B2522. The third right protrusion B2523c is formed to extend in the front-rear direction slightly below the lower edge of the right opening B2522. In FIG. 139, for the sake of convenience, the direction along the long side of the right opening B2522 is shown as the vertical direction, and the direction along the short side of the right opening B2522 is shown as the front-back direction.

  Each of the first right protrusion B2523a, the second right protrusion B2523b, and the third right protrusion B2523c has a rectangular parallelepiped shape with rounded apexes. In addition, the protruding directions of the first right protrusion B2523a, the second right protrusion B2523b, and the third right protrusion B2523c are substantially perpendicular to the right main surface B2524, respectively.

  In a state where duct adapter B2500 is connected to case B22 (a state where assembly of gaming machine 1 is completed), right main surface B2524 of duct adapter B2500 and left side surface B22X of case B22 are substantially in contact. The extending direction of the first right protrusion B2523a, the second right protrusion B2523b, and the third right protrusion B2523c is substantially parallel to the long side direction of the rectangular slit B2022 formed in the case B22. The size and shape of the first right protrusion B2523a, the second right protrusion B2523b, and the third right protrusion B2523c are substantially the same as the size and shape of the slit B2022 (can be press-fitted into the slit B2022). Size and shape).

  As a result, the first right protrusion B2523a, the second right protrusion B2523b, and the third right protrusion B2523c are each inserted into the case B22 through the slit B2022. In FIG. 138, the slit B2022 into which the first right protrusion B2523a, the second right protrusion B2523b, and the third right protrusion B2523c are inserted is shown as a slit B2022a, a slit B2022b, and a slit B2022c, respectively. .

  As shown in FIGS. 140 and 141, the right protruding portion B2523 has a protruding upper surface B2523d and a protruding lower surface B2523e that protrude rightward from the right main surface B2524. The protruding upper surface B2523d and the protruding lower surface B2523e are each formed in a direction perpendicular to the right main surface B2524, and constitute the upper surface and the lower surface of the right protruding portion B2523. Since the first right protrusion B2523a, the second right protrusion B2523b, and the third right protrusion B2523c have substantially the same structure, they are not distinguished here, and the right protrusion This will be described as a part B2523.

  On the protruding upper surface B2523d, an upper raised portion B2523f is formed near the center in the protruding direction of the right protruding portion B2523. The upper raised portion B2523f has a shape raised with respect to the flat protruding upper surface B2523d. Similarly, a lower raised portion B2523g is formed on the protruding lower surface B2523e near the center in the protruding direction of the right protruding portion B2523. The lower raised portion B2523g has a shape raised with respect to the flat projecting lower surface B2523e. For easy understanding, in FIG. 141, the upper raised portion B2523f and the lower raised portion B2523g are indicated by hatching.

  The distance between the protruding upper surface B2523d and the protruding lower surface B2523e is substantially the same length as the short side of the slit B2022 formed in the case B22. Therefore, in the state where the duct adapter B2500 is connected to the case B22 (the state where the right protrusion B2523 is inserted into the slit B2022), when a force is applied in a direction to remove the right protrusion B2523 from the slit B2022, the upper bulge B2523f And the lower bulge B2523g is locked by the peripheral edge of the slit B2022. As a result, the connection state between the duct adapter B2500 and the case B22 is maintained, and the duct adapter B2500 is difficult to be detached from the case B22.

  As shown in FIG. 139, the third right protrusion B2523c is formed at a position symmetrical to the second right protrusion B2523b with respect to the right opening B2522, whereas the first right protrusion B2522 is below the first opening B2522. A protrusion (right protrusion B2523) is not formed at a position symmetrical to the right protrusion B2523a. Accordingly, the right protrusion B2523 is not inserted into the slit B2022d (see FIG. 138) formed in the case B22. Accordingly, a space can be secured in the vicinity of the slit B2022d inside the case B22, and wiring can be efficiently arranged inside the case B22 using the space.

<Locking of duct adapter B2500 to cover B2000>
FIG. 142 is a perspective view of the duct cover as viewed from the rear. FIG. 143 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the state in which the duct adapter is coupled to the duct cover as viewed from the direction perpendicular to the front lower side wall surface of the duct cover. FIG. 144 is a cross-sectional view of the duct cover and the duct adapter in the state shown in FIG. 143. FIG. 145 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the vicinity of the adapter engaging groove in the projector cover. FIG. 146 is a partially enlarged perspective view around the first protrusion in the projector cover. FIG. 147 is a partially enlarged perspective view around the second to fifth protrusions in the projector cover. FIG. 148 is a partially enlarged perspective view showing a state where the duct adapter is connected to the projector cover. FIG. 149 is a sectional view of the projector cover and the duct adapter in the state shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 142, on the front lower side wall surface B2104a (see FIG. 127) of the duct cover B2100, a right side erected portion B2031 and a left side erected portion B2032 are formed. The right side erected portion B2031 and the left side erected portion B2032 are erected in a direction perpendicular to the front lower side wall surface B2104a. The left side wall portion B2101 is also erected with respect to the front lower side wall surface B2104a, but the height (projection length) of the right side erected portion B2031 and the left side erected portion B2032 with respect to the front lower side wall surface B2104a is the left side wall portion B2101. Is lower than.

  The right side erected portion B2031 extends in a direction substantially parallel to the right end edge (side e shown in FIG. 130) of the front lower wall surface B2104a. The left erected part B2032 includes a left erected main body part B2032a extending in a direction substantially parallel to the right erected part B2031, and a left erected bent part extending by bending from an end of the left erected main body part B2032a. B2032b. Of the end portions of the left standing body portion B2032a, the end portion opposite to the connecting portion with the left standing bending portion B2032b is continuous with the lower wall surface B2109a (see FIG. 127). Of the end portions of the left side erected bent portion B2032b, the end portion opposite to the connection portion with the left side erected main body portion B2032a is continuous with the upper right wall surface B2102a (see FIG. 128).

  As shown in FIGS. 143 and 144, in a state where the duct adapter B2500 is connected to the duct cover B2100 (a state where the assembly of the gaming machine 1 is completed), the left side portion B2510 of the duct adapter B2500 is connected to the right side standing portion B2031. It arrange | positions between left side standing part B2032.

  For easy understanding, in FIG. 143, the left side portion B2510 is indicated by diagonal lines, and the right side standing portion B2031 and the left side standing portion B2032 are indicated by black. FIG. 144 shows a state in which the duct cover B2100 is cut along a plane perpendicular to the front lower side wall surface B2104a and perpendicular to the extending direction of the right side standing portion B2031 and the left side standing body portion B2032a. In addition to the hatching, the cut surface of the duct adapter B2500 is shown in black.

  Specifically, the left side surface B2510a (see FIG. 132) of the left side portion B2510 in the duct adapter B2500 substantially abuts on the right side wall surface of the left standing body portion B2032a in the duct cover B2100. Further, the right side surface B2510b (see FIG. 133) of the left side portion B2510 in the duct adapter B2500 substantially abuts on the left side wall surface of the right standing portion B2031 in the duct cover B2100. Further, the front end edge B2510c (see FIG. 132) of the left side B2510 in the duct adapter B2500 is substantially in contact with a part of the front lower side wall surface B2104a (between the right side erecting part B2031 and the left side erecting part B2032) in the duct cover B2100. Touch.

  Here, the distance between the left side surface B2510a and the right side surface B2510b (the thickness of the left main body portion B2511) in the duct adapter B2500 is the distance between the left standing body portion B2032a and the right standing portion B2031 in the duct cover B2100. The distance between the right wall surface of the main body B 2032a and the left wall surface of the right erected portion B2031 is substantially the same. That is, the thickness of the left main body part B2511 is slightly shorter than the distance between the right wall surface of the left standing body part B2032a and the left wall surface of the right standing part B2031, and the difference is 1 / th of the thickness of the left body part B2511. It is 5 or less (or 1/10 or less, 1/20 or less, etc.).

  Thereby, in the state where the duct adapter B2500 is connected to the duct cover B2100, when a force is applied in the right direction or the left direction, the left main body B2511 is locked by the right side erecting part B2031 or the left side erecting main body part B2032a. The As a result, the connected state between the duct adapter B2500 and the duct cover B2100 is maintained, and the duct adapter B2500 is difficult to be detached from the duct cover B2100.

  As shown in FIG. 143, the degree of bending of the left standing bent part B2032b with respect to the left standing main part B 2032a is substantially the same as the degree of bending of the left upper part B2512 with respect to the left main part B2511 in the duct adapter B2500. ing. Thereby, it arrange | positions so that left upper part B2512 and the left side erected bending part B2032b may contact | abut substantially.

  As shown in FIGS. 145 to 147, an adapter engaging groove B2040 is formed in the projector cover B1. The adapter engaging groove B2040 is formed so as to straddle the lower wall surface B2203, the rear wall surface B2204, and the upper right inner wall surface B2202a. For easy understanding, in FIG. 145, the adapter engaging groove B2040 is indicated by hatching.

  The adapter engaging groove B2040 is formed as a recess recessed from the surrounding surface, and is configured by the groove bottom portion B2040a, and the outer wall surface B2040b and the inner wall surface B2040c that connect the groove bottom portion B2040a and the surrounding surface. . The outer wall surface B2040b and the inner wall surface B2040c are formed so as to be substantially parallel to each other. For easy understanding, in FIGS. 146 and 147, the outer wall surface B2040b and the inner wall surface B2040c are indicated by hatching.

  At the edge of the adapter engagement groove B2040, there are a first protrusion B2041 (first outer protrusion B2041a and first inner protrusion B2041b), second protrusion B2042 (second outer protrusion B2042a and second inner protrusion B2042b), and third protrusion B2043. (Third outer protrusion B2043a and third inner protrusion B2043b), fourth outer protrusion B2044 (fourth outer protrusion B2044a and fourth inner protrusion B2044b), and fifth outer protrusion B2045 (fifth outer protrusion B2045a and fifth inner protrusion B2045a). A protrusion B2045b) is formed.

  The adapter engaging groove B2040 is such that the first outer protrusion B2041a, the second outer protrusion B2042a, the third outer protrusion B2043a, the fourth outer protrusion B2044a, and the fifth outer protrusion B2045a are continuous with a part of the outer wall surface B2040b. It is formed as a protrusion that protrudes in a direction perpendicular to the peripheral surface. On the other hand, the first inner protrusion B2041b, the second inner protrusion B2042b, the third inner protrusion B2043b, the fourth inner protrusion B2044b, and the fifth inner protrusion B2045b are for adapter engagement so as to be continuous with a part of the inner wall surface B2040c. It is formed as a protrusion protruding in a direction perpendicular to the surface around the groove B2040.

  As shown in FIGS. 148 and 149, in a state where the duct adapter B2500 is connected to the projector cover B1 (a state where the assembly of the gaming machine 1 is completed), the left side B2510 of the duct adapter B2500 is in the adapter engaging groove B2040. Arranged along. FIG. 149 shows a state where the left side B2510 is cut by a plane parallel to the left side B2510a and the right side B2510b (a plane passing through the connecting part B2530), and the right side B2510b is indicated by diagonal lines for easy understanding.

  Specifically, the left side B2510a (see FIG. 132) of the left side B2510 in the duct adapter B2500 substantially abuts on the outer wall B2040b of the projector cover B1. Further, the right side surface B2510b (see FIG. 133) of the left side portion B2510 in the duct adapter B2500 substantially contacts the inner wall surface B2040c of the projector cover B1. Further, the rear end edge B2510d (see FIG. 133) of the left side portion B2510 in the duct adapter B2500 substantially contacts the groove bottom portion B2040a formed on the rear side wall surface B2204 of the projector cover B1.

  Further, the downward projecting portion B2511a (see FIG. 134) of the left side portion B2510 in the duct adapter B2500 substantially abuts the groove bottom portion B2040a formed on the lower side wall surface B2203 of the projector cover B1. Further, the right end edge B2512a (see FIG. 133) of the left side B2510 in the duct adapter B2500 substantially contacts the groove bottom B2040a formed on the upper right inner wall surface B2202a of the projector cover B1.

  The adapter engaging groove B2040 has a bent shape from the rear side wall surface B2204 to the upper right inner wall surface B2202a. The degree of bending is substantially the same as the degree of bending of the left upper part B2512 with respect to the left main body part B2511 in the duct adapter B2500. Accordingly, the entire left side B2510 (rear end edge B2510d) of the duct adapter B2500 can be fitted into the adapter engaging groove B2040.

  Here, the distance between the left side surface B2510a and the right side surface B2510b (the thickness of the left side portion B2510b) in the duct adapter B2500 is the distance between the outer wall surface B2040b and the inner wall surface B2040c (the width of the adapter engaging groove B2040) in the projector cover B1. It is almost the same. That is, the thickness of the left side B2510 is slightly shorter than the width of the adapter engaging groove B2040, and the difference is 1/5 or less (or 1/10 or less, 1/20 or less, etc.) of the left side B2510. It has become.

  As a result, in the state where the duct adapter B2500 is connected to the projector cover B1, when a force is applied in the left direction or the right direction, the left side B2510 is locked by the outer wall surface B2040b or the inner wall surface B2040c. As a result, the connection state between the duct adapter B2500 and the projector cover B1 is maintained, and the duct adapter B2500 is not easily detached from the projector cover B1.

  Further, since the first protrusion B2041, the second protrusion B2042, the third protrusion B2043, the fourth outer protrusion B2044, and the fifth outer protrusion B2045 are formed on the edge of the adapter engaging groove B2040, the duct adapter B2500 is formed. The left side B2510 is easily held in the adapter engaging groove B2040.

  Furthermore, although it is not clear from the drawing, the part of the outer wall surface B2040b that is integrated with each of the second outer protrusion B2042a, the third outer protrusion B2043a, and the fourth outer protrusion B2044a is compared with the other parts. Then, the shape is slightly raised (like protruding toward the inner wall surface B2040c). Similarly, the portion of the inner wall surface B2040c that is integral with each of the second inner protrusion B2042b, the third inner protrusion B2043b, and the fourth inner protrusion B2044b is slightly raised compared to the other portions. The shape is such that it projects toward the outer wall surface B2040b. Thereby, the duct adapter B2500 is easily locked by these protrusions.

  Note that a downward projecting portion B2511a (see FIG. 134) is formed at the lower end edge of the left side portion B2510 in the duct adapter B2500, whereby the lower end edge is formed to have a step. Similarly, the right end edge B2512a (see FIG. 134) of the left side B2510 in the duct adapter B2500 is also formed to have a step (see FIG. 132). These step portions are respectively a connection portion between the lower wall surface B2203 of the projector cover B1 and the lower wall surface B2109a of the duct cover B2100, and the upper right inner wall surface B2202a of the projector cover B1 and the upper right wall surface B2102a of the duct cover B2100. Positioned at the connecting part. Thereby, the left side part B2510 of the duct adapter B2500 is easily fitted to these connection parts.

<Punching B450>
FIG. 150 is a cross-sectional view of the duct cover with punching attached. FIG. 151 is an exploded perspective view of the duct cover and punching as viewed from the front. FIG. 152 is an exploded perspective view of the duct cover and punching as viewed from the rear. FIG. 153 is an exploded perspective view of the duct cover and punching as viewed from below.

  As shown in FIG. 150, a punching B450 (see FIGS. 31 and 32) is disposed in the opening B2108 of the duct cover B2100. In FIG. 150, in order to make it easy to understand that the punching B450 is attached, a state in which the opening B2108 is cut along a horizontal plane (a plane passing through the screw hole B2110) is shown, and an upper surface of the punching B450 is indicated by hatching.

  As shown in FIG. 151, a right protrusion B2121 is formed on the right wall surface B2108d of the opening B2108. The right protruding portion B2121 protrudes from the right wall surface B2108d toward the inside (left side) of the opening B2108 and extends in the front-rear direction (a direction substantially parallel to the lower wall surface B2108a). The right protrusion B2121 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape with a rounded vertex. For easy understanding, in FIG. 151, the left side surface of the right protrusion B2121 is indicated by hatching.

  The right protruding portion B2121 is formed slightly above the lower wall surface B2108a, and there is a certain distance between the right protruding portion B2121 and the lower wall surface B2108a. A right protrusion B2122 is formed between the right protrusion B2121 and the lower wall surface B2108a. The right protrusion B2122 protrudes from the right wall surface B2108d toward the inside (left side) of the opening B2108. The length from the right wall surface B2108d to the left end of the right protrusion B2122 (the protrusion length to the left of the right protrusion B2122 when the right wall surface B2108d is used as a reference) is the length from the right wall surface B2108d to the left end of the right protrusion B2121 ( This is shorter than the length of the right protrusion B2121 to the left when the right wall surface B2108d is used as a reference.

  The upper end of the right protrusion B2122 is continuous with the lower surface of the right protrusion B2121, and the lower end of the right protrusion B2122 is continuous with the lower wall surface B2108a. Further, the front end of the right protrusion B2108f is continuous with the front end edge (see FIG. 130) of the right wall surface B2108d.

  As shown in FIG. 152, a left front protrusion B2123 is formed on the left wall surface B2108b of the opening B2108. The left front protruding portion B2123 protrudes from the left wall surface B2108b toward the inside of the opening B2108 (right side in front view, left side in FIG. 152) and extends in the front-rear direction (a direction substantially parallel to the lower wall surface B2108a). ing. The left front protrusion B2123 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape with a rounded apex.

  The left front protrusion B2123 is formed slightly above the lower wall surface B2108a, and there is a certain distance between the left front protrusion B2123 and the lower wall surface B2108a. A left protrusion B2124 is formed between the left front protrusion B2123 and the lower wall surface B2108a. The left protrusion B2124 protrudes from the left wall surface B2108b toward the inside of the opening B2108 (right side in front view, left side in FIG. 152). The length from the left wall surface B2108b to the right end of the left projection B2124 (the projection length to the right of the left projection B2124 with respect to the left wall surface B2108b) is the length from the left wall surface B2108b to the right end of the left front projection B2123. (Projecting length to the right side of the left front projecting portion B2123 when the left wall surface B2108b is used as a reference).

  The upper end of the left protrusion B2124 is continuous with the lower surface of the left front protrusion B2123, and the lower end of the left protrusion B2124 is continuous with the lower wall surface B2108a. The front end of the left front protrusion B2123 is continuous with the front end edge (see FIG. 130) of the left wall surface B2108b.

  The length in the front-rear direction at the left front protrusion B2123 is shorter than the length in the front-rear direction at the right protrusion B2121. In addition, the shape and formation position of the left protrusion B2124 are symmetrical with the shape and formation position of the right protrusion B2122. Note that the shape of the right protrusion B2122 and the shape of the left protrusion B2124 are arcuate (circular arcs and ends of the arcs) in a plan view, similarly to the upper raised portion B2523f and the lower raised portion B2523g (see FIG. 141). The figure is a figure surrounded by a string (see FIG. 153). FIG. 153 shows a state in which the opening B2108 is cut along a horizontal plane passing through the right protrusion B2122 and the left protrusion B2124, and the right protrusion B2121 and the left front protrusion B2123 are indicated by hatching.

  As shown in FIG. 152, a left rear protrusion B2125 is formed on the left wall surface B2108b of the opening B2108. The left rear protruding portion B2125 protrudes from the left wall surface B2108b toward the inside of the opening B2108 (right side in front view, left side in FIG. 152) and extends in the front-rear direction (a direction substantially parallel to the lower wall surface B2108a). ing. The left rear protrusion B2125 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape with a rounded apex. The upper surface of the left rear protrusion B2125 is integrated with the lower wall surface B2108a.

  The length from the left wall surface B2108b to the right end of the left rear protrusion B2125 (the protrusion length to the right side of the left rear protrusion B2125 when the left wall surface B2108b is used as a reference) is the right end of the left front protrusion B2123 from the left wall surface B2108b. (The protruding length of the left front protruding portion B2123 to the right side when the left wall surface B2108b is used as a reference).

  The front end of the left rear protrusion B2125 is positioned slightly rearward of the rear end of the left front protrusion B2123. For easy understanding, in FIG. 152, the right side surface of the left front protrusion B2123 and the right side surface of the left rear protrusion B2125 are indicated by hatching.

  As shown in FIG. 150, the punching B450 has a shape in which a front portion of a rectangular flat plate is cut out, and a large number of through holes B451 are formed. Thereby, punching B450 can prevent that a foreign material penetrate | invades into the back | inner side of space P, ensuring the channel | path of the air in the inside of space P (refer FIG. 128). . In FIG. 150, the lower wall surface B2108a is exposed corresponding to the notch shape in the front portion of the punching B450.

  The thickness of the punching B450 is slightly smaller than the distance between the lower surface of the right protrusion B2121 and the lower wall surface B2108a and the distance between the lower surface of the left front protrusion B2123 and the lower wall surface B2108a. Thus, the punching B450 has a right side portion disposed between the lower surface of the right side protruding portion B2121 and the lower wall surface B2108a, and a left side portion thereof disposed between the lower surface of the left front protruding portion B2123 and the lower wall surface B2108a. . The lower surface of the punching B450 is in contact with the lower wall surface B2108a, and the upper surface of the punching B450 is also substantially in contact with the lower surface of the right protrusion B2121 and the lower surface of the left front protrusion B2123.

  The length in the left-right direction of the punching B450 is slightly shorter than the distance between the right wall surface B2108d and the left wall surface B2108b, and is substantially the same as the distance between the left end of the right protrusion B2122 and the right end of the left protrusion B2124. As a result, the right edge of the punching B450 substantially contacts the left end of the right protrusion B2122, and the left edge of the punching B450 substantially contacts the right end of the left protrusion B2124.

  As described above, the punching B450 can be slid forward while being disposed between the lower wall surface B2108a, the right protrusion B2121, and the left front protrusion B2123. And the foreign material adhering to punching B450 can be removed (cleaned) in the state which moved punching B450 ahead.

  Here, a slide locking protrusion B452 protruding upward is formed at the left rear corner of the punching B450. The length from the upper surface of the punching B450 to the upper end of the slide locking projection B452 (the length of protrusion above the slide locking projection B452 with respect to the upper surface of the punching B450) It is longer than the length of the direction. Thereby, in a state where the punching B450 is disposed in the opening B2108, the upper end of the slide locking protrusion B452 is positioned above the upper surface of the left front protrusion B2123.

  Therefore, when the punching B450 is slid forward, the front surface of the slide locking projection B452 comes into contact with the rear end of the left front protrusion B2123. As a result, the slide locking projection B452 is locked by the left front protrusion B2123, and the punching B450 is restricted from moving further forward. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the punching B450 from coming out of the opening B2108.

  Since the punching B450 is disposed in a state where the front ends of the right side portion and the left side portion protrude forward from the front end edge of the lower wall surface B2108a (see FIG. 150), by pulling these protruding portions, It is easy to slide. Further, as described above, the right protrusion B2122 and the left protrusion B2124 have an arcuate shape, and the tips thereof are rounded, so that the punching B450 can be smoothly slid.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 153, the punching B450 is formed with notches B453 on the left and right sides. The notch B453 is fitted to the right protrusion B2122 and the left protrusion B2124 in a state where the punching B450 is disposed in the opening B2108. Accordingly, the punching B450 can be stably attached to the opening B2108. Further, the left rear portion of the lower wall surface B2108a has a cut-out shape (see FIG. 127). However, since the punching B450 is placed on the left rear protrusion B2125, the punching B450 is more stable. Can be arranged.

  As described above, the punching B450 has been described as being attached to the opening B2108. For example, a mesh-like portion covering the speaker (a structure for releasing sound generated from the speaker to the outside of the gaming machine, for example, speaker holes 6151A and 6151B shown in FIG. 49) may be formed by the punching B450.

  As above, the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment has been described as one embodiment of the present invention.

<Appendix A>
2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines capable of producing effects by using a projector are known (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 6-035066 and 2009-240459). According to such a gaming machine, a video for a game is projected from a projector onto a projection surface such as a screen, so that the video is displayed on a screen or the like instead of the liquid crystal display device.

  In a gaming machine equipped with such a projector, it is important that the projector is arranged at an appropriate position. In other words, if the projector is not placed at an appropriate position, there will be a shift between the image projected by the projector and the projection surface such as a screen. turn into.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above points, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of arranging a projector at an appropriate position.

  In this regard, the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment has the following features.

(A-1) a projector (projector apparatus B2);
An accommodating portion (cabinet G) for accommodating the projector;
A connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) attached to the housing portion,
The projector and the accommodating portion are connected via the connecting member,
The accommodating portion is provided with a protruding portion (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) that protrudes toward the inside of the accommodating portion, and the projector is connected to the connecting member with respect to the connecting member. A hole (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010) into which the protruding portion can be inserted from the opposite side (back side) to the arranged side is formed,
The connecting member is fixed to the accommodating portion in a state of being hooked on the protruding portion inserted into the hole.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the housing portion (cabinet G) that houses the projector (projector device B2) has a projecting portion (irradiation unit) that projects toward the inside of the housing portion (cabinet G). On the other hand, a connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) for connecting the projector (projector apparatus B2) and the housing part (cabinet G) is provided on the connecting member (projector cover). A hole (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010) into which a projecting portion (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) can be inserted from the side (rear side) opposite to the side where the projector (projector apparatus B2) is disposed with respect to plate B1000). ) Is formed. Then, the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) is hooked by the protruding portion (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) inserted into the hole (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010), and the housing portion (cabinet G). ) Is fixed. Therefore, the projector (projector apparatus B2) is properly positioned by hooking the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) onto the projecting portion (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) and aligning the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000). Can be placed at any position.

(A-2) a projector (projector apparatus B2);
An accommodating portion (cabinet G) for accommodating the projector;
A connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) attached to the housing portion,
The projector and the accommodating portion are connected via the connecting member,
The accommodating portion is provided with a protruding portion (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) that protrudes toward the inside of the accommodating portion, while the connecting member penetrates from one side to the other side. A through hole (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010) is formed,
The through hole includes a first region (lower side portion B1010b) and a second region (upper portion B1010a) formed continuously with the first region,
When viewed from the front with respect to the formation direction of the through hole, the first region is larger than the protruding portion, and the second region is smaller than the protruding portion.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the housing portion (cabinet G) that houses the projector (projector device B2) has a projecting portion (irradiation unit) that projects toward the inside of the housing portion (cabinet G). On the other hand, a connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) for connecting the projector (projector apparatus B2) and the housing part (cabinet G) is provided from one side to the other side. A through hole (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010) penetrating through is formed. The through hole (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010) includes a first region (lower side portion B1010b) and a second region (upper side) formed continuously with the first region (lower side portion B1010b). Part B1010a), and when viewed from the front with respect to the direction of formation of the through hole (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010), the first region (lower side part B1010b) is a protrusion (irradiation unit hooking screw). The second region (upper portion B1010a) is smaller than the protruding portion (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000). Accordingly, the protruding portion (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) can be inserted into the first region (lower side portion B1010b), and the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) can be inserted into the protruding portion (irradiation portion through the insertion). It can be engaged with the unit hooking screw 5000). By aligning the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) using such an engagement state, the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be disposed at an appropriate position.

(A-3) a projector (projector apparatus B2);
An accommodating portion (cabinet G) for accommodating the projector;
A connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) attached to the housing portion,
The projector is arranged in an inclined posture such that a predetermined direction side (front side) is high,
The projector and the accommodating portion are connected via the connecting member,
The housing portion is provided with a projecting portion (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) projecting toward the inside of the housing portion, while the connecting member is formed with a recessed portion that is recessed from the periphery. In addition, a through hole (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010) is formed by penetrating a part of the recess,
The protrusion includes a bulging portion (washer portion 5004) that bulges around the protruding direction,
The bulging portion is disposed on the predetermined direction side with respect to a non-penetrating portion (peripheral wall portion B1011) which is a portion of the concave portion where the through hole is not formed.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the housing portion (cabinet G) that houses the projector (projector device B2) has a projecting portion (irradiation unit) that projects toward the inside of the housing portion (cabinet G). On the other hand, the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) for connecting the projector (projector apparatus B2) and the accommodating portion (cabinet G) has a recessed portion that is recessed from the surroundings. While being formed, a through hole (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010) is formed by penetrating a part of the recess. And the protrusion part (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) provided in the accommodating part (cabinet G) includes a bulging part (washer part 5004) that bulges around the protruding direction. Here, the projector (projector device B2) is arranged in an inclined posture such that the predetermined direction side (front side) is raised, and the bulging portion (washer portion) of the protruding portion (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) is provided. 5004) is a non-through portion (peripheral wall portion B1011) which is a portion where the through hole (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010) is not formed in the recess formed in the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000). Are arranged on the predetermined direction side (front side). Therefore, even when a force for moving the non-penetrating portion (peripheral wall portion B1011) to the predetermined direction side (front side) is applied, the non-penetrating portion (peripheral wall portion B1011) is caused by the bulging portion (washer portion 5004). Due to the locking, the movement of the non-penetrating portion (peripheral wall portion B1011) can be restricted. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the position of the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) from being shifted with respect to the housing part (cabinet G), and the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be disposed at an appropriate position. it can.

(A-4) a projector (projector apparatus B2);
Adjustment parts for adjusting the traveling direction of light projected by the projector (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the mirror mechanism B3 attachment part to the reflector holding part B11),
An accommodating portion (cabinet G) for accommodating the projector;
A connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) attached to the housing portion,
The projector and the accommodating portion are connected via the connecting member,
The connecting member is fixed to the housing portion by a first screw (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) and a second screw (lid mounting screw 5100).
The accommodation portion is provided with an opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) at a position where the adjustment portion can be operated from the outside, and a closing member (closing lid G100) capable of closing the opening is attached. And
The connecting member includes a first screw insertion portion (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010) into which a part of the first screw can be inserted, and a second screw into which a part of the second screw can be inserted. A screw insertion portion (lid fastening screw hole B1002) is formed,
A third screw insertion portion (irradiation unit hooking screw hole 5010) into which a part of the first screw can be inserted is formed in the housing portion,
The closing member is formed with a fourth screw insertion part (boss part G100c) into which a part of the second screw can be inserted.
When the first screw insertion portion is engaged with the first screw partially inserted into the third screw insertion portion in a state where the connecting member is not attached to the housing portion, the first screw insertion portion is engaged with the first screw insertion portion. The two screw insertion portions and the fourth screw insertion portion are disposed so as to face each other.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the accommodation unit (cabinet G) that accommodates the projector (projector apparatus B2) is configured to adjust the traveling direction of the light projected by the projector (projector apparatus B2). Adjustment parts (connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the attachment part of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding part B11, etc.) from the outside An opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is provided at an operable position, and a closing member (closing lid G100) capable of closing the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is attached. Further, the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) for connecting the projector (projector apparatus B2) and the housing portion (cabinet G) includes a first screw (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) and a second screw ( It is being fixed with respect to the accommodating part (cabinet G) with the screw 5100 for lid | cover attachment. The connection member (projector cover plate B1000) has a first screw insertion portion (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010) into which a part of the first screw (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) can be inserted, and a second screw A second screw insertion portion (lid fastening screw hole B1002) into which a part of the screw (lid mounting screw 5100) can be inserted is formed, and the housing portion (cabinet G) has a first screw (irradiation). A third screw insertion portion (irradiation unit hooking screw hole 5010) into which a part of the unit hooking screw 5000) can be inserted is formed, and the closing member (closing lid G100) has a second screw (covering lid). A fourth screw insertion portion (boss portion G100c) into which a part of the mounting screw 5100) can be inserted is formed. Here, in a state where the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) is not attached to the housing part (cabinet G), the first screw partly inserted into the third screw insertion part (irradiation unit hooking screw hole 5010). When the first screw insertion portion (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010) is engaged with the screw (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000), the second screw insertion portion (lid fastening screw hole B1002) and the fourth screw insertion portion (Boss part G100c) are arranged so as to face each other. In other words, a connecting member (projector cover) with respect to the housing portion (cabinet G) so that the second screw insertion portion (lid fastening screw hole B1002) and the fourth screw insertion portion (boss portion G100c) face each other. By arranging the plate B1000) and the closing member (closing lid G100), it is possible to align the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000). Can be placed in position. Also, a screw (second screw (lid mounting screw 5100)) for fixing the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) to the housing portion (cabinet G) and a closing member (closing lid G100) are housed. By sharing the screw for fixing to the portion (cabinet G), the number of screws used around the accommodating portion (cabinet G) can be reduced, and a simple configuration can be obtained. .

  In 6th Embodiment, it demonstrated as an accommodating part (back wall G3 of the cabinet G) and a protrusion part (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) being comprised by the separate member. In the present invention, the housing part (back wall G3 of the cabinet G) and the projecting part (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) may be integrally formed as one member. That is, you may comprise so that accommodating part (cabinet G) itself may have a protrusion structure which protrudes toward the inner side of this accommodating part (cabinet G).

<Appendix B>
2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines capable of producing effects by using a projector are known (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 6-035066 and 2009-240459). According to such a gaming machine, a video for a game is projected from a projector onto a projection surface such as a screen, so that the video is displayed on a screen or the like instead of the liquid crystal display device.

  However, conventionally, in a gaming machine equipped with such a projector, once the projector is fixed inside the gaming machine, it has been difficult to finely adjust the projector thereafter.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of adjusting the projector with the projector mounted inside.

  In this regard, the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment has the following features.

(B-1) a projector (projector apparatus B2);
Adjustment parts for adjusting the traveling direction of light projected by the projector (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the mirror mechanism B3 attachment part to the reflector holding part B11),
A housing portion (cabinet G) for housing the projector,
The accommodation portion is provided with an opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) at a position where the adjustment portion can be operated from the outside, and a closing member (closing lid G100) capable of closing the opening is attached. And
The closing member includes a locking piece (an upper locking piece G108a and a lower locking piece G108b, and an upper locking piece G118a, which can be locked to a part of the periphery of the opening provided in the housing portion. A lower locking piece G118b) is formed,
The closing member is locked by the locking piece and fixed to the housing portion by a screw.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the accommodation unit (cabinet G) that accommodates the projector (projector apparatus B2) is configured to adjust the traveling direction of the light projected by the projector (projector apparatus B2). Adjustment parts (connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the attachment part of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding part B11, etc.) from the outside An opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is provided at an operable position, and a closing member (closing lid G100) capable of closing the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is attached. Therefore, by removing the closing member (closing lid G100) from the housing part (cabinet G), the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) closed by the closing member (closing lid G100) appears. From the outside of the housing part (cabinet G) through the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10), the adjustment parts (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper base B220 and the lower base B221) , The attachment portion of the upper base B220 to the projector cover B1, the attachment portion of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding portion B11, etc.) can be operated. Thus, even after the projector (projector apparatus B2) is fixed inside the housing part (cabinet G), the projector (projector apparatus B2) is housed in the state where it is mounted inside the housing part (cabinet G). From the outside of the unit (cabinet G) to the adjustment unit (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 of the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, and the reflector holding part B11 of the mirror mechanism B3 The traveling direction of the light projected by the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be adjusted. Further, the closing member (closing lid G100) has a locking piece (upper locking) that can be locked to a part of the periphery of the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) provided in the housing part (cabinet G). A piece G108a and a lower locking piece G108b, and an upper locking piece G118a and a lower locking piece G118b) are formed, and the closing member (closing lid G100) is a locking piece (upper locking piece G108a). And the lower locking piece G108b and the upper locking piece G118a and the lower locking piece G118b) and fixed to the housing portion (cabinet G) by screws. Therefore, it is possible to perform screw fastening in a temporarily fixed state by locking the closing member (closing lid G100) to the receiving portion (cabinet G), and storing the closing member (closing lid G100). Attachment to a part (cabinet G) can be performed simply.

(B-2) a projector (projector apparatus B2);
Adjustment parts for adjusting the traveling direction of light projected by the projector (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the mirror mechanism B3 attachment part to the reflector holding part B11),
An accommodating portion (cabinet G) for accommodating the projector;
A connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) attached to the housing portion,
The projector and the accommodating portion are connected via the connecting member,
The accommodation portion is provided with an opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) at a position where the adjustment portion can be operated from the outside, and a closing member (closing lid G100) capable of closing the opening is attached. And
The closing member is provided with openings (a first opening G102 and a second opening G112) and a protruding part (a first engaging protruding part G101 and a second engaging protruding part) protruding toward the inside of the housing part. G111) is provided, and the projecting portion includes an engaging portion (upper locking piece G108a and lower locking piece G108b, and upper locking piece G118a and lower locking piece engaged with the housing portion. G118b) is formed,
The connecting member is formed with storage recesses (first cavity B1050 and second cavity B1060) for storing the protruding portion, and the protruding portion is disposed so as to be surrounded by the connecting member. ,
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the accommodation unit (cabinet G) that accommodates the projector (projector apparatus B2) is configured to adjust the traveling direction of the light projected by the projector (projector apparatus B2). Adjustment parts (connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the attachment part of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding part B11, etc.) from the outside An opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is provided at an operable position, and a closing member (closing lid G100) capable of closing the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is attached. Therefore, by removing the closing member (closing lid G100) from the housing part (cabinet G), the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) closed by the closing member (closing lid G100) appears. From the outside of the housing part (cabinet G) through the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10), the adjustment parts (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper base B220 and the lower base B221) , The attachment portion of the upper base B220 to the projector cover B1, the attachment portion of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding portion B11, etc.) can be operated. Thus, even after the projector (projector apparatus B2) is fixed inside the housing part (cabinet G), the projector (projector apparatus B2) is housed in the state where it is mounted inside the housing part (cabinet G). From the outside of the unit (cabinet G) to the adjustment unit (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 of the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, and the reflector holding part B11 of the mirror mechanism B3 The traveling direction of the light projected by the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be adjusted. Further, the closing member (closing lid G100) is provided with protruding portions (first engaging protruding portion G101 and second engaging protruding portion G111) protruding toward the inside of the housing portion (cabinet G). The engaging portions (the upper locking piece G108a and the lower locking piece G108b, and the engaging portion (cabinet G)), The upper locking piece G118a and the lower locking piece G118b) are formed. Therefore, by attaching the closing member (closing lid G100) to the housing part (cabinet G), the closing member (closing lid G100) can be attached to the housing part (cabinet G). Here, the closing member (closing lid G100) is provided with openings (first opening G102 and second opening G112), and through the openings (first opening G102 and second opening G112), the inside of the gaming machine There is a concern that the various devices existing in the network may be illegally accessed (game media may be illegally acquired by a so-called got action). However, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) for connecting the projector (projector apparatus B2) and the housing portion (cabinet G) has a protruding portion (first cover). An accommodation recess (first cavity B1050 and second cavity B1060) for accommodating the first engagement protrusion G101 and the second engagement protrusion G111) is formed, and the protrusions (the first engagement protrusion G101 and the second engagement protrusion G101). The engaging protrusion G111) is disposed so as to be surrounded by the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000). As a result, even if a wire-shaped instrument is to enter from the opening (the first opening G102 and the second opening G112) toward the inside of the gaming machine, the protruding portion (the first engaging protruding portion G101 and The connection member (projector cover plate B1000) surrounding the second engaging protrusion G111) can prevent the entry, and unauthorized access to the inside of the gaming machine can be prevented.

(B-3) a projector (projector apparatus B2);
Adjustment parts for adjusting the traveling direction of light projected by the projector (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the mirror mechanism B3 attachment part to the reflector holding part B11),
An accommodating portion (cabinet G) for accommodating the projector;
A connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) attached to the housing portion,
The projector and the accommodating portion are connected via the connecting member,
The accommodation portion is provided with an opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) at a position where the adjustment portion can be operated from the outside, and a closing member (closing lid G100) capable of closing the opening is attached. And
Engagement portions (upper locking piece G108a and lower locking piece G108b, and upper locking piece G118a and lower locking piece G118b) that are engaged with the housing portion are formed on the closing member. And
The closing member is fixed to the accommodating portion by a single screw (lid attachment screw 5100), and the connecting member is also fixed to the accommodating portion by the single screw.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the accommodation unit (cabinet G) that accommodates the projector (projector apparatus B2) is configured to adjust the traveling direction of the light projected by the projector (projector apparatus B2). Adjustment parts (connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the attachment part of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding part B11, etc.) from the outside An opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is provided at an operable position, and a closing member (closing lid G100) capable of closing the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is attached. Therefore, by removing the closing member (closing lid G100) from the housing part (cabinet G), the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) closed by the closing member (closing lid G100) appears. From the outside of the housing part (cabinet G) through the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10), the adjustment parts (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper base B220 and the lower base B221) , The attachment portion of the upper base B220 to the projector cover B1, the attachment portion of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding portion B11, etc.) can be operated. Thus, even after the projector (projector apparatus B2) is fixed inside the housing part (cabinet G), the projector (projector apparatus B2) is housed in the state where it is mounted inside the housing part (cabinet G). From the outside of the unit (cabinet G) to the adjustment unit (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 of the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, and the reflector holding part B11 of the mirror mechanism B3 The traveling direction of the light projected by the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be adjusted. In addition, the closing member (closing lid G100) is fixed to the housing portion (cabinet G) by one screw (lid mounting screw 5100), and the closing member (closing lid G100) includes a housing portion. Engaging portions (upper locking piece G108a and lower locking piece G108b, and upper locking piece G118a and lower locking piece G118b) to be engaged with (cabinet G) are formed. Therefore, it is possible to perform screw fastening in a temporarily fixed state by engaging the closing member (closing lid G100) with the receiving portion (cabinet G), and storing the closing member (closing lid G100). Attachment to a part (cabinet G) can be performed simply. Further, a connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) for connecting the projector (projector apparatus B2) and the housing portion (cabinet G) is also the one screw (lid mounting screw 5100) (blocking member (blocking lid)). G100) is fixed to the housing part (cabinet G) by the same screw as the screw for fixing the housing part (cabinet G). Thereby, it is possible to reduce the number of screws used for fixing the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000) and the closing member (closing lid G100) to the housing part (cabinet G). A simple configuration can be obtained.

(B-4) a projector (projector apparatus B2);
Adjustment parts for adjusting the traveling direction of light projected by the projector (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the mirror mechanism B3 attachment part to the reflector holding part B11),
A housing portion (cabinet G) for housing the projector,
The accommodation portion is provided with an opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) penetrating the inside and outside of the accommodation portion at a position where the adjustment portion can be operated from the outside, and a recess (periphery) is provided around the opening. Part G10b) is formed, and a closing member (closing lid G100) capable of closing the opening is fitted in the recess,
The closing member is formed with protruding portions (upper protruding portion G121 and lower protruding portion G122) that protrude toward the inside of the accommodating portion along a part of the periphery of the opening provided in the accommodating portion. Being
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the accommodation unit (cabinet G) that accommodates the projector (projector apparatus B2) is configured to adjust the traveling direction of the light projected by the projector (projector apparatus B2). Adjustment parts (connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, the attachment part of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding part B11, etc.) from the outside An opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is provided at an operable position, and a closing member (closing lid G100) capable of closing the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) is attached. Therefore, by removing the closing member (closing lid G100) from the housing part (cabinet G), the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) closed by the closing member (closing lid G100) appears. From the outside of the housing part (cabinet G) through the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10), the adjustment parts (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper base B220 and the lower base B221) , The attachment portion of the upper base B220 to the projector cover B1, the attachment portion of the mirror mechanism B3 to the reflector holding portion B11, etc.) can be operated. Thus, even after the projector (projector apparatus B2) is fixed inside the housing part (cabinet G), the projector (projector apparatus B2) is housed in the state where it is mounted inside the housing part (cabinet G). From the outside of the unit (cabinet G) to the adjustment unit (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 of the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, and the reflector holding part B11 of the mirror mechanism B3 The traveling direction of the light projected by the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be adjusted. Further, a recess (peripheral part G10b) is formed around an opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) provided in the housing part (cabinet G), and the closing member (closing lid G100) It is fitted to (peripheral part G10b). Here, illegal access to various devices existing inside the gaming machine through a slight gap generated between the recess (peripheral part G10b) of the housing part (cabinet G) and the closing member (closing cover G100). There is a concern that the game media may be illegally obtained (the game medium is illegally acquired by a so-called got action). However, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the closing member (closing lid G100) has a peripheral edge of the opening (opening G10a of the operation window G10) provided in the housing (cabinet G). Protruding portions (an upper protruding portion G121 and a lower protruding portion G122) that protrude toward the inside of the housing portion (cabinet G) are formed along the portion. As a result, even if a wire-shaped device is intended to enter from the gap toward the inside of the gaming machine, the protruding portion (the upper protruding portion G121 and the lower protruding portion formed on the closing member (closing lid G100)) is formed. The intrusion can be prevented by the side protrusion G122), and unauthorized access to the inside of the gaming machine can be prevented.

<Appendix C>
2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines capable of producing effects by using a projector are known (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 6-035066 and 2009-240459). According to such a gaming machine, a video for a game is projected from a projector onto a projection surface such as a screen, so that the video is displayed on a screen or the like instead of the liquid crystal display device.

  However, the projector is more likely to generate heat than the liquid crystal display device or the like, and is likely to become high temperature. Therefore, there is a problem that the projector cannot function normally unless the generated heat is released.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of releasing heat generated by a projector.

  In this regard, the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment has the following features.

(C-1) a projector (projector apparatus B2);
A first space forming portion (cover portion B2000) having a first air passage space (space P) through which air can pass;
A second space forming part (duct adapter B2500) having a second air passage space (cavity B2531) through which air can pass,
In the first space forming part, a first opening (opening B2108e) and a second opening (opening B2010) are formed, and the first opening and the second opening are communicated with each other. 1 air passage space is formed,
In the second space forming part, a third opening (left opening B2513) and a fourth opening (right opening B2522) are formed, and communicated with the third opening and the fourth opening. The second air passage space is formed;
The first space forming part and the projector are connected by the second space forming part,
The first air passage space and the second air passage space communicate with each other via the second opening and the third opening,
The second space forming portion has elasticity.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the first space forming part (cover part B2000) has the first opening (opening B2108e) and the second opening (opening B2010), and the first opening. A first air passage space (space P) is formed so as to communicate with the first opening (opening B2108e) and the second opening (opening B2010). In the second space forming portion (duct adapter B2500), a third opening (left opening B2513) and a fourth opening (right opening B2522) are formed, and the third opening (left opening B2513) and the fourth opening are formed. A second air passage space (cavity B2531) is formed so as to communicate with the opening (right opening B2522). The first air passage space (space P) and the second air passage space (cavity B2531) communicate with each other via the second opening (opening B2010) and the third opening (left opening B2513), and the projector ( The projector device B2) is connected by a second space forming part (duct adapter B2500). Thereby, it is possible to allow the air that has passed through the first air passage space (space P) and the second air passage space (cavity B2531) to flow into the projector (projector apparatus B2), and through the air flow, the projector ( The heat generated in the projector device B2) can be released. Further, even after the projector (projector apparatus B2) is once connected to the second space forming unit (duct adapter B2500), the projector (projector apparatus B2) is used to adjust the traveling direction of the light projected by the projector (projector apparatus B2). A situation is also assumed in which the position of the device B2) is finely adjusted. In this respect, since the second space forming part (duct adapter B2500) has elasticity and can be deformed, it can flexibly cope with such position adjustment of the projector (projector apparatus B2).

  For example, the projector (projector apparatus B2) projects by operating the adjustment unit (the connecting parts R1, R2, R3 between the upper pedestal B220 and the lower pedestal B221, the attachment part of the upper pedestal B220 to the projector cover B1, etc.). When the traveling direction of the light to be adjusted is adjusted, it is necessary to move the projector (projector apparatus B2) within a range of about 5 mm. In this regard, if synthetic rubber such as urethane rubber is used as the material of the second space forming portion (duct adapter B2500), the second space forming portion (duct adapter B2500) is the moving region of the projector (projector apparatus B2). It can be flexibly deformed within the range, and there is no gap with the movement, and the light traveling direction can be adjusted smoothly.

(C-2) a projector (projector apparatus B2);
A space forming portion (cover portion B2000) having an air passage space (space P) through which air can pass;
An elastic member (duct adapter B2500) having elasticity,
The elastic member is disposed between the space forming portion and the projector;
In the elastic member, a first opening (left opening B2513) and a second opening (right opening B2522) are formed, and a space (cavity) is formed so as to communicate with the first opening and the second opening. B2531) is formed,
The air passage space communicates with the space formed in the elastic member,
The area of the opening (cross-section opening B2536) corresponding to the cross section when the elastic member is cut between the first opening and the second opening is the area of the first opening and the second opening. Smaller than the area of
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) is arranged between the space forming portion (cover portion B2000) and the projector (projector device B2), and the elastic member (duct) The adapter B2500) has a first opening (left opening B2513) and a second opening (right opening B2522), and a first opening (left opening B2513) and a second opening (right opening B2522). A space (cavity B2531) is formed so as to communicate with the space. The space (cavity B2531) communicates with the air passage space (space P) formed in the space forming portion (cover portion B2000). As a result, the air that has passed through the space (space P) formed in the space forming portion (cover portion B2000) and the space (cavity B2531) formed in the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) flows into the projector (projector device B2). The heat generated in the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be released through the air flow. The elastic member (duct adapter B2500) has elasticity, and can be deformed according to the relative positional relationship between the space forming part (cover part B2000) and the projector (projector apparatus B2). Therefore, the work of arranging the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) between the space forming part (cover part B2000) and the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be performed smoothly. Further, when the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) is cut between the first opening (left opening B2513) and the second opening (right opening B2522) (a portion closer to the center in the elastic member (duct adapter B2500)). The area of the opening corresponding to the cross section (cross-sectional opening B2536) is smaller than the area of the first opening (left opening B2513) and the area of the second opening (right opening B2522). That is, the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) has a shape in which a portion near the center is recessed. As a result, the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) can be deformed along the depression when an external force is applied, so that the placement work of the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) as described above is more efficient. Can be done.

  Furthermore, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the thickness of the connecting part B2530 (the connecting upper part B2532, the connecting lower part B2533, the connecting front part B2534, and the connecting rear part B2535) is 0.5 to 0.5. It is about 1.2 mm (for example, 0.7 to 1.0 mm), and is considerably thinner than the thickness (for example, 4 mm) of the left side B2510 and the right side B2520. Thereby, the flexibility (stretchability) can be fully exhibited, and the efficiency of the arrangement work of the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) can be further enhanced.

  In the sixth embodiment, an opening (cross-sectional opening B2536) corresponding to a cross section when the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) is cut between the first opening (left opening B2513) and the second opening (right opening B2522). ) Is smaller than the area of the first opening (left opening B2513) and the area of the second opening (right opening B2522). In the present invention, the area of the opening (cross-section opening B2536) corresponding to the cross section is not particularly limited, and is the area of the area of the first opening (left opening B2513) and the area of the second opening (right opening B2522). It may be substantially the same as at least one area, and is larger than at least one of the area of the first opening (left opening B2513) and the area of the second opening (right opening B2522). Also good. For example, the connection upper side portion B2532, the connection lower side portion B2533, the connection front side portion B2534, and the connection rear side portion B2535 are configured such that the surface near the right side portion B2520 is substantially perpendicular to the right side main surface B2524. May be. In this case, the area of the opening corresponding to the cross section (cross section opening B2536) is substantially equal to the area of the second opening (right opening B2522).

(C-3) a projector (projector apparatus B2);
A case (case B22) for housing the projector;
A space forming portion (cover portion B2000) having an air passage space (space P) through which air can pass;
An elastic member (duct adapter B2500) having elasticity,
The elastic member is disposed between the space forming portion and the case;
In the elastic member, a first opening (left opening B2513) and a second opening (right opening B2522) are formed, and a space (cavity) is formed so as to communicate with the first opening and the second opening. B2531) is formed, and the first opening is disposed on the space forming portion side, while the second opening is disposed on the case side,
The air passage space communicates with the space formed in the elastic member,
The case is formed with a vent (intake port B22A) for taking in air,
On the second opening side of the elastic member, a locking portion (a first right protrusion B2523a, a second right protrusion B2523b, and a third right protrusion B2523c) that can be inserted into the vent is formed. The elastic member can be locked by the locking portion inserted into the vent.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) is arranged between the space forming part (cover part B2000) and the case for housing the projector (case B22). The member (duct adapter B2500) has a first opening (left opening B2513) and a second opening (right opening B2522), and a first opening (left opening B2513) and a second opening (right side). A space (cavity B2531) is formed so as to communicate with the opening B2522). The space (cavity B2531) communicates with the air passage space (space P) formed in the space forming portion (cover portion B2000). As a result, the air that has passed through the space (space P) formed in the space forming portion (cover portion B2000) and the space (cavity B2531) formed in the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) flows into the projector (projector device B2). The heat generated in the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be released through the air flow. The elastic member (duct adapter B2500) has elasticity and can be deformed according to the relative positional relationship between the space forming part (cover part B2000) and the case (case B22). The operation of arranging the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) between the space forming part (cover part B2000) and the case (case B22) can be performed smoothly. Further, the case (case B22) is formed with a ventilation port (intake port B22A) for taking in air, and the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) on the second opening (right side opening B2522) side (case (case) On the (B22) side), locking portions (a first right protrusion B2523a, a second right protrusion B2523b, and a third right protrusion B2523c) that can be inserted into the vent (intake B22A) are formed. The elastic member (duct adapter B2500) is engaged by a locking portion (first right protrusion B2523a, second right protrusion B2523b, and third right protrusion B2523c) inserted into the vent (inlet B22A). It can be stopped. Accordingly, the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) is connected to the case (case B22) via the locking portions (first right protrusion B2523a, second right protrusion B2523b, and third right protrusion B2523c). Therefore, the arrangement work of the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) as described above can be performed more efficiently.

  In the sixth embodiment, the size and shape of the locking portion (right protrusion B2523) are substantially the same as the size and shape of the vent (slit B2022). In the present invention, the size and shape of the locking portion (right protrusion B2523) can be press-fitted into the vent (slit B2022), and cannot easily be released after being pressed (locked). ) And the like can be appropriately employed. For example, the length of the locking portion (right protruding portion B2523) in the short side direction (distance between the protruding upper surface B2523d and the protruding lower surface B2523e) is substantially the same as the short side of the vent (slit B2022), and the locking portion You may comprise so that the length of the long side direction (extending direction) in (right side protrusion part B2523) may become shorter than the long side of a vent hole (slit B2022). Further, the length in the long side direction (extending direction) of the locking portion (right side protruding portion B2523) is substantially the same as the long side of the vent (slit B2022), and the end portion in the extending direction is raised upward. You may make it bulge like part B2523f and lower side bulge part B2523g. The position where such a raised portion (locking projection) is formed is not particularly limited, and a locking piece may be provided at an arbitrary position in the locking portion (right protrusion B2523).

(C-4) a projector (projector apparatus B2);
A space forming portion (cover portion B2000) having an air passage space (space P) through which air can pass;
An elastic member (duct adapter B2500) having elasticity,
The elastic member is disposed between the space forming portion and the projector;
In the elastic member, a first opening (left opening B2513) and a second opening (right opening B2522) are formed, and a space (cavity) is formed so as to communicate with the first opening and the second opening. B2531) is formed, and the first opening is disposed on the space forming portion side, while the second opening is disposed on the projector side,
The air passage space communicates with the space formed in the elastic member,
On the first opening side of the elastic member, a locking portion (left side portion B2510) that can be locked to the space forming portion is formed, while the space forming portion has two protruding portions (right side). Standing part B2031 and left standing part B2032, first outer protrusion B2041a and first inner protrusion B2041b, second outer protrusion B2042a and second inner protrusion B2042b, third outer protrusion B2043a and third inner protrusion B2043b, fourth outer A projection B2044a and a fourth inner projection B2044b, a fifth outer projection B2045a and a fifth inner projection B2045b), and the locking portion is disposed between the two projections.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) is arranged between the space forming portion (cover portion B2000) and the projector (projector device B2), and the elastic member (duct) The adapter B2500) has a first opening (left opening B2513) and a second opening (right opening B2522), and a first opening (left opening B2513) and a second opening (right opening B2522). A space (cavity B2531) is formed so as to communicate with the space. The space (cavity B2531) communicates with the air passage space (space P) formed in the space forming portion (cover portion B2000). As a result, the air that has passed through the space (space P) formed in the space forming portion (cover portion B2000) and the space (cavity B2531) formed in the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) flows into the projector (projector device B2). The heat generated in the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be released through the air flow. The elastic member (duct adapter B2500) has elasticity, and can be deformed according to the relative positional relationship between the space forming part (cover part B2000) and the projector (projector apparatus B2). Therefore, the work of arranging the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) between the space forming part (cover part B2000) and the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be performed smoothly. Further, a locking portion that can be locked to the space forming portion (cover portion B2000) is provided on the first opening (left opening B2513) side (space forming portion (cover portion B2000) side) of the elastic member (duct adapter B2500). (Left side B2510) is formed, while the space forming part (cover part B2000) has two protrusions (right standing part B2031 and left standing part B2032, first outer protrusion B2041a and first inner protrusion). B2041b, second outer protrusion B2042a and second inner protrusion B2042b, third outer protrusion B2043a and third inner protrusion B2043b, fourth outer protrusion B2044a and fourth inner protrusion B2044b, fifth outer protrusion B2045a and fifth inner protrusion B2045b) The locking portion (left side portion B2510) is formed of the two projecting portions (right standing portion B2031 and left side). Installation portion B2032, first outer protrusion B2041a and first inner protrusion B2041b, second outer protrusion B2042a and second inner protrusion B2042b, third outer protrusion B2043a and third inner protrusion B2043b, fourth outer protrusion B2044a and fourth inner protrusion. B2044b, the fifth outer protrusion B2045a and the fifth inner protrusion B2045b). As a result, the locking portion (the left side portion B2510) is moved into the two protruding portions (the right side standing portion B2031 and the left side standing portion B2032, the first outer protrusion B2041a and the first inner protrusion B2041b, the second outer protrusion B2042a and the second. Positioning between the inner protrusion B2042b, the third outer protrusion B2043a and the third inner protrusion B2043b, the fourth outer protrusion B2044a and the fourth inner protrusion B2044b, and the fifth outer protrusion B2045a and the fifth inner protrusion B2045b). Therefore, the arrangement work of the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) as described above can be performed more efficiently.

  Furthermore, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the sixth embodiment, the thickness of the locking part (left side part B2510) is about 3 to 5 mm (for example, 4 mm), and the connection part B2530 (the connection upper part B2532, the connection lower side). Compared to the thickness (for example, 0.7 to 1.0 mm) of the portion B2533, the connection front side portion B2534, and the connection rear side portion B2535), it is considerably thicker. As a result, the two protruding portions (the right standing portion B2031 and the left standing portion B2032, the first outer protrusion B2041a and the first inner protrusion B2041b, the second outer protrusion B2042a, the second inner protrusion B2042b, and the third outer protrusion B2043a) The locking portion (the left side portion B2510) is stably locked between the third inner protrusion B2043b, the fourth outer protrusion B2044a and the fourth inner protrusion B2044b, and the fifth outer protrusion B2045a and the fifth inner protrusion B2045b. And the efficiency of the placement work of the elastic member (duct adapter B2500) can be further enhanced.

  In the sixth embodiment, it has been described that an image is displayed on the screen when light projected from the projector (projector apparatus B2) enters the screen. In the present invention, part or all of the light projected from the projector (projector apparatus B2) may irradiate an object other than the screen, and the irradiated object may be a component included in the gaming machine. However, it may be an object that exists outside the gaming machine. For example, a part of light projected from the projector (projector apparatus B2) (for example, light that has passed around the screen) reaches the player, and the clothes worn by the player are irradiated. Good. Note that when part or all of the light projected from the projector (projector apparatus B2) irradiates an object other than the screen, the screen may not be provided.

  In the sixth embodiment, the housing (cabinet G) is provided with a protrusion (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000), while the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000: irradiation unit B) has a hole (irradiation unit). A hooking screw hole B1010) is formed, and by inserting a protrusion (irradiation unit hooking screw 5000) of the housing part (cabinet G) into the hole of the irradiation unit B (irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010), It has been described that the irradiation unit B is hooked on the protrusion (the irradiation unit hooking screw 5000). In the present invention, conversely, the connecting member (projector cover plate B1000: irradiation unit) is provided with a protrusion, while the housing (cabinet G) has a hole (for example, irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010). The projection unit of the irradiation unit may be inserted into the hole (recessed portion) of the housing unit (cabinet G), and the irradiation unit may be hooked into the hole.

  In the sixth embodiment, the connection member (projector cover plate B1000: irradiation unit B) has been described as being attached to the housing portion (cabinet G) by screw fastening. In this invention, the attachment method of an irradiation unit and an accommodating part (cabinet G) is not specifically limited, You may fix an irradiation unit with respect to an accommodating part (cabinet G) not by screw fastening but by latching. Moreover, an irradiation unit may be directly fixed with respect to an accommodating part (cabinet G), and may be indirectly fixed by interposing another member. For example, another member (intervening member) is arranged between the irradiation unit and the accommodating portion (cabinet G), and the intermediate member is screwed to the accommodating portion (cabinet G), while the irradiation unit is locked to the intervening member. It is good to do.

  In the sixth embodiment, the air taken into the cabinet G from the outside of the gaming machine 1 is taken into the cover B2000 through the opening B2108e of the duct cover B2100, and the inside of the cover B2000 (space) After moving P), the case B22A was entered into the case B22 through the intake B22A, the heat generated in the case B22 was removed, the case B22 was advanced, and the case B22 was exited through the exhaust B22E. . Through such an air flow, the projector apparatus B2 can be cooled. In the present invention, the air for cooling the projector (projector apparatus B2) can be taken into the space forming part (cover part B2000) from any space in the accommodating part (cabinet G). At that time, air existing outside the gaming machine until just before may be taken into the space forming part (cover part B2000), or air staying in the gaming machine for a certain period of time may be taken into the space forming part (covering part). Part B2000). Further, as in the second embodiment (as opposed to the sixth embodiment), the air inlet B22A may be provided on the right side of the case B22, while the air outlet B22E may be provided on the left side of the case B22. That is, in the sixth embodiment, the air after passing through the space forming portion (cover portion B2000) flows into the case B22, but conversely, the air after passing through the case B22 is changed to the space forming portion (cover). Part B2000) may be configured to flow. Further, when cooling the projector (projector apparatus B2), the space forming portion (cover portion B2000) is not an essential configuration, and air is taken into the case B22 without providing the space forming portion (cover portion B2000). It is good.

[Seventh Embodiment]
The first to sixth embodiments have been described above. The seventh embodiment will be described below. The basic configuration of the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment is the same as that of the gaming machine 1 according to the first to sixth embodiments. In the following, the same components as those of the gaming machine 1 according to the first to sixth embodiments will be described with the same reference numerals. In addition, the description of the portions in the first embodiment to the sixth embodiment where the description applies to the seventh embodiment will be omitted.

<Reel unit height adjustment>
FIG. 154 is a front view for explaining a schematic configuration inside the cabinet. FIG. 155 is an exploded perspective view showing a state where the reel unit and the reel adapter are removed from the cabinet shown in FIG. 154. FIG. 156 (a) is a schematic view of the state in which the front door is closed as viewed from the front in the gaming machine according to the sixth embodiment. FIG. 156 (b) is a schematic view of the state in which the front door is closed as viewed from the front in the gaming machine according to the seventh embodiment. FIG. 156 (c) is a schematic view of the inside of the cabinet of the gaming machine according to the sixth embodiment viewed from the front. FIG. 156 (d) is a schematic view of the inside of the cabinet of the gaming machine according to the seventh embodiment viewed from the front.

  In the above-described embodiment, the gaming machine on which the display unit A (projection mapping device) is mounted has been described. However, the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment does not have a projection mapping device. Specifically, in the above-described embodiment, the irradiation unit B is disposed in the upper space inside the cabinet G, and the screen is provided in the upper space or the upper portion (upper door mechanism UD) of the front door. (See FIGS. 4, 5, 64, 97, etc.). On the other hand, in this embodiment, the irradiation unit B is not arranged in the upper space inside the cabinet G, and the screen is not provided in the upper space or the upper part of the front door.

  In the above-described embodiment (a mode in which the projection mapping device is mounted), an effect of displaying an image projected from the projector on the screen using the upper part of the gaming machine 1 is provided on the front door. Through the window (for example, the upper display window UD1 shown in FIG. 3), the player can visually recognize the video displayed on the screen. The main display window DD4 (the operations of the reels RL, RC, RR and the reels RL, RC, RR is drawn below the window (the window for making the video displayed on the screen visible). A window for making a visible symbol visible) is provided.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the projection mapping device is not mounted, a window for enabling visual recognition of the image displayed on the screen is not formed. DD4 is formed above the embodiment described above. This improves the operation of each reel RL, RC, RR and the visibility of symbols drawn on each reel RL, RC, RR.

  Here, as shown in FIGS. 154 and 155, in this embodiment, the reel adapter 6000 is placed on the upper surface of the middle board 4000, and the reel unit RU is placed on the upper surface of the reel adapter 6000. That is, in the sixth embodiment, the reel unit RU is directly mounted on the middle board 4000 (see FIGS. 95 and 96), whereas in the present embodiment, the middle board 4000 is disposed between the middle board 4000 and the reel unit RU. The reel adapter 6000 is interposed. Except for the reel adapter 6000, the internal configuration of the cabinet G is basically the same between the sixth embodiment and this embodiment. In this embodiment, since the irradiation unit B is not provided, the operation window G10 is not formed on the back wall G3.

  As shown in FIG. 156 (a) and FIG. 156 (b), in the present embodiment, the main display window DD4 is higher than the sixth embodiment by a distance d (about 3 to 10 cm, for example, 6 cm). Is formed. On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 156 (c) and 156 (d), the arrangement position (height) of the middle board 4000 in the cabinet G is the same between the sixth embodiment and the present embodiment. In the present embodiment, the reel adapter 6000 is disposed between the middle board 4000 and the reel unit RU, and the arrangement position of the reel unit RU is compared with that in the sixth embodiment. The height is higher by the height of adapter 6000 (distance d).

  As a result, in the present embodiment, both the main display window DD4 and the reel unit RU are positioned above the distance d as compared with the sixth embodiment. Thus, as in the sixth embodiment, the formation position of the main display window DD4 and the arrangement position of the reel unit RU (reel RL) are substantially coincident (overlapped) in front view. Thereby, the operation of each reel RL, RC, RR and the symbols drawn on each reel RL, RC, RR are easily visible to the player.

  In FIGS. 156 (a) and 156 (b), only the main display window DD4 and the reel unit RU are shown, and the other components are not shown. In FIG. 156 (c), only the middle board 4000 and the reel unit RU are shown, and the other components are not shown. In FIG. 156 (d), only the middle board 4000, the reel adapter 6000, and the reel unit RU are shown, and the other components are not shown.

<Reel adapter 6000>
FIG. 157 is a perspective view of the reel adapter viewed from the right front. FIG. 158 is a perspective view of the reel adapter as viewed from the right rear. FIG. 159 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the right rear portion of the reel adapter. FIG. 160 is a rear view of the right rear portion shown in FIG. 159. 161 is a cross-sectional view of the lower protrusion of the right rear portion shown in FIG. 159. FIG. FIG. 162 is a perspective view of the reel adapter as viewed from below. FIG. 163 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the reel adapter as viewed from below. FIG. 164 is a front view of a state where the reel adapter is cut along a vertical plane in the left-right direction. FIG. 165 is a perspective view of the reel adapter as viewed from above. FIG. 166 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the periphery of the step recess when the reel adapter is cut along the vertical plane in the front-rear direction.

  As shown in FIGS. 157 and 158, the reel adapter 6000 has a box-shaped appearance, and an upper surface 6001, a front surface 6002, a front surface, and a rear surface are respectively provided as an upper surface, a front surface, and a rear surface. And a rear surface 6003. The right portion (right rear surface 6003R) and the left portion (left rear surface 6003L) of the rear surface 6003 are formed so as to have a step with respect to the central portion (medium rear surface 6003C) of the rear surface 6003.

  In addition, the reel adapter 6000 includes a right rear portion 6010 and a left rear portion 6020 as structures that protrude rearward at the right and left portions at the rear end. The right rear portion 6010 includes an upper protrusion portion 6011 that protrudes rearward from the right rear surface 6003R at the upper portion of the right rear surface 6003R, a lower protrusion portion 6012 that protrudes rearward from the right rear surface 6003R at the lower portion of the right rear surface 6003R, have.

  The left rear portion 6020 includes an upper protrusion portion 6021 that protrudes rearward from the left rear surface 6003L in the upper portion of the left rear surface 6003L, and a lower protrusion portion 6022 that protrudes rearward from the left rear surface 6003L in the lower portion of the left rear surface 6003L. have. Since the left rear portion 6020 has substantially the same structure as the right rear portion 6010, only the right rear portion 6010 will be described below.

  As shown in FIG. 159, the upper protruding portion 6011 includes a right side portion 6011a and a left side portion 6011b extending in the up-down direction, and a connection portion 6011c extending in the left-right direction and connecting the right side portion 6011a and the left side portion 6011b. ,have. The lower protrusion 6012 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape with a rounded upper rear part. For easy understanding, in FIG. 159, the rear end surface of the upper protrusion 6011 and the rear end surface of the lower protrusion 6012 are indicated by hatching.

  As shown in FIG. 160, the lower end of the connection portion 6011c is positioned above the upper surface 6001, and thus an opening 6013 surrounded by the right side portion 6011a, the left side portion 6011b, the connection portion 6011c, and the upper surface 6001 is formed. Is formed. For easy understanding, in FIG. 160, the rear end surface of the upper protrusion 6011 and the rear end surface of the lower protrusion 6012 are indicated by hatching, and the opening 6013 is indicated by shading. Although not shown, similarly, the upper protrusion 6021 has a right side portion 6021a, a left side portion 6021b, and a connection portion 6021c, and is an opening surrounded by the right side portion 6021a, the left side portion 6021b, the connection portion 6021c, and the upper surface 6001. 6023 is formed.

  161 shows a state in which the lower protrusion 6012 is cut along a vertical plane (a plane in the left-right direction), and the cut plane is indicated by hatching. As shown in FIG. 161, the lower protruding portion 6012 has a protruding upper surface 6012a protruding rearward from the right rear surface 6003R. The protruding upper surface 6012 a is formed to have a slope that is slightly lower in the rear, and constitutes the upper surface of the lower protruding portion 6012. An upper raised portion 6012b is formed on the protruding upper surface 6012a. The upper raised portion 6012b has a shape raised with respect to the flat protruding upper surface 6012a.

  As shown in FIGS. 157 and 158, three upper surface recesses 6030 (a left upper surface recess 6030L, a middle upper surface recess 6030C, and a right upper surface recess 6030R) are formed on the upper surface 6001 of the reel adapter 6000. The left upper surface recess 6030L, the middle upper surface recess 6030C, and the right upper surface recess 6030R are each formed as a recess recessed with respect to the upper surface 6001, and are one surface in a hexahedron surrounded by six rectangular surfaces ( The upper surface is open.

  The left upper surface recess 6030L, the middle upper surface recess 6030C, and the right upper surface recess 6030R are formed so as to be aligned in the left-right direction. A recess non-forming region 6001a, a recess non-forming region 6001b, a recess non-forming region 6001c, and a recess non-forming region 6001d are formed between the upper surface recess 6030C and the right upper surface recess 6030R and on the right side of the right upper surface recess 6030R, respectively. Has been. The recess non-forming region 6001a, the recess non-forming region 6001b, the recess non-forming region 6001c, and the recess non-forming region 6001d are part of the upper surface 6001.

  As shown in FIGS. 162 and 163, on the back side of the reel adapter 6000, three back surface convex portions 6031 (a left back surface convex portion 6031L, a middle back surface convex portion 6031C, and a right back surface convex portion 6031R) are formed. . The left rear surface convex portion 6031L, the middle rear surface convex portion 6031C, and the right rear surface convex portion 6031R correspond to the left upper surface concave portion 6030L, the middle upper surface concave portion 6030C, and the right upper surface concave portion 6030R, respectively, and the left upper surface concave portion 6030L, It has a shape that protrudes downward with respect to the back surface 6004 (the surface on the opposite side of the top surface 6001) according to the recesses of the middle top surface recess 6030C and the right top surface recess 6030R.

  The back surface convex portion 6031 has a bottom surface 6031a formed substantially parallel to the back surface 6004, and a side surface 6031b connecting the back surface 6004 and the bottom surface 6031a. Further, on the back side of the reel adapter 6000, a rib 6032 is formed that protrudes downward (substantially perpendicular direction) to the back surface 6004 or the bottom surface 6031a. The rib 6032 is composed of left and right ribs 6032a extending in the left-right direction and five front and rear ribs 6032b extending in the front-rear direction.

  In order to make it easy to understand, in FIG. 163, the side surface of the rib 6032 (surface substantially perpendicular to the back surface 6004 or the bottom surface 6031a) is indicated by hatching. The left and right ribs 6032a intersect the five front and rear ribs 6032b below the bottom surface 6031a. The rib 6032 has a portion protruding downward from the back surface 6004 continuous with the side surface 6031b, and a portion protruding downward from the back surface 6004 is integrated with a portion protruding downward from the bottom surface 6031a.

  In FIG. 164, the reel adapter 6000 is cut along a vertical plane (left-right direction plane) passing through the left and right ribs 6032a, and the cut plane is indicated by hatching. As shown in FIG. 164, the length from the bottom surface 6030a (see FIG. 157) of the upper surface recess 6030 to the lower end of the left and right ribs 6032a (r in the drawing) in the portion of the left and right ribs 6032a that protrudes downward from the bottom surface 6031a. Is shorter than the length (R in the figure) from the upper surface 6001 to the lower ends of the left and right ribs 6032a in the portion protruding downward from the back surface 6004.

  Here, R is a length including the distance between the top surface 6001 and the back surface 6004 (the thickness of the reel adapter 6000 in the top surface recess-unformed region), and r is the distance between the bottom surface 6030a and the bottom surface 6031a (the top surface recess forming region). The thickness of the reel adapter 6000). The thicknesses of these reel adapters 6000 are substantially uniform. Accordingly, the length from the bottom surface 6031a to the lower end of the left and right ribs 6032a in the portion of the left and right ribs 6032a that protrudes downward from the bottom surface 6031a (the protruding length of the left and right ribs 6032a downward when the bottom surface 6031a is used as a reference). The length from the back surface 6004 to the lower end of the left and right ribs 6032a in the portion protruding downward from the back surface 6004 (the protruding length of the left and right ribs 6032a downward when using the back surface 6004 as a reference) is shorter.

  Similarly, the length from the bottom surface 6031a to the lower end of the front / rear rib 6032b in the portion of the front / rear rib 6032b that protrudes downward from the bottom surface 6031a (the length of protrusion downward of the front / rear rib 6032b with respect to the bottom surface 6031a). Is shorter than the length from the back surface 6004 to the lower end of the front / rear rib 6032b at the portion projecting downward from the back surface 6004 (projecting length downward of the front / rear rib 6032b with respect to the back surface 6004). Note that the downward projecting length of the front and rear ribs 6032b with respect to the bottom surface 6031a is substantially the same as the downward projecting length of the left and right ribs 6032a with respect to the bottom surface 6031a.

  As shown in FIGS. 157 and 165, the front surface 6002 of the reel adapter 6000 has two step recesses 6040 (a left step recess 6040L and a right step recess 6040R). The left-side stepped recess 6040L and the right-side stepped recess 6040R are each formed to have a step, and an upper wall surface 6040a that is continuously formed from the upper surface 6001 and substantially parallel to the front surface 6002, and in front of the upper wall surface 6040a. A lower wall surface 6040b formed substantially parallel to the upper wall surface 6040a. For easy understanding, in FIG. 165, the upper wall surface 6040a and the lower wall surface 6040b are indicated by hatching.

  FIG. 166 shows a state where the reel adapter 6000 is cut along a vertical plane (front-rear direction plane) passing through the left stepped recess 6040L. As shown in FIG. 166, a lower protrusion 6041 is formed at the lower portion of the step recess 6040. The front surface 6041a of the lower protrusion 6041 is continuously formed downward from the lower end of the lower side wall surface 6040b. For easy understanding, in FIG. 166, the cut surface of the lower protrusion 6041 is shown in black, and the cut surfaces other than the lower protrusion 6041 are shown in diagonal lines. The lower end of the lower wall surface 6040b is substantially the same height as the lower end of the region where the stepped recess 6040 is not formed on the front surface 6002, and the lower protrusion 6041 is a portion protruding downward from these lower ends.

  As shown in FIGS. 157 and 165, the front surface 6002 of the reel adapter 6000 is formed with two screw hole recesses 6050 (a left screw hole recess 6050L and a right screw hole recess 6050R). Each of the left screw hole recess 6050L and the right screw hole recess 6050R includes a lower surface 6050a that defines the lower end and a side surface 6050b that is formed to have a tapered shape that is narrower in the lower part. The lower surface 6050a is formed with a screw hole 6050c penetrating toward the back side.

  As shown in FIGS. 157 and 165, the front surface 6002 of the reel adapter 6000 has three upper upper recesses 6060 (left front upper recess 6060L, middle front upper recess 6060C, and right front upper recess 6060R). Is formed. The left front upper recess 6060L, the middle front upper recess 6060C, and the right front upper recess 6060R each have a shape in which a boundary portion between the front surface 6002 and the upper surface 6001 is cut out in a rectangular parallelepiped shape. The left side of the left front upper recess 6060L communicates with the left step recess 6040L, and the left side of the right front upper recess 6060R communicates with the right screw hole recess 6050R.

<Reel unit RU>
FIG. 167 is a perspective view of the reel unit. FIG. 168 is a perspective view showing a state where the right unit is removed from the reel unit shown in FIG. 167. FIG. 169 is a perspective view of the reel frame as viewed from the front. FIG. 170 is a perspective view of the reel frame as viewed from below. FIG. 171 is a perspective view of the reel frame as viewed from the rear. FIG. 172 is a perspective view of the motor frame.

  As shown in FIGS. 167 and 168, the reel unit RU includes a reel frame R10, a left unit R30L, a middle unit R30C, and a right unit R30R. The left unit R30L, the middle unit R30C, and the right unit R30R include the reel frame R10. Is housed in. Since the left unit R30L, the middle unit R30C, and the right unit R30R have the same configuration, the configuration of the right unit R30R will be mainly described below.

  The right unit R30R includes a right reel RR, a right motor frame R50R, and a right front guard R70R. FIG. 168 shows a state in which the right motor frame R50R and the right front guard R70R are removed from the right unit R30R. The right reel RR has a cylindrical right reel drum R31R, and a right reel band R32R on which a plurality of symbols are arranged is wound and fixed on the right reel drum R31R. Although not shown, a rotation gear having the same central axis as that of the right reel drum R31R is disposed inside the right reel drum R31R.

  The right motor frame R50R is disposed on the right side of the right reel RR. The right motor frame R50R has an opening R51R at the center, and a motor cover R52R is attached so as to fill the opening R51R. The motor cover R52R is accommodated in a state of covering the motor drive unit. Although not shown, the motor drive unit has a stepping motor and a drive gear that meshes with the rotary gear.

  The driving force of the stepping motor is transmitted to the right reel RR via the driving gear and the rotating gear. Thus, the right motor frame R50R supports the stepping motor and supports the right reel RR so as to be rotatable. The right front guard R70R is disposed at the lower part on the front side of the right reel RR and covers a part of the symbols arranged on the right reel RR.

  Similarly, the left unit R30L includes a left reel RL, a left motor frame R50L, and a left front guard R70L. The left motor frame R50L supports the stepping motor and supports the left reel RL in a rotatable manner. The left front guard R70L is disposed at the lower part on the front side of the left reel RL and covers a part of the symbols arranged on the left reel RL.

  The middle unit R30C includes a middle reel RC, a middle motor frame R50C, and a middle front guard R70C. The middle motor frame R50C supports the stepping motor and also supports the middle reel RC so as to be rotatable. The middle front guard R70C is arranged at the lower part on the front side of the middle reel RC and covers a part of the symbols arranged on the middle reel RC.

  As shown in FIG. 169, the reel frame R10 is formed in a box shape whose front side is open. The reel frame R10 has three first lower side surfaces R11 (left first lower side surface R11L, middle first lower side surface R11C) as surfaces defining the lower end of the accommodation space of the left unit R30L, the middle unit R30C, and the right unit R30R. And right first lower side surface R11R) and three second lower side surfaces R12 (left second lower side surface R12L, middle second lower side surface R12C, and right second lower side surface R12R). For easy understanding, in FIG. 169, the second lower surface R12 is indicated by hatching.

  The left second lower side surface R12L, the middle second lower side surface R12C, and the right second lower side surface R12R are the right side of the left first lower side surface R11L, the middle first lower side surface R11C, and the right first lower side surface R11R, respectively. Are formed as concave portions that are slightly recessed with respect to the first lower side surface R11. A left reel RL, a middle reel RC, and a right reel RR are disposed above the left first lower surface R11L, the middle first lower surface R11C, and the right first lower surface R11R, respectively. A left motor frame R50L, a middle motor frame R50C, and a right motor frame R50R are placed on the left second lower side surface R12L, the middle second lower side surface R12C, and the right second lower side surface R12R, respectively.

  The first lower side surface R11 and the second lower side surface R12 are formed substantially flat. Further, the reel frame R10 has a downward projecting portion projecting downward (in a direction substantially perpendicular to the first lower side surface R11 and the second lower side surface R12) at the front ends of the first lower side surface R11 and the second lower side surface R12. R13. The lower protrusion R13 has three mounting holes R14 (a left mounting hole R14L, a middle mounting hole R14C, and a right mounting hole R14R), and one screw hole R15 that extends back and forth along the lower protrusion R13. It is formed so as to penetrate in the direction.

  A pair of protrusions R16 are formed on the front side of the downward projecting portion R13 with a predetermined distance between the left mounting hole R14L, the middle mounting hole R14C, and the right mounting hole R14R. . As shown in FIG. 170, on the back side of the downward projecting portion R13, one in the left and right in the vicinity of the periphery of the left mounting hole R14L, the middle mounting hole R14C, and the right mounting hole R14R. A protrusion R17 is formed.

  The reel frame R10 has three first back side surfaces R18 (a left first back side surface R18L, a middle first back side surface R18C, and a back side (opposite side of the first lower side surface R11 and the second lower side surface R12), and Right first back side surface R18R) and three second back side surfaces R19 (left second back side surface R19L, middle second back side surface R19C, and right second back side surface R19R). The left first back side surface R18L, the middle first back side surface R18C, and the right first back side surface R18R correspond to the left first lower side surface R11L, the middle first lower side surface R11C, and the right first lower side surface R11R, respectively. The left second back side surface R19L, the middle second back side surface R19C, and the right second back side surface R19R are respectively the left second bottom side surface R12L, the middle second bottom side surface R12C, and the right second bottom side. It corresponds to the side surface R12R.

  The left second back side surface R19L, the middle second back side surface R19C, and the right second back side surface R19R are the recesses of the left second lower side surface R12L, the middle second lower side surface R12C, and the right second lower side surface R12R, respectively. Accordingly, the first rear side surface R18L, the middle first rear side surface R18C, and the right first rear side surface R18R have a shape protruding slightly downward.

  The first back side surface R18 and the second back side surface R19 are formed to be substantially flat, are continuous with the lower protrusion R13 at the front end, and are continuous with the rear wall portion R20 at the rear end. The downward projecting portion R13 and the rear wall portion R20 are formed in a direction substantially perpendicular to the first back side surface R18 and the second back side surface R19, respectively. The lower end edge of the rear wall portion R20 is positioned on the same plane as the second back side surface R19.

  As illustrated in FIG. 171, the reel frame R10 includes two rear protrusions R21 (a right rear protrusion R21R and a left rear protrusion R21L) that protrude rearward from the rear wall R20. The rear protrusion R21 has a protrusion upper surface R21a that protrudes rearward from the rear wall R20. The protruding upper surface R21a is formed to have a slope that is slightly lower in the rear, and constitutes the upper surface of the rear protruding portion R21. An upper raised portion R21b is formed on the protruding upper surface R21a. The upper raised portion R21b has a shape raised with respect to the flat protruding upper surface R21a. The size and shape of the right rear protrusion R21R and the left rear protrusion R21L are substantially the same as the size and shape of the lower protrusion 6012 and the lower protrusion 6022 (see FIG. 158) in the reel adapter 6000, respectively. ing.

  As shown in FIG. 172, the motor frame R50 (the left motor frame R50L, the middle motor frame R50C, and the right motor frame R50R) has a placement surface R52 as a surface that defines the lower end. For easy understanding, in FIG. 172, the placement surface R52 is indicated by hatching. The horizontal width of the mounting surface R52 is substantially the same as the horizontal width of the second lower side surface R12 of the reel frame R10.

  In the left motor frame R50L, the middle motor frame R50C, and the right motor frame R50R, the placement surface R52 is in contact with the left second lower side surface R12L, the middle second lower side surface R12C, and the right second lower side surface R12R, respectively. In this state, it is accommodated in the reel frame R10. As a result, the motor frame R50 is supported by the reel frame R10. As a result, the reels RL, RC, RR and the stepping motor are also supported by the reel frame R10.

  Further, the motor frame R50 has a lower protrusion R53 that protrudes downward (in a direction substantially perpendicular to the mounting surface R52) at the front end of the mounting surface R52. A mounting hole R54 is formed in the downward protrusion R53 so as to penetrate the downward protrusion R53 in the front-rear direction. The width in the left-right direction of the downward protrusion R53 corresponds to the distance between the pair of protrusions R16 formed on the downward protrusion R13 of the reel frame R10.

  In a state where the motor frame R50 is housed in the reel frame R10 (a state where the assembly of the gaming machine 1 is completed), the lower protrusion R53 of the motor frame R50 is a pair of protrusions on the front side of the lower protrusion R13 of the reel frame R10. The mounting hole R54 formed in the downward projecting portion R53 and the mounting hole R14 formed in the downward projecting portion R13 are arranged so as to be sandwiched between R16. In this state, the motor frame R50 is fastened to the reel frame R10 using the fastening member inserted through the mounting hole R54 and the mounting hole R14. In the present embodiment, NIFLATCH (registered trademark) is used as the fastening member.

<Middle board 4000>
FIG. 173 is a perspective view of the middle board.

  As shown in FIG. 173, the middle board 4000 has a plate shape, and the upper surface includes a first upper surface 4010, a second upper surface 4030, a third upper surface 4050, a fourth upper surface 4070, and a first surface. 5 upper surface 4080 is constituted. The second upper surface 4030, the third upper surface 4050, the fourth upper surface 4070, and the fifth upper surface 4080 are each formed as a recessed portion that is recessed with respect to the first upper surface 4010. For easy understanding, in FIG. 173, the first upper surface 4010 is indicated by hatching.

  A right mounting wall portion 4001 is erected on the right side portion of the rear edge of the middle board 4000. A screw hole 4002 is formed in the right mounting wall portion 4001. Further, a left mounting wall portion 4003 is erected on the left side portion of the rear edge of the middle board 4000. A screw hole 4004 is formed in the left mounting wall portion 4003. The middle board 4000 is attached to the back wall G3 of the cabinet G with screws through which the screw holes 4002 and the screw holes 4004 are inserted.

  Further, the middle board 4000 is attached to other members (not shown) by screws through which four screw holes 4005 formed in the first upper surface 4010 are respectively inserted. The other members are attached to the right side wall G2R and the left side wall G2L of the cabinet G, whereby the middle board 4000 is fixed to the right side wall G2R and the left side wall G2L.

  The second upper surface 4030 is formed in front of the right mounting wall portion 4001. A rectangular opening 4031 is formed in the second upper surface 4030, and a right opening is provided in a direction substantially perpendicular to the second upper surface 4030 along the rear edge (rear side) of the opening 4031. An installation portion 4032 is erected. A rectangular opening 4033 is formed in the central portion of the right opening-equipped standing portion 4032. The size and shape of the opening 4033 are substantially the same as the size and shape of the opening 6013 (see FIG. 160) formed by the upper protruding portion 6011 of the reel adapter 6000. Further, the lower edge of the opening 4033 is substantially the same height as the first upper surface 4010.

  The third upper surface 4050 is formed in front of the left mounting wall portion 4003. A rectangular opening 4051 is formed in the third upper surface 4050, and a left opening is provided in a direction substantially perpendicular to the third upper surface 4050 along the rear edge (the rear side) of the opening 4051. An installation portion 4052 is provided upright. A rectangular opening 4053 is formed in the central portion of the left opening-equipped standing portion 4052. The size and shape of the opening 4053 are substantially the same as the size and shape of the opening 4033 formed in the erected portion 4032 with the right opening. The lower edge of the opening 4053 is substantially the same height as the first upper surface 4010.

  The fourth upper surface 4070 is formed to extend in the left-right direction in front of the second upper surface 4030 and the third upper surface 4050. The fifth upper surface 4080 is formed toward the front end of the middle board 4000 in front of the fourth upper surface 4070. The fifth upper surface 4080 includes a first raised surface 4081, a second raised surface 4082, a third raised surface 4083, and a fourth raised surface 4084 as raised portions with respect to the surrounding surfaces.

  In the second raised surface 4082, a front hole 4082a, a rear hole 4082b, and a notch 4082c are formed. The front hole 4082a and the rear hole 4082b are formed as a through hole penetrating the middle board 4000 in the vertical direction and have a rectangular shape with a slightly rounded corner. The front hole 4082a and the rear hole 4082b each extend in the left-right direction, and the extending direction of the front hole 4082a and the extending direction of the rear hole 4082b are substantially parallel to each other. The front hole 4082a and the rear hole 4082b are substantially the same in size and shape.

  Similarly, the third raised surface 4083 is formed with a front hole 4083a, a rear hole 4083b, and a notch 4083c. The front hole 4083a and the rear hole 4083b are formed as a through hole that penetrates the middle board 4000 in the vertical direction and is formed in a rectangular shape with a slightly rounded corner. The front hole 4083a and the rear hole 4083b each extend in the left-right direction, and the extending direction of the front hole 4083a and the extending direction of the rear hole 4083b are substantially parallel to each other. The front hole 4083a and the rear hole 4083b are substantially the same in size and shape. The fourth raised surface 4084 is formed with a notch 4084a.

  A screw hole 4085 is formed between the first raised surface 4081 and the second raised surface 4082. A screw hole 4086 is formed between the second raised surface 4082 and the third raised surface 4083. A screw hole 4087 is formed between the third raised surface 4083 and the fourth raised surface 4084.

  First upper surface 4010, second upper surface 4030, third upper surface 4050, fourth upper surface 4070, and fifth upper surface 4080 (first raised surface 4081, second raised surface 4082, third raised surface 4083, and the like described above) , Including the fourth raised surface 4084) are all formed substantially flat and are arranged substantially horizontally.

<Placing the reel adapter 6000 on the middle board 4000>
FIG. 174 is a perspective view showing a state where the reel adapter is placed on the middle board. FIG. 175 is a perspective view showing a state in which the reel adapter is slightly shifted from the state shown in FIG. 174 with respect to the middle board. FIG. 176 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the periphery of the step recess when the reel adapter and the middle board shown in FIG. 174 are cut along a vertical plane in the front-rear direction. 177 is a perspective view of the reel adapter and the middle board shown in FIG. 174 as seen from the side. 178 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the reel adapter and the middle board shown in FIG. 177 cut along a vertical plane in the front-rear direction.

  In a state where the reel adapter 6000 is placed on the middle board 4000 (see FIG. 174, the assembly of the gaming machine 1 is completed), the upper surface 6001, the front surface 6002, the rear surface 6003, and the lower end of the side surface 6005 in the reel adapter 6000. The lower edge of the edge and the rib 6032 (see FIG. 163) that protrudes downward from the bottom surface 6031a abuts on the first upper surface 4010 (see FIG. 173) of the middle board 4000.

  In this state, the left screw hole recess 6050L of the reel adapter 6000 is disposed above the portion of the fifth upper surface 4080 of the middle board 4000 positioned between the first raised surface 4081 and the second raised surface 4082. , The right screw hole recess 6050R of the reel adapter 6000 is disposed above the portion of the fifth upper surface 4080 of the middle board 4000 positioned between the third raised surface 4083 and the fourth raised surface 4084 (FIG. 175). reference).

  At this time, the screw hole 6050c of the screw hole recess 6050 (left screw hole recess 6050L and right screw hole recess 6050R) overlaps with the screw hole 4085 and screw hole 4087 of the middle board 4000, and these screw holes are inserted. The reel adapter 6000 is fastened to the middle board 4000 using the screw that has been used. Although not shown, a portion protruding downward is formed on the back side of the lower surface 6050 a (see FIG. 165) of the screw hole recess 6050, and the portion makes contact with the fifth upper surface 4080 and is stable. Screw fastening can be performed.

  FIG. 176 shows a state in which the reel adapter 6000 and the middle board 4000 are cut along a vertical plane (front-rear direction plane) passing through the left stepped recess 6040L in a state where the reel adapter 6000 is placed on the middle board 4000. As shown in FIG. 176, in this state, the lower protrusion 6041 (see FIG. 166) formed in the lower portion of the left step recess 6040L of the reel adapter 6000 is inserted into the front hole 4082a of the middle board 4000. Similarly, although not shown, the lower protrusion 6041 formed at the lower part of the right step recess 6040R of the reel adapter 6000 is inserted into the front hole 4083a of the middle board 4000.

  The size and shape of the lower protrusion 6041 correspond to the size and shape of the front hole 4082a and the front hole 4083a, and in the state where the lower protrusion 6041 is inserted into the front hole 4082a and the front hole 4083a, The protrusion 6041 is substantially in contact with or close to a wall portion (a wall portion formed in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction) constituting the periphery of the front hole 4082a and the front hole 4083a, and the lower protrusion 6041 and the peripheral wall portion Is less than a predetermined distance (for example, 0.5 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.1 mm, etc.). Thereby, the movement of the lower protrusion 6041 in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction is restricted, and when the reel adapter 6000 is placed on the middle board 4000, the position adjustment is performed while suppressing the positional deviation in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction. It can be carried out.

  In this embodiment, the lower protrusion 6041 is inserted into the front hole 4082a and the front hole 4083a, but in other embodiments, the lower protrusion 6041 is inserted into the rear hole 4082b and the rear hole 4083b. There is also. Specifically, in this embodiment, a liquid crystal display device is not mounted on the front door, but the present invention can also be applied to a gaming machine equipped with a liquid crystal display device. When the liquid crystal display device is mounted on the front door, the thickness of the front door increases, and the reel unit RU needs to be disposed rearward by the amount of increase in the thickness of the front door.

  In this regard, if the reel adapter 6000 is placed on the middle board 4000 so that the lower protrusion 6041 is inserted into the rear hole 4082b and the rear hole 4083b, the reel unit RU can be positioned rearward than the present embodiment. It is possible to easily cope with such a design change. The screw hole 6050c of the reel adapter 6000 has an elliptical shape that is long in the front-rear direction. As a result, in either case where the lower protrusion 6041 is inserted into the front hole 4082a and the front hole 4083a and where the lower protrusion 6041 is inserted into the rear hole 4082b and the rear hole 4083b, the reel The screw hole 6050c of the adapter 6000 overlaps with the screw hole 4085 and the screw hole 4087 of the middle board 4000.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 177, when the reel adapter 6000 is placed on the middle board 4000, the lower protrusion 6012 (see FIG. 158) of the reel adapter 6000 is the raised portion with the right opening of the middle board 4000. It is inserted into an opening 4033 (see FIG. 173) formed in 4032, and a part of the lower protrusion 6012 protrudes to the rear of the opening 4033. Similarly, the lower protrusion 6022 (see FIG. 158) of the reel adapter 6000 is inserted into the opening 4053 (see FIG. 173) formed in the left opening-equipped standing portion 4052 of the middle board 4000. A part protrudes behind the opening 4053.

  FIG. 178 shows a state in which the reel adapter 6000 and the middle board 4000 are cut at a surface (vertical surface in the front-rear direction) passing through the highest portion of the upper protruding portion 6012b (see FIG. 161) of the lower protrusion 6012. For the sake of clarity, the cut surface of the middle board 4000 and the erected portion 4032 with the right opening are shown in black, the rear side surface of the right mounting wall 4001 of the middle board 4000 is shown in diagonal lines, and the cut surface of the reel adapter 6000 Is indicated by hatching, and a portion other than the cut surface of the lower protrusion 6012 of the reel adapter 6000 is indicated by hatching.

  As shown in FIG. 178, the upper end of the lower protrusion 6012 is substantially in contact with or close to the upper edge of the opening 4033, and the distance between the upper end of the lower protrusion 6012 and the upper edge of the opening 4033 is a predetermined distance (for example, 0.5 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.1 mm, etc.) or less. Although not shown, similarly, the upper end of the lower protrusion 6022 is substantially in contact with or close to the upper edge of the opening 4053, and the distance between the upper end of the lower protrusion 6022 and the upper edge of the opening 4053 is a predetermined distance (for example, 0.5 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.1 mm, etc.) or less. Thus, the upward movement of the lower protrusion 6012 and the lower protrusion 6022 is restricted, and when the reel adapter 6000 is placed on the middle board 4000, the alignment is performed while suppressing the vertical displacement. It can be carried out.

<Placing the reel unit RU on the reel adapter 6000>
FIG. 179 is a perspective view showing a state in which the reel unit is placed on the reel adapter. 180 is a perspective view illustrating a state in which the reel adapter is shifted downward with respect to the reel unit from the state illustrated in FIG. 179. FIG. 181 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the reel adapter and the reel frame in the state shown in FIG. 179 cut along a horizontal plane. FIG. 182 is a cross-sectional view of the reel unit being fastened to the reel adapter. FIG. 183 is a perspective view of the reel adapter and the reel frame in the state shown in FIG. 179 as seen from the rear. FIG. 184 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the reel adapter and the reel frame shown in FIG. 183 cut along a vertical plane in the front-rear direction.

  In a state in which the reel unit RU is placed on the reel adapter 6000 (see FIG. 179, a state in which the assembly of the gaming machine 1 is completed), the left reel RL, the middle reel RC, and the right reel RR are each a reel adapter. The upper left concave portion 6030L, the middle upper concave portion 6030C, and the right upper concave portion 6030R (see FIG. 157) of the 6000 are disposed. In addition, the left motor frame R50L, the middle motor frame R50C, and the right motor frame R50R (see FIG. 168) are, respectively, the non-recessed region 6001b, the non-recessed region 6001c, and the non-recessed region 6001d of the reel adapter 6000. (See FIG. 180). 180 shows a state where the left front guard R70L, the middle front guard R70C, and the right front guard R70R are removed from the reel unit RU.

  FIG. 181 shows a state where the reel adapter 6000 and the reel frame R10 are cut at a plane (vertical plane in the left-right direction) passing through the left upper surface recess 6030L, the middle upper surface recess 6030C, and the right upper surface recess 6030R. As shown in FIG. 181, in this state, the left second back side surface R19L, the middle second back side surface R19C, and the right second back side surface R19R (see FIG. 170) of the reel frame R10 are respectively connected to the reel adapter 6000. Are not in contact with the non-recessed region 6001b, the non-recessed region 6001c, and the non-recessed region 6001d. For the sake of clarity, in FIG. 181, the cut surface of the reel frame R10 is indicated by diagonal lines, the cut surface of the reel adapter 6000 is indicated by black, the left second lower side surface R12L, the middle second lower side surface R12C, and the right first side 2 The lower side surface R12R (the front side surface corresponding to the left second back side surface R19L, the middle second back side surface R19C, and the right second back side surface R19R, see FIG. 169) is shaded.

  In FIG. 182, in a state where the reel unit RU is fastened to the reel adapter 6000 (a state where assembly of the gaming machine 1 is completed), a vertical surface (front-rear direction) passing through the right front upper recess 6060R (see FIG. 157) of the reel adapter 6000. It shows a state of cutting along the surface. For the sake of clarity, in FIG. 182, the cut surface of the reel adapter 6000 is indicated by oblique lines, the cut surface of the reel frame R10 is indicated by black, the cut surface of the right motor frame R50R is indicated by shading, and a fastening member R100R (FIG. 180) is indicated by hatching.

  As described above, when the motor frame R50 is housed in the reel frame R10 (when the assembly of the gaming machine 1 is completed), the lower protrusion R53 (see FIG. 172) of the motor frame R50 is located below the reel frame R10. An attachment hole R54 formed in the lower protrusion R53 and an attachment hole R14 formed in the lower protrusion R13 are arranged on the front side of the protrusion R13 (see FIG. 169). In this state, the fastening member (Niflatch (registered trademark) in this embodiment, fastening members R100L, 100C, 100R shown in FIG. 180) inserted through the mounting hole R54 and the mounting hole R14 is used to drive the motor. The frame R50 is fastened to the reel frame R10.

  As shown in FIG. 182, the mounting hole R54 formed in the downward projecting portion R53 of the right motor frame R50R and the right mounting hole R14R formed in the downward projecting portion R13 of the reel frame R10 are formed on the right front surface of the reel adapter 6000. The upper concave portion 6060R is disposed on the front side, and a part of the fastening member R100R is accommodated in the right front upper concave portion 6060R. Further, the rear surface of the lower protrusion R53 of the right motor frame R50R is in contact with the front surface of the lower protrusion R13 of the reel frame R10, and the rear surface of the lower protrusion R13 of the reel frame R10. And the front surface 6002 (see FIG. 157) of the reel adapter 6000 are in contact with each other.

  FIG. 182 shows a state in which a part of the fastening member R100R for fastening the right motor frame R50R to the reel frame R10 is housed in the right front upper recess 6060R of the reel adapter 6000. Part of the fastening member R100L for fastening the left motor frame R50L to the reel frame R10 is housed in the left front upper recess 6060L of the reel adapter 6000, and for fastening the middle motor frame R50C to the reel frame R10. A part of the fastening member R100C is housed in the middle front upper concave portion 6060C of the reel adapter 6000.

  As described above, the screw hole R15 is formed in the downward projecting portion R13 of the reel frame R10, while the boss portion 6070 is formed in the upper portion of the reel adapter 6000 (see FIG. 180). In a state where the reel unit RU is placed on the reel adapter 6000, the screw hole R15 and the boss portion 6070 overlap each other, and the screw through which the screw hole R15 is inserted is screwed into the hole formed in the boss portion 6070. The reel unit RU is fastened to the reel adapter 6000.

  As shown in FIG. 183, when the reel unit RU (reel frame R10) is placed on the reel adapter 6000, the right rear protrusion R21R (see FIG. 171) of the reel frame R10 is located above the reel adapter 6000. It is inserted into the opening 6013 (see FIG. 160) formed by the protrusion 6011, and a part of the right rear protrusion R21R protrudes to the rear of the opening 6013. Similarly, the left rear protrusion R21L (see FIG. 171) of the reel frame R10 is inserted into the opening 6023 formed by the upper protrusion 6021 of the reel adapter 6000, and a part of the left rear protrusion R21L is behind the opening 6023. And protruding.

  FIG. 184 shows a state in which the reel adapter 6000 and the reel frame R10 are cut at a plane (vertical plane in the front-rear direction) passing through the highest portion of the upper raised portion R21b (see FIG. 171) of the right rear protrusion R21R. For the sake of clarity, the cut surface of the reel adapter 6000 and the rear end surface of the upper protrusion 6011 (see FIG. 159) are shown in black, the cut surface of the reel frame R10 is shaded, and the right rear protrusion R21R of the reel frame R10. Of these, portions other than the cut surface are indicated by hatching.

  As shown in FIG. 184, the upper end of the right rear protrusion R21R is substantially in contact with or close to the lower end of the connection portion 6011c in the upper protrusion 6011, and the distance between the upper end of the right rear protrusion R21R and the lower end of the connection portion 6011c. Is less than a predetermined distance (for example, 0.5 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.1 mm, etc.). Although not shown, similarly, the upper end of the left rear protrusion R21L is substantially in contact with or close to the lower end of the connection portion 6021c in the upper protrusion 6021, and the distance between the upper end of the left rear protrusion R21L and the lower end of the connection portion 6021c. Is less than a predetermined distance (for example, 0.5 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.1 mm, etc.). Thereby, the upward movement of the right rear protrusion R21R and the left rear protrusion R21L is restricted, and when the reel unit RU (reel frame R10) is placed on the reel adapter 6000, the vertical displacement is suppressed. In addition, alignment can be performed.

<Placing the reel unit RU on the middle board 4000>
FIG. 185 is a perspective view showing a state where the reel unit is placed on the middle board. 186 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the reel unit and the middle board shown in FIG. 185 cut along a vertical plane in the front-rear direction.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the reel adapter 6000 is interposed between the middle board 4000 and the reel unit RU, whereas in the sixth embodiment, the reel unit RU is directly mounted on the middle board 4000. (See FIGS. 95 and 96). FIG. 185 shows a state where the reel unit RU is placed on the middle board 4000 in the sixth embodiment.

  As shown in FIG. 185, in a state where the reel unit RU is placed on the middle board 4000, the right rear protrusion R21R (see FIG. 171) of the reel frame R10 is provided on the right opening-equipped standing portion 4032 of the middle board 4000. It is inserted into the formed opening 4033 (see FIG. 173), and a part of the right rear protrusion R21R protrudes to the rear of the opening 4033. Similarly, the left rear protrusion R21L (see FIG. 171) of the reel frame R10 is inserted into the opening 4053 (see FIG. 173) formed in the left opening erecting portion 4052 of the middle board 4000, and the left rear protrusion R21L A part protrudes behind the opening 4053.

  FIG. 186 shows a state in which the reel unit RU and the middle board 4000 are cut at a surface (vertical surface in the front-rear direction) passing through the highest portion of the upper raised portion R21b (see FIG. 171) of the right rear protrusion R21R. For the sake of clarity, the cut surface of the middle board 4000 and the erected portion 4032 with the right opening are shown in black, the rear side surface of the right mounting wall 4001 of the middle board 4000 is shown by diagonal lines, and the cut surface of the reel frame R10 Is indicated by hatching, and the portion other than the cut surface of the right rear protrusion R21R of the reel frame R10 is indicated by hatching.

  As shown in FIG. 186, the upper end of the right rear protrusion R21R is substantially in contact with or close to the upper edge of the opening 4033, and the distance between the upper end of the right rear protrusion R21R and the upper edge of the opening 4033 is a predetermined distance (for example, 0.5 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.1 mm, etc.) or less. Although not shown, similarly, the upper end of the left rear protrusion R21L is substantially in contact with or close to the upper edge of the opening 4053, and the distance between the upper end of the left rear protrusion R21L and the upper edge of the opening 4053 is a predetermined distance (for example, 0.5 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.1 mm, etc.) or less. Accordingly, the upward movement of the right rear protrusion R21R and the left rear protrusion R21L is restricted, and when the reel unit RU is placed on the middle board 4000, alignment is performed while suppressing the vertical displacement. It can be carried out.

  The gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment has been described as an embodiment of the present invention.

<Appendix D>
Conventionally, a plurality of reels having a plurality of symbols arranged on each surface, and a game medal, a coin or the like (“medal etc.”) are inserted, and a start lever is operated by a player is detected. A start switch that requests the start of rotation of the reel and a stop button provided corresponding to each of the plurality of reels is detected by the player, and a signal that requests the stop of rotation of the corresponding reel is output. And a stepping motor that is provided corresponding to each of the plurality of reels and transmits the driving force to each reel, and the operation of the stepping motor based on signals output from the start switch and the stop switch. A reel control unit that controls and rotates each reel and stops the operation of the start lever. And a so-called pachislot that stops the reel rotation based on the result of the lottery ("internal winning combination") and the timing at which the stop button is detected. Known gaming machines are known.

  As such a conventional gaming machine, there is known a gaming machine capable of easily changing the layout of the front door (see JP 2013-128839 A).

  However, even if the layout of the front door can be changed easily, when the position of the reel (variable display part) is changed, it is necessary to make a drastic change in the design inside the housing. There was a problem that the cost increased.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can easily change the position of the variable display section at a low cost.

  In this regard, the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment has the following features.

(D-1) a variable display unit (reel unit RU) including a variable display unit (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) capable of variably displaying a plurality of identification information;
A viewable region (main display window DD4) that allows the player to view the variable display of the variable display unit;
A mounting member (reel adapter 6000) on which the variable display unit is mounted and having a predetermined height;
An installation part (middle board 4000) on which the installation member is installed,
The installation portion and the viewable area are separated in a vertical direction by a predetermined distance,
The placement member is installed in the installation part, and the variable display unit is arranged on the placement member,
The vertical position of the variable display unit is fixed so that the variable display unit can be easily viewed through the viewable region.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment, the player can display variable display of the variable display portions (the left reel RL, the middle reel RC, and the right reel RR) via the viewable area (main display window DD4). The visible area (main display window DD4) and the installation part (middle board 4000) are separated by a predetermined distance in the vertical direction. A placement member (reel adapter 6000) is placed on the placement section (middle board 4000), and the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is placed on the placement member (reel adapter 6000). The mounting member (reel adapter 6000) has a predetermined height, and the variable display portions (the left reel RL, the middle reel RC, and the right reel RR) can be viewed through a region (main display window DD4) that is visible. Thus, the vertical position of the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is fixed so that it can be easily viewed. That is, the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is positioned higher by interposing the mounting member (reel adapter 6000) between the installation portion (middle board 4000) and the variable display unit (reel unit RU). Accordingly, the arrangement positions of the variable display portions (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) can be made to correspond to the height of the visually recognizable area (main display window DD4). Therefore, as a result of using the mounting member (reel adapter 6000), it is possible to create a situation where the player can easily see the variable display of the variable display portions (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR). Thus, the position change of the variable display portions (the left reel RL, the middle reel RC, and the right reel RR) can be realized easily and at low cost.

  In the seventh embodiment, the viewable region (main display window DD4) and the variable display unit (the left reel RL, the middle reel RC, and the right reel RR) are described as overlapping in front view. “Overlapping” means that the position of at least a part of the variable display portion (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) matches the viewable region (main display window DD4) when viewed from a predetermined direction. Therefore, at least a part of the variable display portion (the left reel RL, the middle reel RC, and the right reel RR) is visible through the viewable region (main display window DD4). In the present invention, the viewable area (main display window DD4) and the variable display portions (the left reel RL, the middle reel RC, and the right reel RR) do not have to be completely the same in front view. . For example, in a case where the player looks down on the variable display portion (the left reel RL, the middle reel RC, and the right reel RR) via the visible region (main display window DD4) from diagonally above ( For example, in the case where the present invention is applied to a gaming machine in which a large liquid crystal is provided and a reel is disposed small and low (below the liquid crystal), the variable display is obtained when viewed obliquely from above. Since the position of at least a part of the portion (the left reel RL, the middle reel RC, and the right reel RR) coincides with the viewable region (main display window DD4), the variable display portion (the left reel RL, the middle reel) At least a part of RC and the right reel RR may be visible through a visible region (main display window DD4). Further, when the player looks up from the diagonally lower viewable area (main display window DD4), the player looks up at the variable display section (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) ( For example, in the case where the present invention is applied to a gaming machine in which a reel is disposed slightly above the casing (above the liquid crystal), the variable display portion (left reel) The position of at least a part of the RL, the middle reel RC, and the right reel RR matches the viewable area (main display window DD4), so that the variable display portion (the left reel RL, the middle reel RC, and At least a part of the right reel RR) may be visible through a visible region (main display window DD4).

  In the present invention, when the variable display portion (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) is viewed from the height (assumed viewpoint position) assumed as the height of the player's line of sight, variable display is performed. (E.g., when the player looks down on the reels, the reels are arranged slightly lower than the main display window) so that the sections (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) are easy to see. When the player looks up at the reel, the height of the mounting member (reel adapter 6000) can be designed so that the reel is arranged slightly higher than the main display window. In the present invention, by placing the mounting member (reel adapter 6000), the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is not only positioned upward (lifted upward) but also as a result of the increase (lifting). The variable display unit (reel unit RU) may be positioned obliquely upward as compared to the previous case. That is, the mounting surface of the mounting member (reel adapter 6000) has a structure for tilting the variable display unit (reel unit RU), and the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is mounted on the mounting surface. So that the variable display portions (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) are at an angle that is easy to see from the player when the player is placed (for example, the reel slightly toward the player's assumed position) It may also be configured so that it is tilted. For example, it is good also as providing an inclined part in the top | upper surface of a mounting member (reel adapter 6000) (it is comprised so that the upper surface of a mounting member may incline). In this case, the visible region (main display window DD4) may be arranged in an inclined state. For example, you may comprise so that the upper surface of a mounting member (reel adapter 6000) may have a substantially perpendicular | vertical inclination with respect to the inclination of the visually recognizable area | region (main display window DD4).

(D-1 ′) The gaming machine of (D-1),
The mounting member includes a first position defining portion (upper projecting portion 6011 and upper projecting portion 6021) and a second position defining portion (lower projecting portion 6012 and lower projecting portion 6022),
The variable display unit includes a third position defining portion (a right rear protrusion R21R and a left rear protrusion R21L),
The installation part includes a fourth position defining part (right opening with standing part 4032 and left opening with standing part 4052),
The first position defining portion and the third position defining portion define a relative position of the mounting member and the variable display unit within a predetermined range,
The second position defining portion and the fourth position defining portion define a relative position of the mounting member and the installation portion within a predetermined range,
When the variable display unit is installed on the installation unit without using the mounting member, the third position defining unit and the fourth position defining unit are relative to the variable display unit and the installation unit. A specific position can be defined within a predetermined range,
It is characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment, the placement member (reel adapter 6000) includes the first position defining portion (the upper protruding portion 6011 and the upper protruding portion 6021) and the second position defining portion (the lower protruding portion). 6012 and lower protrusion 6022), the variable display unit (reel unit RU) includes a third position defining part (right rear protrusion R21R and left rear protrusion R21L), and the installation part (middle board 4000) is , A fourth position defining portion (a right-side opening-equipped standing portion 4032 and a left-side opening-equipped standing portion 4052) is provided. The first position defining part (upper protruding part 6011 and upper protruding part 6021) and the third position defining part (right rear projecting part R21R and left rear projecting part R21L) include a mounting member (reel adapter 6000) and a variable display unit ( The relative position with respect to the reel unit RU is defined within a predetermined range, and the second position defining part (the lower projecting part 6012 and the lower projecting part 6022) and the fourth position defining part (standing with a right opening) are provided. The part 4032 and the left opening-equipped standing part 4052) define the relative positions of the mounting member (reel adapter 6000) and the installation part (middle board 4000) within a predetermined range. Accordingly, the mounting member (reel adapter 6000) is formed using the first position defining portion (upper protrusion 6011 and upper protrusion 6021) and the third position defining portion (right rear protrusion R21R and left rear protrusion R21L). And the variable display unit (reel unit RU) can be aligned, and the second position defining portion (the lower projecting portion 6012 and the lower projecting portion 6022) and the fourth position defining portion (with the right opening provided). The mounting member (reel adapter 6000) and the installation part (middle board 4000) can be aligned using the installation part 4032 and the left-side opening-equipped installation part 4052). Here, if the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is installed on the installation unit (middle board 4000) without using the mounting member (reel adapter 6000), the third position defining unit (right rearward protruding) Part R21R and left rearward projecting part R21L) and fourth position defining part (right opening with standing part 4032 and left opening with standing part 4052) are a variable display unit (reel unit RU) and an installation part (middle board 4000). The relative position can be defined within a predetermined range. Thereby, in this case, the third position defining portion (the right rear projecting portion R21R and the left rear projecting portion R21L) and the fourth position defining portion (the right opening with standing portion 4032 and the left opening with standing portion 4052) are provided. It is possible to perform alignment between the variable display unit (reel unit RU) and the installation unit (middle board 4000). Therefore, the variable display unit (reel unit RU) can be disposed on the installation portion (middle board 4000) via the placement member (reel adapter 6000), while being placed via the placement member (reel adapter 6000). It is also possible to arrange directly on the installation part (middle board 4000) without any problem. Therefore, the common variable display unit (reel unit RU) and the variable display unit (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) regardless of the position change (with or without the mounting member (reel adapter 6000)) The installation section (middle board 4000) can be used, and the position of the variable display sections (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) can be changed more easily and at a further cost. You can go down.

(D-2) a variable display unit (reel unit RU) including a variable display unit (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) capable of variably displaying a plurality of identification information;
A viewable region (main display window DD4) that allows the player to view the variable display of the variable display unit;
An installation part (middle board 4000) disposed below the visible region by a predetermined distance;
An interposition member (reel adapter 6000) disposed between the variable display unit and the installation unit,
The interposition member has a height corresponding to the predetermined distance,
The interposition member is installed in the installation section, and the variable display unit is disposed on the interposition member,
The interposition member has recesses (left upper surface recess 6030L, middle upper surface recess 6030C, and right upper surface recess 6030R) on the upper surface, and ribs (left and right ribs 6032a and front and rear ribs 6032b) on the bottom surface, and behind the recesses. The length of the rib provided is shorter than the length of the rib provided on the back side of the region where the recess is not formed.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment, the player can display the variable display portions (the left reel RL, the middle reel RC, and the right reel RR) in a variable manner via the viewable area (main display window DD4). The installation part (middle board 4000) is disposed below the visible area (main display window DD4) by a predetermined distance. The installation member (middle board 4000) is provided with an interposition member (reel adapter 6000), and the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is disposed on the interposition member (reel adapter 6000). Here, since the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) has a height corresponding to the predetermined distance, the variable display unit (reel unit RU) (variable display unit (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and The arrangement position of the right reel RR)) can be made to correspond to the height of the visible region (main display window DD4). Therefore, as a result of using the interposition member (reel adapter 6000), it is possible to create a situation where the player can easily see the variable display of the variable display portions (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR). In addition, it is possible to easily change the position of the variable display portions (the left reel RL, the middle reel RC, and the right reel RR) at low cost. Further, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment, the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) includes the recesses (the left upper surface recess 6030L, the middle upper surface recess 6030C, and the right upper surface recess 6030R) on the upper surface, and the bottom surface. Are provided with ribs (left and right ribs 6032a and front and rear ribs 6032b), and the ribs (left and right ribs 6032a and front and rear ribs 6032b) provided on the back side of the recesses (left upper surface recess 6030L, middle upper surface recess 6030C, and right upper surface recess 6030R). ) Of the ribs (left and right ribs 6032a and front and rear ribs 6032b) provided on the back side of the region where the recesses (left upper surface recess 6030L, middle upper surface recess 6030C, and right upper surface recess 6030R) are not formed. It is shorter than the length. In this respect, the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is disposed on the interposition member (reel adapter 6000), and a corresponding load accompanying the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is applied to the interposition member (reel adapter 6000). Although this occurs, the present inventor forms the recesses (left upper surface recess 6030L, middle upper surface recess 6030C, and right upper surface recess 6030R) and ribs (left and right ribs 6032a and front and rear ribs 6032b) in this manner. It has been found that sufficient strength to withstand the load can be obtained. Further, the inventor makes the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) in the molding stage of the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) by making the lengths of the ribs (the left and right ribs 6032a and the front and rear ribs 6032b) different in this manner. Has been found to be easier to remove from the mold. Thereby, the strength of the interposed member (reel adapter 6000) can be improved while efficiently molding the interposed member (reel adapter 6000).

(D-2 ′) The gaming machine of (D-2),
The interposition member includes a first position defining portion (upper projecting portion 6011 and upper projecting portion 6021) and a second position defining portion (lower projecting portion 6012 and lower projecting portion 6022).
The variable display unit includes a third position defining portion (a right rear protrusion R21R and a left rear protrusion R21L),
The installation part includes a fourth position defining part (right opening with standing part 4032 and left opening with standing part 4052),
Either one of the first position defining part and the third position defining part can be inserted into the other,
Either one of the second position defining portion and the fourth position defining portion can be inserted into the other,
When the variable display unit is installed on the installation part without the interposition member, either one of the third position defining part and the fourth position defining part can be inserted into the other. ,
It is characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment, the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) includes the first position defining portion (the upper projecting portion 6011 and the upper projecting portion 6021) and the second position defining portion (the lower projecting portion 6012). And the lower protrusion 6022), the variable display unit (reel unit RU) includes a third position defining part (right rear protrusion R21R and left rear protrusion R21L), and the installation part (middle board 4000) A fourth position defining portion (a right opening-equipped standing portion 4032 and a left opening-equipped standing portion 4052) is provided. Any one of the first position defining part (upper protrusion 6011 and upper protrusion 6021) and the third position defining part (right rear protrusion R21R and left rear protrusion R21L) can be inserted into the other, Either one of the second position defining portion (the lower projecting portion 6012 and the lower projecting portion 6022) and the fourth position defining portion (the right opening-equipped standing portion 4032 and the left opening-equipped standing portion 4052) is the other Can be inserted. Accordingly, by using the first position defining portion (upper protruding portion 6011 and upper protruding portion 6021) and the third position defining portion (right rear projecting portion R21R and left rear projecting portion R21L) (one is inserted into the other). ), The intermediate member (reel adapter 6000) and the variable display unit (reel unit RU) can be aligned, and the second position defining portion (the lower protrusion 6012 and the lower protrusion 6022) and the second Using the four-position defining parts (the right side opening upright part 4032 and the left side opening upright part 4052) (by inserting one into the other), the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) and the installation part (middle board 4000) Can be aligned. Here, if the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is installed on the installation unit (middle board 4000) without using the interposition member (reel adapter 6000), the third position defining unit (right rearward projecting unit) Any one of R21R and the left rear protruding portion R21L) and the fourth position defining portion (the right opening-equipped standing portion 4032 and the left opening-equipped standing portion 4052) can be inserted into the other. Thereby, in this case, the third position defining portion (the right rear projecting portion R21R and the left rear projecting portion R21L) and the fourth position defining portion (the right opening with standing portion 4032 and the left opening with standing portion 4052) are provided. Use (by inserting one into the other), the variable display unit (reel unit RU) and the installation unit (middle board 4000) can be aligned. Therefore, the variable display unit (reel unit RU) can be disposed on the installation portion (middle board 4000) via the interposition member (reel adapter 6000), but without the interposition member (reel adapter 6000). It is also possible to arrange directly on the installation part (middle board 4000). Therefore, the common variable display unit (reel unit RU) and installation regardless of the position change of the variable display units (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) (with or without interposition member (reel adapter 6000)) Part (middle board 4000) can be used, and the position of the variable display parts (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) can be changed more easily and the cost can be further reduced. Can be achieved.

  In the seventh embodiment, the third position defining part (the right rear projecting part R21R and the left rear projecting part R21L) can be inserted into the first position defining part (the upper projecting part 6011 and the upper projecting part 6021), and the second position The defining portions (the lower projecting portion 6012 and the lower projecting portion 6022) can be inserted into the fourth position defining portion (the right opening-equipped standing portion 4032 and the left opening-equipped standing portion 4052), and the third position defining portion ( It has been described that the right rear protrusion R21R and the left rear protrusion R21L can be inserted into the fourth position defining portion (the right opening-equipped standing portion 4032 and the left opening-equipped standing portion 4052). In the present invention, the first position defining portion (structure protruding in a predetermined direction) may be inserted into the third position defining portion (opening or recess), or the fourth position defining portion (projecting in a predetermined direction). To the second position defining portion (opening or recess), or the fourth position defining portion (structure protruding in a predetermined direction) to the third position defining portion (opening or recess). It is good also as being insertable.

(D-3) A plurality of variable display sections (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) capable of variably displaying a plurality of identification information, and a plurality of drive sections for driving the variable display sections. A variable display unit (reel unit RU) having a (motor drive unit) and a plurality of support members (left motor frame R50L, middle motor frame R50C, and right motor frame R50R) that support each of the drive units;
An installation part (middle board 4000) disposed below the variable display unit;
An interposition member (reel adapter 6000) disposed between the variable display unit and the installation unit,
The interposition member is installed on the installation portion, and the variable display unit is disposed on the interposition member,
Three recesses, a first recess (left upper surface recess 6030L), a second recess (middle upper surface recess 6030C), and a third recess (right upper surface recess 6030R), are provided in the left-right direction at the upper portion of the interposition member. It is formed to line up,
In the upper part of the interposed member, between the first recess and the second recess, between the second recess and the third recess, and the second recess in the third recess. On the opposite side, a recess non-formation region (a recess non-formation region 6001b, a recess non-formation region 6001c, and a recess non-formation region 6001d) in which the recess is not formed is formed,
The plurality of variable display portions are each positioned above the recess, and the plurality of support members are respectively positioned above the recess non-formation region,
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment, the installation part (middle board 4000) is arranged below the variable display unit (reel unit RU), and the interposition member (reel) is placed on the installation part (middle board 4000). The adapter 6000) is installed, and the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is disposed on the interposition member (reel adapter 6000). Accordingly, the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is positioned upward by the height of the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) as compared to the case where the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) is not installed. That is, by interposing an interposition member (reel adapter 6000) between the installation unit (middle board 4000) and the variable display unit (reel unit RU), the variable display unit (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel) The effect of raising the position of the reel RR) is obtained, and this makes it possible to easily and inexpensively change the position of the variable display portions (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR). it can. Further, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment, the upper part of the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) has a first recess (left upper surface recess 6030L), a second recess (middle upper surface recess 6030C), and The third recess (the right upper recess 6030R) is formed so as to be aligned in the left-right direction. Thereby, a wall part can be provided in the height direction of the interposition member (reel adapter 6000), and the strength of the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) can be improved. Furthermore, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment, between the first recess (left upper surface recess 6030L) and the second recess (middle upper surface recess 6030C) in the upper part of the interposition member (reel adapter 6000). , Between the second recess (middle upper surface recess 6030C) and the third recess (right upper surface recess 6030R), and the second recess (middle upper surface recess 6030C) in the third recess (right upper surface recess 6030R). On the opposite side, a recess non-formation region (a recess non-formation region 6001b, a recess non-formation region 6001c, and a recess non-formation region 6001d) is not formed. Here, the variable display unit (reel unit RU) includes a plurality of variable display units (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) and each variable display unit (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and A plurality of drive units (motor drive units) for driving the right reel RR, and a plurality of support members (left motor frame R50L, middle motor frame R50C, and right motor) that support each drive unit (motor drive unit) Frame R50R), and a plurality of variable display portions (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) are respectively provided with recesses (left upper surface recess 6030L, middle upper surface recess 6030C, and right reel RR). A plurality of support members (left motor frame R50L, middle motor frame R50C, and right motor frame R50R) are positioned above the upper surface recess 6030R). Respectively, recess-free region (recess-formed region 6001b, the recess-free region 6001C, and a recess-free region 6001D) is positioned above the. The support members (the left motor frame R50L, the middle motor frame R50C, and the right motor frame R50R) support the drive unit (motor drive unit), and the support member (left motor frame R50L) in the interposition member (reel adapter 6000). In the region where the middle motor frame R50C and the right motor frame R50R are arranged, a corresponding load is generated due to the drive unit (motor drive unit), but the support members (left motor frame R50L, middle motor frame R50C) are generated. , And the right motor frame R50R) is positioned above the non-recessed region (recessed non-formed region 6001b, recessed portion non-formed region 6001c, and recessed portion non-formed region 6001d), and the load is concentrated locally. It is possible to prevent this. Thereby, it is possible to disperse the load and support the support members (the left motor frame R50L, the middle motor frame R50C, and the right motor frame R50R) (drive unit (motor drive unit)) in a balanced manner.

(D-4) A variable display portion (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) capable of variably displaying a plurality of identification information, and a support member (left motor frame R50L, middle) that supports the variable display portion. A variable display unit (reel unit RU) having a motor frame R50C and a right motor frame R50R), and a housing portion (reel frame R10) for housing the variable display portion and the support member;
An installation part (middle board 4000) disposed below the variable display unit;
An interposition member (reel adapter 6000) disposed between the variable display unit and the installation unit,
The interposition member is installed on the installation portion, and the variable display unit is disposed on the interposition member,
A plurality of recesses (left front upper recess 6060L, middle front upper recess 6060C, and right front upper recess 6060R) are formed on the front side of the interposition member,
The support member is attached to the housing portion using attachment members (fastening members R100L, 100C, 100R),
Each of the support member and the accommodating portion is formed with a mounting hole (a mounting hole R54 and a mounting hole R14) through which at least a part of the mounting member is inserted.
A part of the mounting member inserted through the mounting hole is disposed in the recess.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment, the installation part (middle board 4000) is arranged below the variable display unit (reel unit RU), and the interposition member (reel) is placed on the installation part (middle board 4000). The adapter 6000) is installed, and the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is disposed on the interposition member (reel adapter 6000). Accordingly, the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is positioned upward by the height of the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) as compared to the case where the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) is not installed. That is, by interposing an interposition member (reel adapter 6000) between the installation unit (middle board 4000) and the variable display unit (reel unit RU), the variable display unit (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel) The effect of raising the position of the reel RR) is obtained, and this makes it possible to easily and inexpensively change the position of the variable display portions (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR). it can. Further, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment, the variable display unit (reel unit RU) includes a support member (left reel) that supports the variable display units (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR). Motor frame R50L, middle motor frame R50C, and right motor frame R50R), variable display (left reel RL, middle reel RC, and right reel RR) and support members (left motor frame R50L, middle motor frame R50C, And a housing portion (reel frame R10) for housing the right motor frame R50R), and support members (left motor frame R50L, middle motor frame R50C, and right motor frame R50R) Left motor frame R50L, middle motor frame R50C, and right motor frame R50R) Using the mounting members (fastening members R100L, 100C, 100R) partially inserted into the mounting holes (mounting hole R54 and mounting hole R14) formed in the respective parts (reel frame R10) It is attached to (reel frame R10). Thus, when the support members (the left motor frame R50L, the middle motor frame R50C, and the right motor frame R50R) are attached to the housing portion (reel frame R10), the attachment holes (the attachment holes R54 and the attachment holes R14). A part of the mounting member (fastening members R100L, 100C, 100R) inserted through is projected to the opposite side to the mounting direction. Here, if the concave portion is not formed at a position corresponding to the mounting hole (mounting hole R54 and mounting hole R14) on the front side of the interposition member (reel adapter 6000), the protruding mounting member (In order to secure the arrangement space for the fastening members R100L, 100C, 100R), the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) and the variable display unit (reel unit RU) (support member (left motor frame R50L, middle motor frame R50C, and The right motor frame R50R) or the housing portion (reel frame R10)) needs to be spaced apart from each other by a certain amount. However, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the seventh embodiment, a plurality of recesses (left front upper recess 6060L, middle front upper recess 6060C, and right front upper recess) are provided on the front side of the interposition member (reel adapter 6000). 6060R) is formed, and a part of the mounting member (fastening member R100L, 100C, 100R) inserted through the mounting hole (mounting hole R54 and mounting hole R14) is the concave portion (left front upper concave portion 6060L). The middle front upper concave portion 6060C and the right front upper concave portion 6060R) are arranged (stored). Therefore, the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) and the variable display unit (reel unit RU) (support member (left motor frame R50L, middle motor frame R50C, and right motor frame R50R) or housing portion (reel frame R10)) are included. Even if these are arranged in contact with each other, the recesses (the left front upper recess 6060L, the middle front upper recess 6060C, and the right front upper recess 6060R) are attached to the mounting members (fastening members R100L, 100C, 100R). Since it can be used as an arrangement space, the arrangement in such a contact state can be realized. As a result, the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) and the variable display unit (reel unit RU) can be fixed in contact with each other, and the variable display unit (reel unit) relative to the interposition member (reel adapter 6000) can be fixed. RU) mounting strength can be increased.

  In the seventh embodiment, it has been described that NIFLATCH (registered trademark) is used as a mounting member (fastening members R100L, 100C, 100R). In the present invention, in addition to a general screw (screw), a conventionally known attachment member such as a (button type) panel fastener can be appropriately employed.

  In the seventh embodiment, the number of reels employed as the variable display units (the left reel RL, the middle reel RC, and the right reel RR) is three. However, in the present invention, the number of reels is not limited to this, and may be one, two, or four or more. Further, the mounting member (interposition member: reel adapter 6000) may include a number of concave portions (upper surface concave portion 6030) corresponding to the number of reels (the same number as the number of reels).

  Further, the mounting member (interposition member: reel adapter 6000) according to the present invention has a case in which one reel is added (for example, a case on the premise that three reels are arranged is replaced with four reels). It may be used in the case of refurbishing the mounted housing. In such a case, the original housing has an installation part for installing three reels, but there is no installation part for installing one additional reel. In some cases, it is necessary to provide an installation section for installing one reel to be performed, or it is necessary to adjust the height of one additional reel. In such a case, a mounting member (interposition member: reel adapter 6000) may be used for the arrangement portion of the reel to be added.

  In the seventh embodiment, the variable display unit (reel unit RU) includes the main reel (variable display unit relating to game progress and winnings), and the height of the main reel is adjusted. However, in the present invention, in order to adjust the height of an effect reel (effect variable display device, sub reel) that does not affect winnings, as in the seventh embodiment, a placement member (interposition member: reel adapter 6000). ) Or the like may be used. In addition, the mechanism may be adopted for a production reel in a pachinko gaming machine (a reel that produces an indication of expectation regarding a game, etc.).

  In the seventh embodiment, the variable display unit (reel unit RU) is mounted on the mounting member (interposition member: reel adapter 6000). However, in the present invention, gaming machine components other than the variable display unit (reel unit RU) may be placed on a base mechanism similar to the placement member (interposition member: reel adapter 6000). For example, a mounting member for height adjustment (intervening member: reel adapter 6000) having the same function as that of the seventh embodiment is used so that the movable decorative unit for production and the like can be easily seen from the player. It is good. Note that the movable decoration portion may move only inside the gaming machine, or move from the inside of the gaming machine to the outside (eg, above or in front of the gaming machine). In this way, by adjusting the height of the arrangement of various gaming machine components using the mounting member (interposition member: reel adapter 6000), the housing of the pachislot gaming machine or the gaming machine frame (outside of the pachinko gaming machine) Therefore, it is not necessary to change the design of the frame and the main body frame), so that the cost can be reduced when creating a new gaming machine.

  Moreover, in 7th Embodiment, the mounting member (interposition member: reel adapter 6000) demonstrated as arrange | positioning on an installation part (middle board 4000). The installation part in the present invention is not limited to the middle board, and a member capable of installing the mounting member (interposition member: reel adapter 6000) can be appropriately employed. For example, a bottom plate of a housing (cabinet) is adopted as an installation part, a placement member (interposition member: reel adapter 6000) is installed on the bottom plate, and the placement member (interposition member: reel adapter 6000) is placed on the placement member. It is good also as a structure which mounts a variable display unit (reel unit RU). Moreover, in this invention, when installing a mounting member (interposition member: reel adapter 6000) in members other than a middle board, it is good also as a structure which does not provide a middle board in a housing | casing (cabinet). For example, in a managed gaming machine that can be played only using a game value managed by electronic data without using a game medium such as a medal, a hopper or the like is not necessary. It is good also as installing a mounting member (interposition member: reel adapter 6000) in the bottom plate of a housing | casing, without providing.

  In the seventh embodiment, the installation unit (middle board 4000) is attached to the back wall G3 of the cabinet G and is fixed to the right side wall G2R and the left side wall G2L. In the present invention, the installation part (middle board 4000) may be fixed to any of the plates (back plate, left and right plates, bottom plate, etc.) constituting the housing (cabinet), for example, the back wall G3. It may be attached only to the right side wall G2R and the left side wall G2L, or may be attached to only one of them.

  Another example of the installation portion in the present invention is a middle door. The middle door is a small door (a door disposed between the front door and the cabinet) that is arranged behind the front door (front door), and is configured to be rotatable with respect to the front door and variable display. A unit (reel unit RU) is mounted. In this example, a mounting member (intervening member: reel adapter 6000) is mounted on an installation portion provided in the middle door, and a variable display unit (reel unit RU) is placed on the mounting member (interposing member: reel adapter 6000). It is good also as mounting.

[Eighth Embodiment]
The first embodiment to the seventh embodiment have been described above. The eighth embodiment will be described below. The basic configuration of the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment is the same as the gaming machine 1 according to the first to seventh embodiments. In the following, the same components as those of the gaming machine 1 according to the first to seventh embodiments will be described with the same reference numerals. In addition, the description of the parts in the first embodiment to the seventh embodiment that are the same as those in the eighth embodiment will be omitted.

<Lumbar panel 7000>
FIG. 187 is a front view of the waist panel. FIG. 188 is a perspective view of the waist panel as seen from the front. FIG. 189 is a perspective view of the waist panel as seen from the rear. FIG. 190 is an exploded perspective view of the waist panel as viewed from the front. FIG. 191 is an exploded perspective view of the waist panel as seen from the rear.

  In the first embodiment, the lower door mechanism DD (see FIG. 1) is described as being provided with the waist panel DD18 (see FIG. 3). On the other hand, in the eighth embodiment, the waist panel 7000 shown in FIG. 187 is provided in a region below the center of the front door.

  As shown in FIGS. 187 to 191, the waist panel 7000 includes a lower panel film 7100, a lower panel base 7200, a lower panel frame 7300 (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L), and a lower panel back 7400. A lower panel lower 7500, a lower panel right 7600, and a lower panel left 7700.

  The lower panel base 7200 is disposed on the front side of the lower panel film 7100, the lower panel frame 7300 is disposed on the front side of the lower panel base 7200, and the lower panel back 7400 is disposed on the rear side of the lower panel film 7100. The lower panel lower 7500 is disposed on the back side of the lower part of the lower panel back 7400. The lower panel right 7600 and the lower panel left 7700 constitute the right side portion and the left side portion (the right side wall and the left side wall) of the waist panel 7000, respectively. Although not shown, a light emitting mechanism in which a plurality of LEDs are installed on an LED substrate may be disposed on the back side of the lower panel back 7400 and above the lower panel lower 7500.

  The lower panel base 7200 is formed of a translucent material (for example, acrylic resin) and is decorated with a three-dimensional shape (not shown) (for example, a character shape indicating a logo or the like corresponding to the model). Yes. The lower panel film 7100 is formed of a translucent material (for example, acrylic resin), and is provided with a pattern or a pattern (not illustrated) (for example, a pattern or a pattern corresponding to the decoration applied to the lower panel base 7200). Yes. The lower panel film 7100 can be configured by printing a light-shielding ink on a pattern printing sheet.

  Similar to the lower panel film 7100 and the lower panel base 7200, the lower panel back 7400, the lower panel lower 7500, the lower panel right 7600, and the lower panel left 7700 also have translucency. On the other hand, the lower panel frame 7300 does not have translucency, and the portion of the lower panel film 7100 and the lower panel base 7200 that overlaps the lower panel frame 7300 in the front view is in the lower panel frame 7300. Covered and invisible. In FIG. 187, the lower panel frame 7300 is shown in black. The lower panel frame 7300 is provided with a three-dimensional decoration having irregularities.

<Lower panel film 7100>
FIG. 192 is a perspective view of the lower panel film as seen from slightly above. FIG. 193 is a cross-sectional view of the lower panel film. FIG. 194 is a schematic view of a cut surface of the lower panel film shown in FIG. 193. FIG. 195 is a perspective view showing a state in which the lower panel frame is disposed on the front side of the lower panel film shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIGS. 192 to 194, the lower panel film 7100 has a shape obtained by bending a flexible flat sheet. In FIG. 193, the lower panel film 7100 is shown cut along a horizontal plane, and the cut surface is shown thicker for easy understanding.

  Specifically, the lower panel film 7100 includes a central portion 7101 extending left and right, and a right curved portion 7102 having a curved shape from the right end (point A shown in FIG. 193) to the rear of the central portion 7101. From the left curved portion 7103 having a curved shape from the left end (point B shown in FIG. 193) to the rear of the central portion 7101 and the right end (rear end: point C shown in FIG. 193) of the right curved portion 7102 It has a right rear portion 7104 extending rearward and a left rear portion 7105 extending rearward from the left end (rear end: point D shown in FIG. 193) of the left curved portion 7103.

  The lower panel film 7100 has a shape that is substantially bilaterally symmetric except that a notch 7102a is formed in the upper part of the right curved portion 7102. Further, the center portion 7101, the right bending portion 7102, and the left bending portion 7103 are each curved so that the center of curvature is on the back side. The central portion 7101 is slightly curved, and the curvatures of the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103 are considerably larger than the curvature of the central portion 7101. For example, the curvature radii of the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103 are 1/5 or less of the curvature radius of the central portion 7101 (or 1/10 or less, 1/20 or less, 1/50 or less, 1/100 or less, etc. ).

  The curvature is an amount representing the degree of curve or curved surface curvature, but the degree of local curvature can be approximated to a circle, and the approximate radius of the circle is referred to as the radius of curvature. For example, the curvature of the circumference of the radius r is 1 / r, and the curvature radius is r. The tighter the curve is, the larger the curvature and the smaller the radius of curvature. If the curve is a circular arc, the radius of curvature can be expressed by the radius of the arc. On the other hand, if the curve is different from the circular arc, the radius of curvature is expressed by a predetermined function that represents the degree of curvature of the curve. Can do.

The curvature at an arbitrary position on the right curved portion 7102 and an arbitrary position on the left curved portion 7103 is larger than the curvature at an arbitrary position on the central portion 7101. Corresponding to this, the left and right lengths of the right curved portion 7102 and the left and right lengths of the left curved portion 7103 (r ₂ shown in FIG. 194 (a)) are the left and right lengths of the central portion 7101. The length of the right curved portion 7102 in the front-rear direction and the length of the left curved portion 7103 in the front-rear direction (r ₄ shown in FIG. 194 (a)) are shorter than (r ₁ shown in FIG. 194 (a)). ) Is longer than the length of the central portion 7101 in the front-rear direction (r ₃ shown in FIG. 194 (a)).

Also, a straight line (L ₂ (Y) shown in FIG. 194 (b)) perpendicular to the tangent (L ₁ (Y) shown in FIG. 194 (b)) at an arbitrary point Y on the right curved portion 7102 and the front and back An angle (β shown in FIG. 194 (b)) formed with a direction straight line (L shown in FIG. 194 (b)) is a tangent at an arbitrary point X on the central portion 7101 (L ₁ shown in FIG. 194 (b)). (X)) is an angle formed by a straight line (L ₂ (X) shown in FIG. 194 (b)) and a straight line in the front-rear direction (L shown in FIG. 194 (b)) (FIG. 194 (b)). It is larger than α).

Similarly, although not shown, an angle formed by a straight line perpendicular to a tangent at an arbitrary point on the left curved portion 7103 and a straight line in the front-rear direction (L shown in FIG. 194 (b)) is on the central portion 7101. A straight line (L ₂ (X) shown in FIG. 194 (b)) perpendicular to a tangent at an arbitrary point X (L ₁ (X) shown in FIG. 194 (b)) and a straight line in the front-rear direction (FIG. 194 (b) ) And an angle formed by L) (α shown in FIG. 194 (b)).

  FIG. 195 is a view showing the lower panel film 7100 and the lower panel frame 7300 (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L) in a state in which the waist panel 7000 is assembled while maintaining the relative positional relationship between them. The other components are not shown. For simplicity, the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L are shown in black.

  As shown in FIG. 195, the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L are respectively arranged at positions overlapping with a part of the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103 of the lower panel film 7100 in the front view. Yes. Thereby, a part of the right bending portion 7102 and the left bending portion 7103 is hidden.

<Lower panel base 7200>
FIG. 196 is a perspective view of the lower panel base as viewed from the front and slightly above. FIG. 197 is a perspective view of the lower panel base as viewed obliquely from below. FIG. 198 is a perspective view of the lower panel base as viewed from the rear and slightly above. FIG. 199 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the lower panel base as viewed from the rear and slightly below.

  As shown in FIGS. 196 to 198, the lower panel base 7200 includes a main body portion 7210 having a curved shape corresponding to the lower panel film 7100, and a lower side portion 7220 formed by bending the lower end of the main body portion 7210 backward. And have.

  The lower side portion 7220 includes a first inclined portion 7221 continuously formed obliquely rearward from the lower end of the main body portion 7210, and a first inclined portion continuous obliquely rearward from the rear end of the first inclined portion 7221. A second inclined portion 7222 formed so as to have a gentler inclination than 7221; and a horizontal portion 7223 formed continuously from the rear end of the second inclined portion 7222 toward the rear. The horizontal portion 7223 is disposed substantially horizontally. For easy understanding, in FIG. 197, the first inclined portion 7221 is indicated by shading, the second inclined portion 7222 is indicated by oblique lines, and the horizontal portion 7223 is indicated by black.

  The main body 7210 has a central portion 7211 extending left and right, a right curved portion 7212 having a curved shape from the right end of the central portion 7211 to the rear, and a curved shape from the left end of the central portion 7211 to the rear. A left curved portion 7213 formed, a right rear portion 7214 extending from the right end of the right curved portion 7212 to the rear, and a left rear portion 7215 extending from the left end of the left curved portion 7213 to the rear. ing.

  In a state where the lumbar panel 7000 is assembled, the central portion 7211, the right curved portion 7212, the left curved portion 7213, the right rear portion 7214, and the left rear portion 7215 are respectively the central portion 7101 and the right curved portion of the lower panel film 7100. It arrange | positions so that the part 7102, the left curved part 7103, the right back part 7104, and the left back part 7105 (refer FIG. 192) may be opposed (it overlaps in front view).

  The right curved portion 7212 has three screw holes 7230 (screw holes 7230a, 7230b, 7230c) and one temporary fixing hole 7235. In the left curved portion 7213, three screw holes 7240 (screw holes 7240a, 7240b, 7240c) are formed, and one temporary fixing hole 7245 is formed. The screw hole 7230 and screw hole 7240, and the temporary fixing hole 7235 and temporary fixing hole 7245 are formed as through holes penetrating in the front-rear direction.

  As shown in FIG. 199, a peripheral wall 7231 is formed around the screw hole 7230 at a position recessed with respect to the back surface 7216 of the main body 7210. In other words, the vicinity of the screw hole 7230 has a shape in which a circular recess 7232 that is recessed with respect to the back surface 7216 is formed and an opening is formed by penetrating a part of the recess 7232. The opening corresponds to the screw hole 7230, and the portion of the recess 7232 where no opening is formed corresponds to the peripheral wall portion 7231.

  A peripheral wall portion 7236 is formed around the temporary fixing hole 7235 at a position recessed with respect to the back surface 7216 of the main body portion 7210. In other words, the vicinity of the temporary fixing hole 7235 has an elliptical concave portion 7237 that is recessed with respect to the back surface 7216, and a shape in which an opening is formed by penetrating a part of the concave portion 7237. Yes. The opening corresponds to the temporary fixing hole 7235, and the portion of the recess 7237 where no opening is formed corresponds to the peripheral wall portion 7236.

  As described above, the recesses are formed around the screw hole 7230 and the temporary fixing hole 7235. The periphery of the irradiation unit hooking screw hole B1010 and the screw hole for fastening the lid described in the sixth embodiment. A description similar to that in which a recess is formed around B1002 (see FIG. 114) is appropriate. For easy understanding, in FIG. 199, the peripheral wall portion 7231 and the peripheral wall portion 7236 are indicated by hatching. Although not shown, similarly, a recess 7242 and a recess 7247 are also formed around the screw hole 7240 and the temporary fixing hole 7245, respectively.

  The lower panel base 7200 has an upper edge portion 7250 formed by slightly bending the upper end of the main body portion 7210 backward. The upper edge portion 7250 has locking protrusions 7251 (right locking protrusions 7251R and left locking protrusions 7251L) formed by protruding rearward partly on the right and left sides of the center. doing.

  Each of the right engaging protrusion 7251R and the left engaging protrusion 7251L is formed in a rectangular shape with rounded corners, and is disposed substantially horizontally. Further, the right engaging protrusion 7251R and the left engaging protrusion 7251L are respectively provided with engaging holes 7252 (the right engaging hole 7252R and the left engaging hole) as rectangular through holes penetrating in the vertical direction. Holes for use 7252L) are formed.

  The lower panel base 7200 has a horizontal portion 7217 formed continuously from the lower end of the central portion 7211 (back surface 7216) toward the rear. The horizontal portion 7217 is disposed in a substantially horizontal direction. For ease of understanding, the horizontal portion 7217 is indicated by hatching in FIG.

  The lower side portion 7220 has a right side portion 7225 formed by slightly bending the right end upward and outward, and a left side portion 7226 formed by bending the left end upward and outward. A boss portion 7233 is formed at the front portion of the right side portion 7225 (below the right curved portion 7212), and a boss portion 7243 is formed at the front portion of the left side portion 7226 (below the left curved portion 7213).

  The right rear part 7214 has an upper right edge part 7214a and a lower right edge part 7214b formed by slightly bending the rear end to the right side. The upper right edge portion 7214a and the lower right edge portion 7214b are formed separately in the vertical direction. The left rear portion 7215 has an upper left edge portion 7215a and a lower left edge portion 7215b formed by slightly bending the rear end to the left side. The upper left edge portion 7215a and the lower left edge portion 7215b are formed separately in the vertical direction.

  A screw hole 7234 ( Screw holes 7234a, 7234b, 7234c) are formed. Screw holes 7244 ( Screw holes 7244a, 7244b, 7244c) are formed.

  In addition, two locking pieces 7260 that protrude rearward and are bent downward are formed at the rear end of the lower portion 7220. The waist panel 7000 is attached to the front door by the locking piece 7260 being locked to the front door. A cutout 7212a is formed in the upper part of the right curved portion 7212. The notch 7212a has a shape similar to the notch 7102a (see FIG. 192) of the lower panel film 7100, and is arranged so as to overlap the notch 7102a.

<Bottom of bottom panel 7400>
FIG. 200 is a perspective view of the bottom of the lower panel as seen from above. FIG. 201 is a perspective view of the lower panel film as viewed from the rear. FIG. 202 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the back of the lower panel as viewed from the rear and slightly below.

  As shown in FIG. 200, the lower panel back 7400 has a curved shape corresponding to the lower panel film 7100. Specifically, the lower panel back 7400 includes a central portion 7401 extending to the left and right, a right curved portion 7402 having a curved shape from the right end to the rear of the central portion 7401, and the rear from the left end of the central portion 7401. A left curved portion 7403 having a curved shape, a right rear portion 7404 extending from the right end of the right curved portion 7402 to the rear, and a left rear portion 7405 extending from the left end of the left curved portion 7403 to the rear. And have.

  In a state where the lumbar panel 7000 is assembled, the central portion 7401, the right curved portion 7402, the left curved portion 7403, the right rear portion 7404, and the left rear portion 7405 are respectively the central portion 7101 and the right curved portion of the lower panel film 7100. It arrange | positions so that the part 7102, the left curved part 7103, the right back part 7104, and the left back part 7105 (refer FIG. 192) may be opposed (it overlaps in front view).

  As shown in FIGS. 201 and 202, the lower panel back 7400 has an upper edge portion 7450 formed by slightly bending the upper end backward. The upper edge portion 7450 has a locking projection 7451 (a right locking projection 7451R and a left locking projection 7451L) formed by protruding part of the right side and the left side of the center rearward. doing.

  Each of the right engaging protrusion 7451R and the left engaging protrusion 7451L is formed in a rectangular shape with rounded corners, and is disposed substantially horizontally. In addition, a locking piece 7452 (a right locking piece 7452R and a left locking piece 7452L) is formed in each of the right locking protrusion 7251R and the left locking protrusion 7251L. The right side locking piece 7252R and the left side locking piece 7451L are formed in a rectangular shape in plan view as protrusions erected with respect to the upper surface 7451a of the right side locking protrusion 7451R and the left side locking protrusion 7451L, respectively. ing.

  The lower panel back 7400 has a horizontal portion 7411 formed continuously from the lower end of the center portion 7401 (back surface 7410) toward the rear, and a vertical portion formed substantially perpendicular to the horizontal portion 7411 below the horizontal portion 7411. Part 7412. The horizontal portion 7411 is disposed in a substantially horizontal direction, and the vertical portion 7412 is disposed in a substantially vertical direction. For the sake of clarity, the horizontal portion 7411 is indicated by hatching in FIG.

  On the back side of the vertical portion 7412, a plurality of rear protrusions 7413 are formed at substantially equal intervals. The rear protrusion 7413 is formed as a protrusion protruding rearward from the vertical portion 7412 and extends in the up-down direction. The rear end edge of the horizontal portion 7411 and the rear protrusion 7413 are formed continuously and are positioned on substantially the same plane.

  Note that a notch 7402 a is formed in the upper portion of the right curved portion 7402. The notch 7402a has a shape similar to the notch 7102a of the lower panel film 7100, and is arranged so as to overlap the notch 7102a.

<Lower panel frame 7300>
FIG. 203 is a perspective view of the lower panel frame as viewed from the front. FIG. 204 is a rear view of the lower panel frame.

  As shown in FIGS. 203 and 204, the lower panel frame 7300 (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L) has a columnar shape extending in the vertical direction.

  Three screw fastening boss portions 7310 (screw fastening boss portions 7310a, 7310b, 7310c) and one temporary fixing boss portion 7315 are formed on the back side of the lower right panel frame 7300R. . Three screw fastening boss portions 7320 (screw fastening boss portions 7320a, 7320b, 7320c) are formed on the back side of the lower left panel frame 7300L, and one temporary fixing boss portion 7325 is formed.

  A notch 7301 is formed in the upper part of the lower right panel frame 7300R. The notch 7301 has a shape similar to the notch 7102a (see FIG. 192) of the lower panel film 7100, and is arranged so as to overlap with the notch 7102a.

<Lower panel lower 7500>
FIG. 205 is a perspective view of the lower panel as viewed from the front. FIG. 206 is a perspective view of the bottom of the lower panel as viewed from the rear.

  As shown in FIGS. 205 and 206, the lower lower panel 7500 is formed as a member extending in the left-right direction, and is obliquely rearward from the front side portion 7501 formed in a substantially vertical direction and the upper end of the front side portion 7501. A first inclined portion 7502 continuously formed toward the rear, an upper portion 7503 continuously formed rearward from the rear end of the first inclined portion 7502 and formed substantially in a horizontal direction, and obliquely rearward from the lower end of the front side portion 7501. A second inclined portion 7504 that is continuously formed toward the rear side, and a second inclined portion 7504 that is continuously inclined rearward from the rear end of the second inclined portion 7504 and has a gentler inclination than the second inclined portion 7504. 3 inclined part 7505, and the lower side part 7506 which continued from the rear end of the 3rd inclined part 7505 toward back, and was formed in the substantially horizontal direction.

  For easy understanding, in FIG. 205, the front surface 7501a of the front side portion 7501 is indicated by hatching, and the upper surface of the upper side portion 7503 is indicated by hatching. In FIG. 206, the upper surface of the upper portion 7503 is indicated by hatching, the upper surface of the lower portion 7506 is indicated by shading, and the back surface 7501b (the surface opposite to the front surface 7501a) of the front side portion 7501 is indicated by black.

  A right side portion 7510 having an L shape in a side view is formed at the right end of the lower panel lower portion 7500, and a left side portion 7520 having an L shape in a side view is formed at the left end of the lower panel lower portion 7500. A right edge bent portion 7511 that is a portion extending in the front-rear direction of the right side portion 7510 has a shape formed by slightly bending the right end of the lower side portion 7506 to the right side. Similarly, a left edge bent portion 7521 that is a portion extending in the front-rear direction of the left side portion 7520 has a shape formed by slightly bending the left end of the lower side portion 7506 to the left side.

  A screw hole 7512 is formed in the upper part of the right side 7510 (near the right end of the upper part 7503), and a screw hole 7522 is formed in the upper part of the left part 7520 (near the left end of the upper part 7503).

<Lower panel right 7600 and lower panel left 7700>
FIG. 207 is a perspective view of the lower panel right and the lower panel left as viewed from the rear left side. FIG. 208 is a perspective view of the lower panel right and the lower panel left as viewed from the right rear side.

  As shown in FIGS. 207 and 208, the lower panel right 7600 includes a right side wall 7601 constituting the right side portion of the lumbar panel 7000, and a protruding portion having a triangular shape in side view formed to protrude forward and left from the right side wall 7601. 7602. The lower panel left 7700 has a left side wall 7701 constituting the left side portion of the waist panel 7000, and a projecting portion 7702 having a triangular shape in side view formed to project forward and right from the left side wall 7701.

  On the inner side surface (left side surface) of the lower panel right 7600, a boss portion 7610 is formed along the left edge, and a boss portion 7611 is formed at the upper and lower portions. On the inner side surface (right side surface) of the lower panel left 7700, a boss portion 7710 is formed along the right edge, and boss portions 7711 are formed at the upper and lower portions. Screws for fastening the waist panel 7000 to the front door are screwed into the holes formed in the boss portion 7611 and the boss portion 7711.

<Assembly of waist panel 7000>
FIG. 209 is a perspective view of the state in which the lower panel frame is attached to the lower panel base, as viewed from the front. FIG. 210 is a rear perspective view of the state in which the lower panel frame is attached to the lower panel base. FIG. 211 is a perspective view of the lower panel base and the lower panel frame in the state shown in FIG. 212 is a cross-sectional view of the lower panel base and the lower panel back in the state shown in FIG. 213 is a perspective view of the lower panel base, the lower panel frame, and the lower panel bottom attached to the back of the lower panel as viewed from the rear as shown in FIG. FIG. 214 is a cross-sectional view of the lower panel base, the lower panel back, and the lower panel under the state shown in FIG. 213.

The waist panel 7000 is assembled through the following steps (i) to (v).
(I) The lower panel frame 7300 (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L) is attached to the lower panel base 7200.
(Ii) The lower panel film 7100 is disposed on the back side of the lower panel base 7200.
(Iii) The lower panel back 7400 is locked to the lower panel base 7200.
(Iv) The lower panel lower 7500 is attached to the lower panel base 7200.
(V) The lower panel right 7600 and the lower panel left 7700 are attached to the lower panel base 7200.

  In the step (i), first, a hole formed in the temporary fixing boss portion 7315 of the lower right panel frame 7300R and a hole formed in the temporary fixing boss portion 7325 of the lower left panel frame 7300L (see FIG. 204). ), A temporary fixing member 7800 (see FIG. 210) is press-fitted. Then, the lower panel base 7200 is brought close to the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L in a state where the temporary fixing member 7800 is press-fitted, and the temporary fixing hole 7235 and the temporary fixing hole 7245 ( The temporary fixing member 7800 is press-fitted into (see FIG. 198). Thus, the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L are provisionally attached (temporarily fixed) to the lower panel base 7200 via the temporary fixing member 7800.

  In this state, the screw hole 7230 (screw holes 7230a, 7230b, 7230c shown in FIG. 198) of the lower panel base 7200 and the screw fastening boss part 7310 (screw fastening boss part 7310a shown in FIG. 204) of the lower right panel frame 7300R. , 7310b, 7310c), the screw hole 7240 of the lower panel base 7200 (screw holes 7240a, 7240b, 7240c shown in FIG. 198) and the screw fastening boss 7320 of the left lower panel frame 7300L (screw shown in FIG. 204). The lower panel base 7200 and the lower panel frame 7300 are arranged so that the fastening boss portions 7320a, 7320b, and 7320c) overlap each other. Then, the screw 7810 (see FIG. 210) through which the screw hole 7230 and the screw hole 7240 are inserted from the back side is screwed into the holes formed in the screw fastening boss part 7310 and the screw fastening boss part 7320. Accordingly, the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L are fixed to the lower panel base 7200 by screw fastening.

  At this time, since the lower panel base 7200 and the lower panel frame 7300 are temporarily fixed using the temporary fixing member 7800, the lower panel base 7200 and the lower panel frame 7300 are maintained while maintaining the relative positional relationship therebetween. It is possible to turn the panel base 7200 upside down and perform screw fastening, thereby facilitating the mounting operation. The holes formed in the temporary fixing boss portion 7315 and the temporary fixing boss portion 7325 are formed in the screw fastening boss portion 7310 and the screw fastening boss portion 7320 so that the temporary fixing member 7800 can be press-fitted. The temporary fixing hole 7235 and the temporary fixing hole 7245 are larger than the screw hole 7230 and the screw hole 7240.

  Here, as described above, in the lower panel base 7200, recesses (a recess 7232 and a recess 7242) are formed around the screw hole 7230 and around the screw hole 7240 (see FIG. 199). As a result, the screw 7810 used for fastening the screw between the lower panel base 7200 and the lower panel frame 7300 is accommodated in the recess, and the rear end of the screw 7810 (the end on the head side of the screw) 7200 is positioned in front of the back surface 7216 (the screw 7810 does not protrude behind the back surface 7216). Similarly, in the lower panel base 7200, recesses (a recess 7237 and a recess 7247) are formed around the temporary fixing hole 7235 and the temporary fixing hole 7245 (see FIG. 199). Accordingly, the temporary fixing member 7800 used for temporary fixing between the lower panel base 7200 and the lower panel frame 7300 is accommodated in the concave portion, and the rear end of the temporary fixing member 7800 is the back surface 7216 of the lower panel base 7200 (The temporary fixing member 7800 does not protrude rearward from the back surface 7216).

  As described above, in a state where the lower panel frame 7300 (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L) is attached to the lower panel base 7200, the lower right panel frame 7300R has a right curved portion 7212 in the lower panel base 7200. Is disposed on the front side of the left curved portion 7213 in the lower left panel frame 7300L (see FIG. 209).

  In this state, in the step (ii), the lower panel film 7100 is pressed against the lower panel base 7200 from the back side of the lower panel base 7200. And the center part 7101 of the lower panel film 7100, the right curved part 7102, the left curved part 7103, the right rear part 7104, and the left rear part 7105 (refer FIG. 192) are the center part 7211 of the lower panel base 7200, respectively. The lower panel film 7100 is disposed so as to face the right curved portion 7212, the left curved portion 7213, the right rear portion 7214, and the left rear portion 7215 (see FIG. 196).

  In this state, in the step (iii), the center part 7401, the right curved part 7402, the left curved part 7403, the right rear part 7404, and the left rear part 7405 (see FIG. 200) of the lower panel back 7400 are respectively On the back side of the lower panel film 7100 so as to face the center portion 7101, the right curved portion 7102, the left curved portion 7103, the right rear portion 7104, and the left rear portion 7105 (see FIG. 192) of the lower panel film 7100. The lower panel back 7400 is disposed. Then, the right locking piece 7252R and the left locking piece 7252L (see FIG. 200) of the lower panel back 7400 are inserted into the right locking hole 7252R and the left locking hole 7252L (see FIG. 196) of the lower panel base 7200, respectively. By doing so, the lower panel back 7400 is locked to the lower panel base 7200 (see FIG. 211).

  FIG. 212 shows a state in which the lower panel base 7200 and the lower panel back 7400 at the time point when the above step (iii) is completed are cut by a vertical plane in the front-rear direction (a plane passing through the right engaging piece 7452R) for easy understanding. Therefore, the cut surface of the lower panel back 7400 is indicated by oblique lines, and the cut surface of the lower panel base 7200 is indicated by black. As shown in FIG. 212, the rear ends of the right side locking piece 7252R and the left side locking piece 7252L are substantially in contact with the rear edges of the right side locking hole 7252R and the left side locking hole 7252L, to the rear of the lower panel back 7400. Movement is restricted. Further, the upper surface 7451a (see FIG. 202) of the right side locking projection 7451R and the left side locking projection 7451L of the lower panel back 7400 is the right side locking projection 7251R and the left side locking projection of the lower panel base 7200. The lower surface 7251a of the 7251L (see FIG. 199) is substantially abutted, and the upward movement of the lower panel back 7400 is restricted. Further, the lower surface of the horizontal portion 7411 (see FIG. 201) of the lower panel back 7400 substantially contacts the upper surface of the horizontal portion 7217 (see FIG. 198) of the lower panel base 7200, and the vertical portion 7412 (FIG. 201) of the lower panel back 7400. The lower end of the lower panel base 7200 substantially contacts the upper surface of the first inclined portion 7221 (see FIG. 197), and the lower panel back 7400 is restricted from moving downward. The lower end of the vertical portion 7412 is formed to have the same inclination as the first inclined portion 7221. Further, the front surface side of the vertical portion 7412 of the lower panel back 7400 substantially comes into contact with the rear edge of the horizontal portion 7217 of the lower panel base 7200, and the forward movement of the lower panel back 7400 is restricted.

  At this time, in the space formed between the back surface 7216 of the lower panel base 7200 (see FIG. 198) and the front surface 7420 of the lower panel back 7400 (the surface opposite to the back surface 7410, see FIG. 200), A panel film 7100 is disposed. Accordingly, the front surface of the lower panel film 7100 substantially contacts the back surface 7216 of the lower panel base 7200, and the back surface of the lower panel film 7100 substantially contacts the front surface 7420 of the lower panel back 7400. As shown in FIG. 212, the lower panel base 7200 and the lower panel back 7400 are arranged in close proximity (substantially abutting), but the lower panel film 7100 is configured as a thin sheet. It can be accommodated in a gap formed between the lower panel base 7200 and the lower panel back 7400. The lower panel film 7100, the lower panel base 7200, and the lower panel back 7400 have substantially the same curved shape, and the space formed between the lower panel base 7200 and the lower panel back 7400 is lower The panel film 7100 is filled so that there is almost no gap.

  Thereafter, in the step (iv), the boss 7233 and boss 7243 (see FIG. 198) of the lower panel base 7200 overlap with the screw hole 7512 and screw hole 7522 (see FIG. 205) of the lower panel lower 7500, respectively. Thus, the lower panel lower 7500 is arranged on the back side of the lower panel back 7400. At this time, the lower portion 7506 (see FIG. 206) of the lower lower panel 7500 is placed on the horizontal portion 7223 (see FIG. 197) of the lower panel base 7200, and the right edge bent portion 7511 and the left edge bent of the lower panel lower 7500 are placed. The portions 7521 (see FIG. 206) are placed on the right side portion 7225 and the left side portion 7226 (see FIG. 198) of the panel base 7200, respectively (see FIG. 213). Then, a screw 7820 (see FIG. 213) through which the screw hole 7512 and the screw hole 7522 are inserted is screwed into holes formed in the boss portion 7233 and the boss portion 7243 from the back side. Accordingly, the lower panel lower 7500 is fixed to the lower panel base 7200 by screw fastening.

  In FIG. 214, the lower panel base 7200, the lower panel back 7400, and the lower panel lower 7500 at the time when the above step (iv) is completed pass through the vertical plane in the front-rear direction (the rear protrusion 7413 of the lower panel back 7400). For the sake of clarity, the cut surface of the lower panel base 7200 is indicated by oblique lines, the cut surface of the lower panel back 7400 is indicated by shading, and the cut surface of the lower panel lower 7500 is indicated by black. ing. As shown in FIG. 214, the front side portion 7501 (see FIG. 205) of the lower panel lower 7500 substantially abuts the rear protrusion 7413 (see FIG. 201) of the lower panel back 7400, and the second inclined portion of the lower panel lower 7500. 7504, the third inclined portion 7505, and the lower side portion 7506 (see FIG. 206) are respectively a first inclined portion 7221, a second inclined portion 7222, and a horizontal portion 7223 (see FIG. 197) of the lower panel base 7200. It is almost in contact. Thereby, the lower panel back 7400 is in a state of being sandwiched between the lower panel base 7200 and the lower panel lower 7500, and is difficult to come off even when an impact is applied by opening and closing the front door, for example. .

  In this state, in the step (v), the screw hole 7234 (screw hole 7234a, 7234b, 7234c shown in FIG. 198) of the lower panel base 7200 and the boss portion 7610 (see FIG. 207) of the lower panel right 7600 overlap. The lower panel right 7600 is arranged as shown. Then, the screw inserted through the screw hole 7234 from the back side is screwed into the hole formed in the boss portion 7610. Accordingly, the lower panel right 7600 is fixed to the lower panel base 7200 by screw fastening. Also, the lower panel left 7700 is arranged so that the screw hole 7244 (screw holes 7244a, 7244b, 7244c shown in FIG. 198) of the lower panel base 7200 and the boss portion 7710 (see FIG. 208) of the lower panel left 7700 overlap. To do. Then, a screw inserted through the screw hole 7244 from the back side is screwed into a hole formed in the boss portion 7710. Accordingly, the lower panel left 7700 is fixed to the lower panel base 7200 by screw fastening.

  Thus, the assembly of the waist panel 7000 is completed, and the waist panel 7000 is completed. Note that the lower end of the lower right panel frame 7300R has a shape that can be fitted to the front portion of the protruding portion 7602 (see FIG. 207) of the lower panel right 7600, and the lower end of the lower left panel frame 7300L is the lower panel left 7700. The protrusion 7702 (see FIG. 208) has a shape that can be fitted (see FIG. 187).

  As above, the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment has been described as one embodiment of the present invention.

<Appendix E>
Conventionally, a gaming machine provided with a curved decorative sheet is known (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-198777). According to such a gaming machine, it is possible to make the player visually recognize the decoration applied to the decorative sheet, and the decorativeness of the gaming machine can be improved.

  However, when a printed flat sheet is curved and arranged, the curved portion appears to be distorted, so that there is a problem that the appearance is poor and the design is deteriorated. On the other hand, in order to improve the appearance, it is possible to create a design assuming a curved state, but it is difficult to create such a design, and it is possible to create a design temporarily However, there is a problem that the development man-hours required for this increase.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of easily realizing good-looking visibility.

  In this regard, the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment has the following features.

(E-1-1) A gaming machine including a visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100) to be visually recognized by a player,
The visual recognition target surface includes a first region (center portion 7101) and a second region (right curved portion 7102 and left curved portion 7103), and is formed across the first region and the second region. Have
The part formed in the first region of the visual recognition target surface is formed in the first direction (the direction of L ₁ (X) shown in FIG. 194 (b)),
Of the visual recognition target surface, the portion formed in the second region has a second direction (L ₁ (Y) direction shown in FIG. 194 (b)) in which the visual recognition target surface is different from the first direction. )
Shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) that make it difficult to visually recognize at least a part of the second region are disposed on the outer side of the gaming machine than the visual recognition target portion.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment, the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100) to be visually recognized by the player includes the first region (center portion 7101) and the second region (right bending portion 7102). And a left curved portion 7103), and has a visual recognition target surface formed across the first region (center portion 7101) and the second region (right curved portion 7102 and left curved portion 7103). The portion formed in the second region (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the surface to be viewed is the surface formation direction as compared with the portion formed in the first region (center portion 7101). Is different. A shielding member (lower right) that makes it difficult to see at least a part of the second region (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) on the outer side of the gaming machine than the visual target portion (lower panel film 7100). A panel frame 7300R and a lower left panel frame 7300L) are arranged. As a result, even if the appearance of the portion formed in the second region (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the visual recognition target surface is deteriorated, the portion is blocked by the shielding member (lower right panel). The frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L) can be concealed, and a visually attractive view can be easily realized.

(E-1-1 ') The gaming machine of (E-1-1),
The visual recognition target surface has a curved shape,
The degree of bending in the portion formed in the second region of the surface to be viewed is larger than the degree of bending in the portion formed in the first region of the surface to be viewed.
It is characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment, the viewing target surface has a curved shape, and is formed in the second region (the right bending portion 7102 and the left bending portion 7103) of the viewing target surface. The degree of curvature in the portion that is present is greater than the degree of curvature in the portion that is formed in the first region (central portion 7101) of the surface to be viewed. As a result, even when the portions formed in the second region (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the surface to be viewed seem to be distorted, the portion is considered to be a shielding member (lower right panel frame). 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L), and it is possible to easily realize visibility with good appearance.

The present invention can also be applied to a gaming machine having the following features.
(E-1-1 ″) The gaming machine of (E-1-1),
The visual recognition target part is configured by joining a plurality of members,
The second region corresponds to a joint portion between one member of the plurality of members and another member,
The first region corresponds to a portion other than the joint portion.
It is characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine, the visual recognition target portion is configured by joining a plurality of members, and the second region corresponds to a joint portion between one member of the plurality of members and another member. doing. Thereby, even if it is a case where the part (joint part of one member and other members of a plurality of members) which is formed in the 2nd field among visual recognition object surfaces seems to be distorted, It is possible to hide the portion with the shielding member, and it is possible to easily realize the visibility with good appearance.

  The present invention is not particularly limited as long as the shielding member is disposed so as to make it difficult to visually recognize an area in which the surface formation direction is different from the other areas in the viewing target portion. Also in the gaming machine of the above (E-1-1 ″), the direction of surface formation at the joint portion is different from the direction of surface formation at the portion other than the joint portion, and thus is an application target of the present invention. In addition to the above forms, for example, in the case where unevenness occurs in the viewing target part due to a molding problem, it is possible to apply to a form in which the shielding member is arranged so that the unevenness is difficult to visually recognize. is there. Also in this case, since the direction of surface formation is different between the region where the unevenness is generated and the other region, the present invention is applicable. Moreover, in the said junction part and uneven | corrugated location, the direction of the tangent in the said area | region differs from the direction of the tangent in another area | region (refer FIG. 194 (b)), and this invention is the direction of a tangent in this way. However, the present invention can also be applied to a configuration in which the shielding member is arranged so that it is difficult to visually recognize an area different from other areas. Moreover, in the said junction part and uneven | corrugated location, the incident angle of the light to the said area | region differs from the incident angle of the light to another area | region (refer FIG. 194 (b)), this invention is like this. The present invention can also be applied to a configuration in which a shielding member is arranged so that it is difficult to visually recognize an area where the incident angle of light is different from other areas. Moreover, in the said junction part and uneven | corrugated location, when the advancing direction of the light which injected into the said area | region differs from the advancing direction of the light which injected into the other area | region, this invention is a progression of the incident light in this way. The present invention can also be applied to a configuration in which a shielding member is arranged so that a region whose direction is different from other regions is difficult to visually recognize.

(E-1-2) A visual target sheet (lower panel film 7100) in which a player can visually recognize at least a part,
A cover member (lower panel base 7200) located on the outer side of the gaming machine than the visual recognition target sheet;
A shielding member (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) fixed to the cover member,
The visual recognition target sheet has a curved portion (right curved portion 7102 and left curved portion 7103) at least partially.
The shielding member makes it difficult to visually recognize at least a part of the bent portion of the visual recognition target sheet.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment, the visual recognition target sheet (lower panel film 7100) that can be visually recognized by the player has at least a bent portion (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103). ing. On the other hand, the cover member (lower panel base 7200) is located on the outer side of the gaming machine than the visual target sheet (lower panel film 7100), and the cover member (lower panel base 7200) has a shielding member. (The lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L) are fixed. Then, at least a part of the bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the visual target sheet (lower panel film 7100) is difficult to be visually recognized by the shielding members (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L). It is configured. As a result, even when the bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the visual target sheet (lower panel film 7100) appear to be distorted, the portions are shielded (the lower right panel frame 7300R and It is possible to hide by the lower left panel frame 7300L), and it is possible to easily realize a good-looking visibility.

(E-2-1) A visual recognition target part (lower panel film 7100) that is an object visually recognized by the player;
A cover member (lower panel base 7200) disposed on the surface side of the visual recognition target part;
A shielding member (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) disposed on the surface side of the cover member,
The visual recognition target portion includes a first region (center portion 7101) and a second region (right curved portion 7102 and left curved portion 7103), and a predetermined direction (forward direction) with respect to the first region and the second region. Assuming that light is incident from the light, the traveling direction of the light incident on the first region is different from the traveling direction of the light incident on the second region,
The shielding member is fixed to the cover member by a fixing member (screw 7810) that can be attached from the back side of the cover member,
The cover member includes an opening (a screw hole 7230 and a screw hole 7240) for receiving the fixing member so that the fixing member does not interfere with the visual recognition target part.
The shielding member makes it difficult to visually recognize at least a part of the second region in the visual recognition target portion.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment, the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100) to be visually recognized by the player includes the first region (center portion 7101) and the second region (right bending portion 7102). And the left curved portion 7103), and assuming that light is incident on the first region (center portion 7101) and the second region (right curved portion 7102 and left curved portion 7103) from a predetermined direction, the second region The traveling direction of the light incident on the (right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) is different from the traveling direction of the light incident on the first region (center portion 7101). Then, at least a part of the second region (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) in the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100) becomes difficult to visually recognize by the shielding members (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L). It is configured as follows. Thereby, even if it is a case where the 2nd field (right curved part 7102 and left curved part 7103) of a visual recognition object part (lower panel film 7100) seems to be distorted, the part concerned is covered with a shielding member (lower right panel frame 7300R). And the lower left panel frame 7300L), it is possible to easily realize a good-looking visibility. Further, a cover member (lower panel base 7200) is arranged on the surface side of the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100), and the shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) It is disposed on the surface side of the lower panel base 7200). Specifically, the shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) are covered by a fixing member (screw 7810) that can be attached from the back side of the cover member (lower panel base 7200). The cover member (lower panel base 7200) has an opening (screw hole) for receiving the fixing member (screw 7810) so that the fixing member (screw 7810) does not interfere with the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100). 7230 and a screw hole 7240). Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the fixing member (screw 7810) from interfering with the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100), and the visual recognition target portion (lower panel) due to distortion or the like caused by the interference. It can suppress that the visibility of the film 7100) falls.

(E-2-2) a viewing target sheet (lower panel film 7100) in which a bent portion (a right curved portion 7102 and a left curved portion 7103) having a predetermined curved shape is formed at least partially;
A cover member (lower panel base 7200) disposed on the surface side of the visual recognition target sheet;
A shielding member (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) fixed to the cover member,
The shielding member is fixed to the cover member by a fixing member (screw 7810) that can be attached from the back side of the cover member,
The cover member includes an opening (a screw hole 7230 and a screw hole 7240) for receiving the fixing member so that the fixing member does not interfere with the visual recognition sheet.
The shielding member makes it difficult to visually recognize at least a part of the bent portion.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment, the viewing target sheet (lower panel film 7100) is formed with bent portions (a right curved portion 7102 and a left curved portion 7103) having a predetermined curved shape at least partially. Has been. On the other hand, a cover member (lower panel base 7200) is disposed on the surface side of the visual recognition target sheet (lower panel film 7100), and a shielding member (lower right panel frame) is disposed on the cover member (lower panel base 7200). 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) are fixed. Then, at least a part of the bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the visual target sheet (lower panel film 7100) is difficult to be visually recognized by the shielding members (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L). It is configured. As a result, even when the bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the visual target sheet (lower panel film 7100) appear to be distorted, the portions are shielded (the lower right panel frame 7300R and It is possible to hide by the lower left panel frame 7300L), and it is possible to easily realize a good-looking visibility. The shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) are fixed to the cover member (lower panel base 7200) by fixing members (screws 7810) that can be attached from the back side of the cover member (lower panel base 7200). The cover member (lower panel base 7200) has an opening (a screw hole 7230 and a screw hole 7230) that accommodates the fixing member (screw 7810) so that the fixing member (screw 7810) does not interfere with the visual target sheet (lower panel film 7100). Screw holes 7240). Thereby, it is possible to prevent the fixing member (screw 7810) from interfering with the visual recognition target sheet (lower panel film 7100), and the visual inspection target sheet (lower panel) is caused by distortion or the like caused by the interference. It can suppress that the visibility of the film 7100) falls.

  In the eighth embodiment, the shielding member (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) is covered with the cover member (lower panel base) by a fixing member (screw 7810) that can be attached from the back side of the cover member (lower panel base 7200). 7200). In the present invention, the fixing method of the shielding members (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L) is not particularly limited, and can be attached to any member by any means. For example, locking claws are provided on the back side of the shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L), and shielding is performed on the surface side of the cover member (lower panel base 7200) or other members. The members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) may be locked.

(E-3-1) A visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100) to be visually recognized by the player;
A first member (lower panel base 7200) disposed on the surface side of the visual recognition target portion;
Shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) disposed on the surface side of the first member;
A second member (lower panel back 7400) disposed on the back side of the visual recognition target part,
The visual recognition target portion includes a first region (center portion 7101) and a second region (right curved portion 7102 and left curved portion 7103), and a predetermined direction (forward direction) with respect to the first region and the second region. Assuming that light has entered from the first region, the incident angle in the second region (β shown in FIG. 194 (b)) is larger than the incident angle in the first region (α shown in FIG. 194 (b)). ,
The shielding member makes it difficult to view at least a part of the second region in the visual recognition target portion,
The first member and the second member are locked by locking portions (the right locking piece 7252R and the left locking piece 7252L, and the right locking hole 7252R and the left locking hole 7252L).
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment, the viewing target portion (lower panel film 7100) that is to be visually recognized by the player includes the first region (center portion 7101) and the second region (right bending portion 7102). And the left curved portion 7103), and it is assumed that light is incident on the first region (center portion 7101) and the second region (right curved portion 7102 and left curved portion 7103) from a predetermined direction. The incident angle (β shown in FIG. 194 (b)) in the second region (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) is more than the incident angle (α shown in FIG. 194 (b)) at (center portion 7101). It is getting bigger. Then, at least a part of the second region (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) in the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100) becomes difficult to visually recognize by the shielding members (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L). It is configured as follows. Thereby, even if it is a case where the 2nd field (right curved part 7102 and left curved part 7103) of a visual recognition object part (lower panel film 7100) seems to be distorted, the part concerned is covered with a shielding member (lower right panel frame 7300R). And the lower left panel frame 7300L), it is possible to easily realize a good-looking visibility. Further, a first member (lower panel base 7200) is disposed on the surface side of the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100), and the shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) are the first ones. It is arranged on the surface side of the member (lower panel base 7200). On the other hand, the second member (lower panel back 7400) is disposed on the back side of the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100), and the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400). Are latched by the latching portions (the right latching piece 7252R and the left latching piece 7252L, and the right latching hole 7252R and the left latching hole 7252L). Thereby, the part to be visually recognized (lower panel film 7100) is disposed between the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400), but the second member (lower panel back 7400). ) Is locked to the first member (lower panel base 7200), it is not necessary to attach the second member (lower panel back 7400) to the first member (lower panel base 7200) by screw fastening. Here, if the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400) are fastened using screws, there is an individual difference in the size of the screw holes. As a result, when the screw is strongly tightened, the visual target portion (lower panel film 7100) is pushed by the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400), so There is a concern that distortion may occur in the portion (lower panel film 7100). In this regard, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment, it is possible to prevent such a situation from occurring, and due to such distortion, the visual target portion (lower panel film) 7100) can be prevented from being degraded.

(E-3-2) a visual recognition sheet (lower panel film 7100) in which a bent portion (a right curved portion 7102 and a left curved portion 7103) having a predetermined curvature is formed at least in part;
A first member (lower panel base 7200) disposed on the surface side of the visual recognition target sheet;
Shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) disposed on the surface side of the first member;
A second member (lower panel back 7400) disposed on the back side of the visual recognition target sheet,
The shielding member makes it difficult to see at least a part of the bent portion,
The first member and the second member are locked by locking portions (the right locking piece 7252R and the left locking piece 7252L, and the right locking hole 7252R and the left locking hole 7252L).
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment, the viewing target sheet (lower panel film 7100) is formed with bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) having a predetermined curvature at least in part. ing. On the other hand, a first member (lower panel base 7200) is disposed on the surface side of the visual recognition target sheet (lower panel film 7100), and a shielding member is disposed on the surface side of the first member (lower panel base 7200). (Lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) are arranged. Then, at least a part of the bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the visual target sheet (lower panel film 7100) is difficult to be visually recognized by the shielding members (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L). It is configured. As a result, even when the bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the visual target sheet (lower panel film 7100) appear to be distorted, the portions are shielded (the lower right panel frame 7300R and It is possible to hide by the lower left panel frame 7300L), and it is possible to easily realize a good-looking visibility. Further, a second member (lower panel back 7400) is disposed on the back side of the visual recognition target sheet (lower panel film 7100), and the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400). Are latched by the latching portions (the right latching piece 7252R and the left latching piece 7252L, and the right latching hole 7252R and the left latching hole 7252L). Accordingly, the visual recognition target sheet (lower panel film 7100) is disposed between the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400), and the second member (lower panel back 7400). ) Is locked to the first member (lower panel base 7200), it is not necessary to attach the second member (lower panel back 7400) to the first member (lower panel base 7200) by screw fastening. Here, if the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400) are fastened using screws, there is an individual difference in the size of the screw holes. As a result, when the screw is strongly tightened, the visual target sheet (lower panel film 7100) is pushed in by the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400), so that the visual target There is a concern that the sheet (lower panel film 7100) may be distorted. In this regard, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment, it is possible to prevent such a situation from occurring, and the visual target sheet (lower panel film) is caused by such distortion. 7100) can be prevented from being degraded.

(E-4-1) A visual recognition target part (lower panel film 7100) to be visually recognized by the player;
A first member (lower panel base 7200) disposed on the surface side of the visual recognition target portion;
Shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) disposed on the surface side of the first member;
A second member (lower panel back 7400) disposed on the back side of the visual recognition target part;
A third member (lower panel lower 7500) disposed on the back side of the second member,
The visual recognition target surface includes a first region (center portion 7101) and a second region (right curved portion 7102 and left curved portion 7103), and is formed across the first region and the second region. Have
The first tangent (L ₁ (shown in FIG. 194 (b)) is assumed as a virtual tangent in the portion formed in the first region and the portion formed in the second region of the surface to be viewed. X)) and the second tangent (L ₁ (Y) shown in FIG. 194 (b)), the direction of the first tangent and the direction of the second tangent are different,
The shielding member makes it difficult to view at least a part of the second region in the visual recognition target portion,
The first member and the second member are locked by a locking portion (the right locking piece 7252R and the left locking piece 7252L, and the right locking hole 7252R and the left locking hole 7252L),
The first member and the third member are fixed by a fixing member (screw 7820).
A gaming machine characterized by that.

According to the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment, the viewing target portion (lower panel film 7100) that is to be visually recognized by the player includes the first region (center portion 7101) and the second region (right bending portion 7102). And a left curved portion 7103), and has a visual recognition target surface formed across the first region (center portion 7101) and the second region (right curved portion 7102 and left curved portion 7103). In the portion that is formed in the first region (center portion 7101) and the portion that is formed in the second region (right curved portion 7102 and left curved portion 7103) of the surface to be viewed, first virtual tangent lines are respectively provided. When the tangent line (L ₁ (X) shown in FIG. 194 (b)) and the second tangent line (L ₁ (Y) shown in FIG. 194 (b)) are drawn, the first tangent line (FIG. 194 (b)) The direction of L ₁ (X) shown in FIG. 4 is different from the direction of the second tangent line (L ₁ (Y) shown in FIG. 194 (b)). That is, the portion formed in the second region (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the surface to be viewed is the surface formation as compared with the portion formed in the first region (center portion 7101). The direction of is different. Then, at least a part of the second region (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) in the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100) becomes difficult to visually recognize by the shielding members (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L). It is configured as follows. Thus, even if the appearance of the portion formed in the second region (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the surface to be viewed is deteriorated, the portion is blocked by the shielding member (lower right panel). The frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L) can be concealed, and a visually attractive view can be easily realized. Further, a first member (lower panel base 7200) is disposed on the surface side of the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100), and the shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) are the first ones. It is arranged on the surface side of the member (lower panel base 7200). On the other hand, the second member (lower panel back 7400) is disposed on the back side of the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100), and the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400). Are latched by the latching portions (the right latching piece 7452R and the left latching piece 7252L, and the right latching hole 7252R and the left latching hole 7252L). Thereby, the part to be visually recognized (lower panel film 7100) is disposed between the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400), but the second member (lower panel back 7400). ) Is locked to the first member (lower panel base 7200), it is not necessary to attach the second member (lower panel back 7400) to the first member (lower panel base 7200) by screw fastening. Here, if the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400) are fastened using screws, there is an individual difference in the size of the screw holes. As a result, when the screw is strongly tightened, the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100) is pushed by the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400), and thus the visual recognition target. There is a concern that distortion may occur in the portion (lower panel film 7100). In this regard, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment, it is possible to prevent such a situation from occurring, and due to such distortion, the visual target portion (lower panel film) 7100) can be prevented from being degraded. Further, a third member (lower panel lower 7500) is arranged on the back side of the second member (lower panel back 7400), and the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the third member (lower panel lower 7500). ) Is fixed by a fixing member (screw 7820). Thereby, between the 1st member (lower panel base 7200) and the 3rd member (lower panel lower 7500), the visual recognition object part (lower panel film 7100) and the 2nd member (lower panel back 7400) are stabilized. It can arrange | position and can maintain the visibility of a visual recognition object part (lower panel film 7100) in a high state.

(E-4-2) a visual recognition sheet (lower panel film 7100) in which a bent portion (a right curved portion 7102 and a left curved portion 7103) having a predetermined curvature is formed at least in part;
A first member (lower panel base 7200) disposed on the surface side of the visual recognition target sheet;
Shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) disposed on the surface side of the first member;
A second member (lower panel back 7400) disposed on the back side of the visual recognition target sheet;
A third member (lower panel lower 7500) disposed on the back side of the second member,
The shielding member makes it difficult to see at least a part of the bent portion,
The first member and the second member are locked by a locking portion (the right locking piece 7252R and the left locking piece 7252L, and the right locking hole 7252R and the left locking hole 7252L),
The first member and the third member are fixed by a fixing member (screw 7820).
A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment, the viewing target sheet (lower panel film 7100) is formed with bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) having a predetermined curvature at least in part. ing. On the other hand, a first member (lower panel base 7200) is disposed on the surface side of the visual recognition target sheet (lower panel film 7100), and a shielding member is disposed on the surface side of the first member (lower panel base 7200). (Lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) are arranged. Then, at least a part of the bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the visual target sheet (lower panel film 7100) is difficult to be visually recognized by the shielding members (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L). It is configured. As a result, even when the bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the visual target sheet (lower panel film 7100) appear to be distorted, the portions are shielded (the lower right panel frame 7300R and It is possible to hide by the lower left panel frame 7300L), and it is possible to easily realize a good-looking visibility. Further, a second member (lower panel back 7400) is disposed on the back side of the visual recognition target sheet (lower panel film 7100), and the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400). Are latched by the latching portions (the right latching piece 7252R and the left latching piece 7252L, and the right latching hole 7252R and the left latching hole 7252L). Accordingly, the visual recognition target sheet (lower panel film 7100) is disposed between the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400), and the second member (lower panel back 7400). ) Is locked to the first member (lower panel base 7200), it is not necessary to attach the second member (lower panel back 7400) to the first member (lower panel base 7200) by screw fastening. Here, if the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400) are fastened using screws, there is an individual difference in the size of the screw holes. As a result, when the screw is strongly tightened, the visual target sheet (lower panel film 7100) is pushed in by the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the second member (lower panel back 7400), so that the visual target There is a concern that the sheet (lower panel film 7100) may be distorted. In this regard, according to the gaming machine 1 according to the eighth embodiment, it is possible to prevent such a situation from occurring, and the visual target sheet (lower panel film) is caused by such distortion. 7100) can be prevented from being degraded. Further, a third member (lower panel lower 7500) is arranged on the back side of the second member (lower panel back 7400), and the first member (lower panel base 7200) and the third member (lower panel lower 7500). ) Is fixed by a fixing member (screw 7820). Thereby, between the 1st member (lower panel base 7200) and the 3rd member (lower panel lower 7500), the visual recognition object sheet (lower panel film 7100) and the 2nd member (lower panel back 7400) are stabilized. It can arrange | position and can maintain the visibility of a visual recognition object sheet | seat (lower panel film 7100) in a high state.

  In the eighth embodiment, the shielding members (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L) make it difficult to see at least a part of the visual recognition target portion (visual recognition target sheet: the lower panel film 7100 included in the waist panel 7000). Explained that there is. The visual recognition target part (visual recognition target sheet) in the present invention is not limited to the decorative sheet (lower panel film 7100) provided in the waist panel (decorative unit provided at the lower part of the front door), and is not limited to the top panel (upper part of the front door). The decorative sheet provided in the provided decorative unit (see FIG. 65) may be used. In addition, the visual recognition target portion (visual recognition target sheet) in the present invention is not limited to a sheet (decoration or pattern) that has been previously decorated (pattern or pattern), and a sheet that can display an image corresponding to the pattern or pattern (screen, For example, the screen sheet 1046) shown in FIG. 67 may be used.

  In the eighth embodiment, the shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) include a shielding member (lower right panel frame 7300R) arranged on the right side and a shielding member (lower left panel frame on the left side). 7300L). In the present invention, only one of the right shielding member (lower right panel frame 7300R) and the left shielding member (lower left panel frame 7300L) may be provided. For example, of the left bent portion (left curved portion 7103) and the right bent portion (right curved portion 7102), the appearance of the left bent portion (left curved portion 7103) is problematic in terms of design. When the appearance of the bent portion (right curved portion 7102) does not matter, only the left shielding member (lower left panel frame 7300L) is arranged so that only the left bent portion (left curved portion 7103) is difficult to visually recognize. It is good to do.

  As a case where the appearance of the bent portion does not become a problem, for example, a case where the bent portion is simply colored is cited. For example, a predetermined pattern is drawn on the entire viewing target portion (viewing target sheet: lower panel film 7100), and the predetermined pattern has a main part (such as an outline) constituting the pattern and a single color. It is assumed that it includes a portion (monochromatic portion) that is only made. In such an example, when it is the monochromatic part that is arranged in the bent part of the predetermined pattern, a shielding member (lower panel frame) that makes it difficult to visually recognize the bent part is not arranged. It is good.

  Regarding the arrangement position of the shielding member (lower panel frame), considering the player's viewpoint, it is certain that the shielding member (lower panel frame) is arranged so that it is difficult to visually recognize the bent portion where the curvature is maximum. However, in the present invention, the arrangement position of the shielding member (lower panel frame) is not limited to the surface side (front) of the bent portion where the curvature is maximized. For example, when the viewing target part (viewing target sheet) has a first bent part and a second bent part, and the curvature of the first bent part is larger than the curvature of the second bent part, the first While the shielding member (lower panel frame) is not arranged in front of the bent portion (player side), the shielding member (lower panel frame) may be arranged in front of the second bent portion (player side). Good. For example, in the case where the main portion is arranged at the second bent portion of the predetermined pattern and the monochrome portion is arranged at the first bent portion, the shielding member (lower panel) The frame) may be arranged in this way. In the present invention, the arrangement position of the shielding member (lower panel frame) may be appropriately determined in consideration of the aesthetics created comprehensively by the visual recognition target portion (visual recognition target sheet) and the shielding member (lower panel frame). Is possible.

  The shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) may be decorated. Examples of decorations applied to the shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) include decorations (for example, logos according to models) applied to the visual target portion (visual target sheet: lower panel film 7100). A decoration having a relation with a design of a corresponding pattern or a picture) can be given. Moreover, the color of the shielding member (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) can be the same as or similar to the color of the viewing target portion (viewing target sheet: lower panel film 7100). This makes it possible to achieve harmony with the design of the visual target portion (visual target sheet: lower panel film 7100) without conspicuous the shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L). Can enhance the aesthetics.

  On the other hand, the shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) may be plated with silver or gold. Accordingly, the bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) can be reliably shielded while emphasizing the beauty of the three-dimensional decoration of the shielding members (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L).

  Further, the shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) are arranged as three-dimensional decorations protruding in the decoration unit (waist panel), and the shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L). When a gaming machine equipped with is installed in a game arcade, the shielding member (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) is considering which gaming machine to play in the game hall. It is easy to catch your eyes. Therefore, in order to appeal the presence and appeal of the gaming machine to the player, the model name, manufacturer logo, and game information (for example, the probability of winning a bonus) on the shielding member (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) Or a part of the dividend table) may be displayed (described). Further, the shielding members (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L) may be provided with a decorative sheet, and characters, items, and the like related to the content employed in the gaming machine may be printed on the decorative sheet. Further, the shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) themselves may be formed as a three-dimensional shape (a shape corresponding to a character, an item, or the like) having relevance to the content. Thereby, the attention degree with respect to a game machine can be raised.

  As described above, the decoration (design, color, etc.) applied to the shielding members (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L) has been described. However, only one of the above-described devices is used for the decoration. Alternatively, a plurality of them may be employed in combination, or other devices may be employed in combination. The cover member (lower panel base 7200) may be decorated or may be configured to be colorless and transparent. When decoration is given to the cover member (lower panel base 7200), the cover member (lower panel base 7200) constitutes the visual recognition target part in the present invention together with the visual recognition sheet (lower panel film 7100).

  In the eighth embodiment, when a plurality of bent portions (the right bent portion 7102 and the left bent portion 7103) are provided apart from each other, the plurality of shielding members are configured so that each bent portion is difficult to visually recognize individually. It has been described that (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L) are arranged apart from each other. In the present invention, when the plurality of curved portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) are provided apart from each other, the plurality of curved portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) are provided. As a shielding member (lower panel frame) that is difficult to visually recognize, a plurality of shielding parts (for example, a lower right panel frame 7300R and a lower left panel frame 7300L) for making each bent portion difficult to visually recognize, and the plurality of shielding parts One shielding member (for example, the right side) that is configured by a portion that connects the portions (for example, a portion having substantially the same width as the central portion 7101 and connecting the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L). Lower panel frame 7300R, lower left panel frame 7300L, lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame One panel frame constituted by a portion extending left and right so as to connect upper portions of 7300L and a portion extending left and right so as to connect lower portions of lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L ) May be adopted.

  Further, in the present invention, the shielding members (the lower right panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame) for making the second region (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) in the visible target portion (the lower panel film 7100) difficult to view. 7300L), a shielding member (additional panel frame) may be provided. As such an additional panel frame, for example, a panel frame having a predetermined shape (for example, V shape) is provided on the surface side of the first region (center portion 7101) in the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100), and the lower right panel The frame 7300R, the lower left panel frame 7300L, and the additional panel frame may function as an integrated three-dimensional decoration (create an integrated three-dimensional effect). For that purpose, a panel frame (decoration) may be added to the surface side (the front side of the waist panel) of the visual recognition target part (lower panel film 7100), and the design of the additional panel frame itself and the cover member of the additional panel frame ( The three-dimensional effect can be created only by designing the mounting structure to the lower panel base 7200). In this regard, when a three-dimensional decoration is added to the space on the back side (the back side of the waist panel) of the visual recognition target part (lower panel film 7100), it is necessary to change the arrangement of the wiring, medal chute, board, etc. According to the method of adding the panel frame (decoration) to the surface side (the front side of the waist panel) of the visual recognition target part (lower panel film 7100) as described above, such a layout change is unnecessary, The appearance of the gaming machine can be renewed at a low cost and with a short development period.

  Further, in the present invention, some gaming machine components are arranged between the shielding member (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) and the cover member (lower panel base 7200), or the shielding member (lower right The gaming machine components may be arranged in the panel frame 7300R and the lower left panel frame 7300L). In that case, a shielding member (panel frame) that is larger than the shielding members (lower right panel frame 7300R and lower left panel frame 7300L) described in the eighth embodiment may be employed. This makes it possible to add such gaming machine components. Such gaming machine components may be provided only on one of the right shielding member (panel frame) and the left shielding member (panel frame), or on both shielding members (panel frame). It may be provided. When providing gaming machine components on both the left and right shielding members (panel frames), the same gaming machine components may be provided on the left and right, or different gaming machine components may be provided on the left and right. In addition, when three or more shielding members (panel frames) are provided, the gaming machine components may be provided only in any one of the shielding members (panel frames), or any plurality of shielding members (panels) A gaming machine component may be provided on the frame), or a gaming machine component may be provided on all shielding members (panel frames). Further, only one gaming machine component (mechanism) may be provided on one shielding member (panel frame), or a plurality of mechanisms may be provided together.

  Examples of the gaming machine component include a light emitting board. By installing the LED on the light emitting substrate and controlling the light emission of the LED, it is possible to make the shielding member (panel frame) shine, and the effect can be enhanced. In addition to the light-emitting substrate (first light-emitting substrate), the light-emitting substrate (second light-emitting substrate) is also provided on the back side of the portion that is not shielded by the shielding member (panel frame) in the viewing target portion (lower panel film 7100). ) May be provided. The light emission by the first light emitting substrate and the light emission by the second light emitting substrate (light emission effect pattern) may be performed as an integrated light emission pattern (both light emission or both light extinction etc.), or light emission by each light emission substrate. May be controlled separately. For example, a portion that is not shielded by the shielding member (panel frame) is turned off, while the shielding member (panel frame) emits light so as to make the three-dimensional decoration of the shielding member (panel frame) stand out. . When such a light emitting substrate is provided, an opening for passing a harness for supplying power and connecting to the effect control unit (sub control device SS) is formed in the lower part of the waist panel (lower panel lower 7500, etc.). It is good to provide. In addition, a polarizing member such as a light diffusion sheet may be provided together with the light emitting substrate, or a polarizing process may be performed on the front surface or side surface of the shielding member (panel frame). The bent portions (right curved portion 7102 and left curved portion 7103) of the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100) may be shielded by the light emitting substrate itself, or bend portions (right curved portion 7102 and left curved portion separately from the light emitting substrate). A member (a sheet, a plate, or the like) for shielding the curved portion 7103) may be provided. As the light emission effect by the light emitting board, it is possible to perform an effect suggesting a game state, an effect of notifying predetermined information (information advantageous to the player, winning a bonus, etc.), etc. Notification may be performed.

  Examples of the gaming machine components include gaming operation units (start lever, stop button, checkout button, bet button, etc.). For example, a sensor for detecting that the gaming operation unit is operated inside the shielding member (panel frame) while a part of the gaming operation unit is arranged on the front surface of the shielding member (panel frame) A substrate or the like can be arranged. By performing such a design, for example, when the shielding member (panel frame) is large and the control panel portion (operation means arrangement portion) on the waist panel is narrow, the space can be effectively used. The bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100) may be shielded by the gaming machine component itself, or bend portions (separate from the gaming machine component) ( A member (a sheet, a plate, or the like) for shielding the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) may be provided.

  In addition, examples of the gaming machine component include a production operation unit (production button, production lever, jog dial, and the like). For example, a sensor, a substrate, or the like for detecting that the production operation unit is operated inside the shielding member (panel frame) while the production operation unit is arranged on the front surface of the shielding member (panel frame). It is possible to arrange. For example, a normal effect button (first effect button) is provided on the control panel portion (operation means arrangement portion), while a second effect button is provided on the shielding member (panel frame), and an operation instruction target is provided during the operation effect. The expectation level of winning or the like differs depending on which of the first effect button and the second effect button the operation means becomes (for example, the user is prompted to operate the second effect button). In the case of high expectation, winning is determined, etc.). The bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100) may be shielded by the gaming machine component itself, or bend portions (separate from the gaming machine component) ( A member (a sheet, a plate, or the like) for shielding the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) may be provided.

  Examples of the gaming machine component include a vibration mechanism (such as a motor or a solenoid) for vibrating the shielding member (panel frame). By virtue of the vibration mechanism being used to vibrate the shielding member (panel frame), it is possible to provide an effect that suggests or informs the gaming state or the degree of expectation. Further, by arranging both the vibration mechanism and the production operation unit on the shielding member (panel frame), the vibration is transmitted to the player's hand when the production operation unit is operated (when the button is pressed). May be. In addition, when such a vibration mechanism is provided, a shock absorbing buffer member (a synthetic rubber such as urethane rubber or silicon rubber) is interposed between the shielding member (panel frame) and the cover member (lower panel base 7200). It is good also as arrange | positioning. The bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100) may be shielded by the gaming machine component itself, or bend portions (separate from the gaming machine component) ( A member (a sheet, a plate, or the like) for shielding the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) may be provided.

  An example of the gaming machine component is a speaker. When a speaker is arranged, a sound output opening (a mesh portion on the speaker surface) may be provided on one or both of the front surface and the side surface of the shielding member (panel frame). If speakers are arranged on both the right shielding member (panel frame) and the left shielding member (panel frame), a powerful sound effect can be performed with a stereo sound source from a position close to the player. The bent portions (the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) of the visual recognition target portion (lower panel film 7100) may be shielded by the gaming machine component itself, or bend portions (separate from the gaming machine component) ( A member (a sheet, a plate, or the like) for shielding the right curved portion 7102 and the left curved portion 7103) may be provided.

  Examples of the gaming machine component include a blower mechanism (fan such as a sirocco fan). When a blower mechanism is arranged, it is possible to produce an effect of blowing air toward the player side by providing an opening for ventilation on either or both of the front and side surfaces of the shielding member (panel frame) You may comprise as follows. As a result, it is possible to suggest or inform the gaming state and the degree of expectation as a bodily effect.

  An example of the gaming machine component is a drive mechanism. For example, the movable decorative portion may be provided on a part of the shielding member (panel frame), and a drive source (motor, solenoid, etc.) may be provided to function as a movable accessory. The gaming machine component includes, for example, a sensor (a proximity sensor such as an infrared sensor) that can be detected when the player brings a hand or the like close thereto, or a touch sensor (a touch panel) that can be detected when the player touches the hand or the like. And the like. By arranging such a sensor, it may be used for a production operation. An example of the gaming machine component is an image display unit. For example, an effect may be performed by arranging a small liquid crystal screen.

<Appendix (Others)>
Conventionally, a plurality of reels having a plurality of symbols arranged on each surface, and a game medal, a coin or the like (“medal etc.”) are inserted, and a start lever is operated by a player is detected. A start switch that requests the start of rotation of the reel and a stop button provided corresponding to each of the plurality of reels is detected by the player, and a signal that requests the stop of rotation of the corresponding reel is output. And a stepping motor that is provided corresponding to each of the plurality of reels and transmits the driving force to each reel, and the operation of the stepping motor based on signals output from the start switch and the stop switch. A reel control unit that controls and rotates each reel and stops the operation of the start lever. And a so-called pachislot that stops the reel rotation based on the result of the lottery ("internal winning combination") and the timing at which the stop button is detected. Known gaming machines are known.

  However, since the conventional pachislot does not have the configuration and function as a gaming machine as in the present invention, it has not been possible to effectively improve the interest. This invention is made | formed in view of such a point, and it aims at providing the game machine which can improve the interest of a game.

  The first to eighth embodiments have been described above. In the embodiment described above, the case where the present invention is applied to a pachislot gaming machine has been described. However, the present invention can also be applied to other gaming machines (for example, pachinko gaming machines, slot machines, etc.).

  The first embodiment to the eighth embodiment of the present invention have been described above, but only specific examples are illustrated, and the present invention is not particularly limited. The specific configuration of each unit and the like is appropriately changed in design. Is possible. The effects described in the embodiments of the present invention are only the most preferable effects resulting from the present invention, and the effects of the present invention are limited to those described in the embodiments of the present invention. is not.

  Further, in the above detailed description, the characteristic portions have been mainly described so that the present invention can be easily understood. The present invention is not limited to the embodiments described in the detailed description above, but can be applied to other embodiments, and the scope of application is various. The terms and terminology used in the present specification are used to accurately describe the present invention, and are not used to limit the interpretation of the present invention. Moreover, it will be easy for those skilled in the art to infer other configurations, systems, methods, and the like included in the concept of the present invention from the concept of the invention described in this specification. Accordingly, the description of the claims should be regarded as including an equivalent configuration without departing from the scope of the technical idea of the present invention. Also, the purpose of the abstract is to simplify the technical contents and essence of this application by patent offices and general public organizations, and engineers belonging to this technical field who are not familiar with patents, legal terms or technical terms. It is intended to be able to make a quick determination through a simple survey. Accordingly, the abstract is not intended to limit the scope of the invention to be evaluated by the claims. Moreover, in order to fully understand the object of the present invention and the specific effects of the present invention, it is desired that the interpretation should be made with sufficient consideration of the literatures already disclosed.

  The above detailed description includes processing executed by a computer. The above explanations and expressions are given for the purpose of enabling those skilled in the art to understand the most efficiently. In this specification, each process used to derive one result should be understood as a process without self-contradiction. In each process, transmission / reception, recording, and the like of electrical or magnetic signals are performed. In the processing in each processing, such a signal is expressed by bits, values, symbols, characters, terms, numbers, etc., but these are used only for convenience of explanation. There is a need. In addition, the processes in each process may be described in expressions common to human actions, but the processes described in this specification are executed by various devices in principle. Further, other configurations required for performing each processing are obvious from the above description.

1 gaming machine A display unit B irradiation unit C screen device D fixed screen mechanism G cabinet E1 front screen mechanism F1 reel screen mechanism UD upper door mechanism DD lower door mechanism

Claims (1)

A projector,
An adjusting unit for adjusting a traveling direction of light projected by the projector;
An accommodating portion for accommodating the projector;
A connecting member attached to the housing portion,
The projector and the accommodating portion are connected via the connecting member,
The accommodation portion is provided with an opening at a position where the adjustment portion can be operated from the outside, and a closing member capable of closing the opening is attached.
The closing member is provided with an opening and a protruding portion that protrudes toward the inside of the accommodating portion, and an engaging portion that is engaged with the accommodating portion is formed in the protruding portion. ,
The connecting member is formed with a storage recess for storing the protruding portion, and the protruding portion is disposed so as to be surrounded by the connecting member.
A gaming machine characterized by that.

Images